NETWORK PROTOCOLS COMMAND REFERENCE PART
Csco lOS Release 12.0
APPLETALK NOVELL IPX
Documentation also available on CD-ROM and the World Wide Web
Cisco SYSTEMS Network Protocos Command Reference Part
Cisco lOS Release 12.0
AppleTalk Novell IPX
Corporate Headquarters Cisco Systems Inc 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose CA 95134-1706 USA http//www.cisco.com Tel 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS 6387 Fax 408 526-4100
Customer Order Number DOC-785835
Text Part Number 78-5835-01 THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL STATEMENTS INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN THE INFORMATION PACKET THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY CONTACT YOUR CISCO REPRESENTATIVE FOR COPY
tested to with the limits for Class information is for FCC of Class devices This has been and found comply The following compliance equipment
reasonable harmful interference the to 15 of the FCC rules These limits are to protection against when digital device pursuant part designed provide
in commercial environment This and can radiate radio-frequency and if not installed and used equipment is operated equipment generates uses energy
communications of this in residential area is in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio Operation equipnsent their in which will be to correct the interference at own likely to cause harmful interference case users required expense
described in this radiate information is for FCC of Class devices The manual generates and radio-frequency The following compliance equipment may
with Cisco installation it cause interference with radio and television reception This equipment energy If it is not installed in accordance instructions may
with the limits for Class device in accordance with the in 15 of the FCC rules These has bees tested and found to consply digital specifications part
such interference in residential installation However there is no guarantee that specifications are designed to provide reasonable protection against
installation interference will not occur in particular
for Class or Modifying the equipment without Ciscos written authorization may result in the equipment no longer complying with FCC requirements
the be limited FCC and be to correct interference Class digital devices In that eveist your right louse equipment may by regulations you may required any
to radio or television consmunications at your own expense
caused the Cisco interference it off If the interference it was equipment You can determine whetlser your equipment is causing by turning stops probably by
radio television to correct the interference using one or more of or one of its peripheral devices If the equipment causes inteiference to or reception try by
the following nseasures
Turn the television or radio antenna until the interference stops
Move the equipment to one side or the other of the television or radio
Move the equipment farther away from the television or radio
radio nsake certain the and the television or radio Plug the equipment into an outlet that is on different circuit from the television or That is equipment
are on circuits controlled by different circuit breakers or fuses
and to the Modifications to this product not authorized by Cisco Systems Inc could void the FCC approval negate your authority operate product
of as of TCP header is an of the California Berkeley part The Cisco implementation of compression adaptation program developed by University UCB
version of the UNIX Alt reserved 1981 Regents of the University of California UCBs public domain operating system rights Copyright
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER WARRANTY HEREIN ALL DOCUMENT FILES AND SOFTWARE OF THESE SUPPLIERS ARE PROVIDED AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS CISCO AND THE ABOVE-NAMED SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THOSE OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE
IN NO EVENT SHALL CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR OF SUCH DAMAGES INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
Works the Cisco Powered AccessPath Any to Any AtinDirector the CCIE logo CD-PAC Centri the Cisco Capital logo CiscoLink the Cisco Net logo Kernel Network logo the Cisco Press logo the Cisco Technologies logo ClickStart ControlStream DAGAZ Fast Step FireRunner lOX 105 JumpStart
Proxy LoopRunner MGX Natural Network Viewer NetRanger NetSonar Packet PIX Point and Click Internetworking Policy Builder RouteStream
VlanDirector Workgroup Director Secure Script SMARTnet SpeedRunner Stratm StreamView The Cell TrafficDirector TransPath VirtualStream The Internet and Workgroup Stack are trademarks Changing the Way We Work Live Play and Learn Empowering the Internet Generation Economy
and The New Internet Economy are service marks and BPX Catalyst Cisco Cisco 105 the Cisco lOS logo Cisco Systems the Cisco Systems logo
StrataView Plus and Enterprise/Solver EtherChannel FastHub ForeSight FragmentFree IP/TV IPX LightStream MICA Phase/IP StrataSphere
certain countries All other trademarks mentioned in this document are SwitchProbe are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems Inc in the U.S and other
the of their owners property respective 9809R
Netmsork Protocols Command Reference Part
Copyright 1998 Cisco Systemsss Inc
All rights reserved Printed in USA CONTENTS
About the Cisco lOS Software Documentation xi
Using Cisco lOS Software xvii
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1
Novell IPX Commands P2R2O5
Index
Contents iii iv Network Protocols Command Reference Part FIGURES
Figure Cisco lOS Software Documentation Modules xii
Figures vi Network Protocols Command Reference Part TABLES
Table How to Find Command Options xviii
Table Summary of Main Command Modes xxi
Table AppleTalk Service Types P2R-63
Table AppleTalk Ping Characters P2R-109
Table AppleTalk Ping Fields P2R-1 10
Table Show AppleTalk Access-Lists Field Descriptions P2R-112
Table Show AppleTalk Adjacent-Routes Field Descriptions P2R- 114
Table Show AppleTalk ARP Field Descriptions P2R- 116
Table Show AppleTalk AURP Events Field Descriptions P2R-118
Table 10 Show AppleTalk AURP Topology Field Descriptions P2R- 120
Table 11 Show AppleTalk Cache Field Descriptions P2R- 122
Table 12 Show AppleTalk Domain Field Descriptions P2R-124
Table 13 Show AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Interfaces Field Descriptions P2R- 126
Table 14 Show AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Neighbors Field Descriptions P2R-127
Table 15 Show AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Topology Field Descriptions P2R-130
Table 16 Show AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Topology Field DescriptionsSpecified Network P2R- 131
Table 17 Show AppleTalk Globals Field Descriptions P2R-133
Table 18 Show AppleTalk Interface Field DescriptionsExtended Network P2R- 137
Table 19 Show AppleTalk Interface Field DescriptionsNonextended Network P2R- 138
Table 20 Show AppleTalk Interface Brief Field Descriptions P2R- 139
Table 21 Show AppleTalk MacIP-Clients Field Descriptions P2R- 140
Table 22 Show AppleTalk MacIP-Servers Field Descriptions P2R- 141
Table 23 MacIP Finite-State Machine Table P2R-142
Table 24 Server States P2R-143
Table 25 Show AppleTalk MacIP-Traffic Field Descriptions P2R-144
Table 26 Show AppleTalk Name-Cache Field Descriptions P2R-146
Table 27 Show AppleTalk NBP Field Descriptions P2R- 149
Table 28 Show AppleTalk Neighbors Field Descriptions P2R-151
Table 29 Show AppleTalk Neighbor Field DescriptionsSpecific Address P2R- 151
Table 30 Show AppleTalk Remap Field Descriptions P2R-l55
Table 31 Show AppleTalk Route Field Descriptions P2R- 157
Table 32 Show AppleTalk Route Field DescriptionsSpecified Network P2R- 159
Table 33 Show AppleTalk Socket Field Descriptions P2R-161
Table 34 Show AppleTalk Static Field Descriptions P2R-162
Tables vii Table 35 Show AppleTalk Traffic Field Descriptions P2R- 165
Table 36 Show AppleTalk Zone Field DescriptionsSpecific Zone Name P2R- 171
Table 37 Show SMRP Forwarding Field Descriptions P2R-173
Table 38 Show SMRP Globals Field Descriptions P2R-174
Table 39 Show SMRP Group Field Descriptions P2R-177
Table 40 Show SMRP Mcache Field Descriptions P2R-179
Table 41 Show SMRP Neighbor Field Descriptions P2R 181
Table 42 Show SMRP Port Field Descriptions P2R-183
Table 43 Show SMRP Route Field Descriptions P2R-185
Table 44 Show SMRP Traffic Field Descriptions P2R-187
Table 45 Test AppleTalk NBP Lookup Field Descriptions P2R-199
Table 46 Test AppleTalk NBP Poll Field Descriptions P2R-200
Table 47 Some IPX Protocol Names and Numbers P2R-208
Table 48 Some IPX Socket Names and Numbers P2R-208
Table 49 Sample IPX SAP Services P2R-214
Table 50 Ping Test Characters P2R-409
Table 51 Show IPX Accounting Field Descriptions P2R-419
Table 52 Show IPX Cache Field Descriptions P2R-421
Table 53 Show IPX Enhanced IGRP Interfaces Field Descriptions P2R-422
Table 54 Show IPX Enhanced IGRP Neighbors Field Descriptions P2R-425
Table 55 Show IPX Enhanced IGRP Topology Field Descriptions P2R-427
Table 56 Show IPX Enhanced IGRP Topology Field DescriptionsSpecific Network P2R-428
Table 57 Show IPX Interface Field Descriptions P2R-43
Table 58 Show IP NHRP Field Descriptions P2R-436
Table 59 Show IP NHRP Traffic Field Descriptions P2R-437
Table 60 Show IPX NLSP Database Field Descriptions P2R-439
Table 61 Show IPX NLSP Neighbors Field Descriptions P2R-442
Table 62 Show IPX NLSP SPF Log Field Descriptions P2R-443
Table 63 Show IPX Route Field Descriptions P2R-446
Table 64 Show IPX Route Detailed Field Descriptions P2R-448
Table 65 Show IPX Servers Field Descriptions P2R-450
Table 66 Show SPX Spoofing Field Descriptions P2R-452
Table 67 Show IPX Traffic Field Descriptions P2R-455
viii Network Protocols Command Reference Part Table 68 Trace IPX Field Descriptions P2R-461
Tables ix Network Protocols Command Reference Part About the Csco OS Software Documentaflon
and conventions of the Cisco lOS This section discusses the objectives audience organization
software documentation It also discusses how to obtain documentation on Cisco Connection Online
and the Documentation CD-ROM
DocumentatHon Objecflves
This Cisco lOS software documentation describes the tasks and commands necessary to configure
and maintain your access server or router
Aucilence
The Cisco lOS software documentation is intended primarily for users who configure and maintain
access servers and routers but are not necessarily familiarwith tasks the relationship between tasks
or the commands necessary to perform particular tasks
Documentaflon Organzaflon
The Cisco lOS software documentation is divided into 12 modules and two master indexes In
addition to the main documentation set there are four supporting documents
Documentation Modules
Each module consists of two books configuration guide and corresponding command reference describe and Cisco lOS software Chapters in configuration guide protocols configuration tasks
in command reference functionality and contain comprehensive configuration examples Chapters
information Each can be used in provide complete command syntax configuration guide command reference conjunction with its corresponding
Master Indexes
the Cisco lOS software documentation set an Two master indexes provide indexing information for command references In individual index for the configuration guides and an index for the addition
books contain book-specific index
About the Cisco lOS Software Documentation xi Documentation Organization
Documentation Set
The Cisco lOS software documentation set is shown in Figure
Figure Cisco lOS Software Documentation Modules
Module FC/FR Module P1C/P1R Module P2C/P2R Module P3C/P3R Module WCPVVR Module SC/SR Module IC/iR
Configuration Network Protocols Network Protocols Network Protocols Wide-Area Security Cisco lOS
Fundamentals Part Part Part Networking AAA Security Services Interface
Configuration IP Addressing AppleTalk Apollo Domain ATM Security Server Interface
Fundamentals IP Services Novell IPX Banyan VINES Frame Relay Protocols Configuration
Overview IP Routing DECnet SMDS Traffic Filtering and Cisco lOS User Protocols ISO CLNS X.25 and LAPB Firewalls
Interfaces XNS IP Security and
File Management Encryption
System Management Passwords and Privileges Neighbor Router Authentication
IP Security Options
Module DC/OR Module XC/XR Module BC/BR Module VCNR Module QC/QR Configuration
Dial Solutions Cisco lOS Switching Bridging and IBM Voice Video and Quality of Service Guide Master Dial-In Port Setup Services Networking Home Applications Solutions Index
Dial-In Terminal Paths for IP IP Switching Transparent Bridging Voice over Classification
Services Networks Source-Route Bridging Voice over Frame Scheduling Command
Dial-on-Demand Fast Switching Token Ring Inter-Switch Relay Packet Drop Reference Routing DDR Autonomous Switching Link Voice over ATM Traffic Shaping Master Index
Dial Backup NetFiow Switching Remote Source-Route Voice over HDLC ATM Q0S
Dial-Out Modem Optimum Switching Bridging Video Support SNAQ0S
Pooling Cisco Express DLSw Universal Broadband Line Protocols Large-Scale Dial Forwarding STUN and BSTUN Features
Solutions Tag Switching LLC2 and SDLC
Cost-Control Multilayer Switching IBM Network Media Solutions Virtual LAN VLAN Translation ISDN Switching and Routing DSPU and SNA Service Point
X.25 over ISDN inter-Switch Link SNA Frame Relay Access Support VPDN Protocol Encapsulation APPN Dial Business IEEE 802.10 Cisco Database Connection Solutions Encapsulation NCIA Client/Server Topologies and Examples LAN Emulation Cisco Mainframe Channel Connection
Muitiprotocol over ATM Airline Product Set
xii Network Protocols Command Reference Part Supporting Documents
Supporting Documents
The following documents support the Cisco lOS software documentation set
Cisco 105 Software Command Suinmaiy
Cisco 105 Software System Error Messages
Debug Command Reference
Dial Solutions Qiick Configuration Guide
Document Convenflons
The Cisco lOS documentation set uses the following conventions
Convention Description
AD should or Ctrl Represents the Control key For example when you read or Ctrl-D you
hold down the Control key while you press the key Keys are indicated in capital
letters but are not case sensitive
string string is defined as nonquoted set of characters For example when setting an
SNMP community string to public do not use quotation marks around the string
otherwise the string will include the quotation marks
Examples use the following conventions
Convention Description
screen Shows an example of information displayed on the screen
boldface screen Shows an example of information that you must enter
in brackets Nonprinting characters such as passwords appear angled
line also Exclamation points at the beginning of line indicate comment They are
displayed by the Cisco lOS software for certain processes
Default responses to system prompts appear in square brackets
The following conventions are used to attract the readers attention
that could result in Caution Means reader be careful In this situation you might do something equipment damage or loss of data
Note Means reader take note Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to materials not
contained in this manual
in Timesaver Means the described action saves time You can save time by performing the action described
the paragraph
About the Cisco OS Software Documentation xiii Command Syntax Conventions
Within the Cisco lOS software documentation the term router is used to refer to both access servers
and routers When feature is supported on the access server only the term access server is used
Within examples routers and access servers are alternately shown These products are used only for
example purposes that is an example that shows one product does not indicate that the other product
is not supported
Command Syntax Convenflons
Command descriptions use the following conventions
Convention Description
boldface Indicates commands and keywords that are entered literally as shown
italics Indicates arguments for which you supply values in contexts that do not allow italics
arguments are enclosed in angle brackets
Keywords or arguments that appear within square brackets are optional
choice of required keywords represented by and appears in braces separated
by vertical bars You must select one
Braces and vertical bars within square brackets indicate required choice within an
optional element You do not need to select one If you do you have some required choices
Csco Connecflon Onilne
Cisco Connection Online CCO is Cisco Systems primary real-time support channel Maintenance
customers and partners can self-register on CCO to obtain additional information and services
Available 24 hours day days week CCO provides wealth of standard and value-added
services to Ciscos customers and business partners CCO services include product information
product documentation software updates release notes technical tips the Bug Navigator
configuration notes brochures descriptions of service offerings and download access to public and
authorized files
CCO serves wide variety of users through two interfaces that are updated and enhanced
simultaneously character-based version and multimedia version that resides on the World Wide Web The character-based WWW CCO supports Zmodem Kermit Xmodem FTP and Internet e-mail and it is excellent for quick access to information over lower bandwidths The WWW version
of CCO provides richly formatted documents with photographs figures graphics and video as well
as hyperlinks to related information
You can access CCO in the following ways
WWW http//www.cisco.com
WWW http//www-europe.cisco.com
WWW http//www-china.cisco.com
Telnet cco.cisco.com
Modem From North America 408 526-8070 from Europe 33 64 46 40 82 Use the
following terminal settings VT100 emulation databits parity none stop bits and connection rates up to 28.8 kbps
xiv Network Protocols Command Reference Part Documentation CDROM
For For copy of CCOs Frequently Asked Questions FAQ contact [email protected] additional information contact cco-team cisco corn
need technical assistance with Cisco Note If you are network administrator and personal maintenance Ciscos Technical product that is under warranty or covered by contract contact Assistance Center TAC at 800 553-2447 408 526-7209 or [email protected] To obtain general information about Cisco Systems Cisco products or upgrades contact 800 553-6387 408 526-7208 or c-rep@ciscocom
Documentation CDROM
Cisco documentation and additional literature are available in CD-ROM package which ships with
Documentation member of the Cisco Connection is your product The CD-ROM Family updated
monthly Therefore it might be more current than printed documentation To order additional copies
local sales or call customer service of the Documentation CD-ROM contact your representative
annual You can also The CD-ROM package is available as single package or as an subscription
access Cisco documentation on the World Wide Web at http//www.cisco.com
http//www-china.cisco.com or http//www-europe.cisco.com
the World Wide submit comments If you are reading Cisco product documentation on Web you can Documentation After the electronically Click Feedback in the toolbar and select you complete
form click Submit to send it to Cisco We appreciate your comments
About the Cisco lOS Software Documentation xv Documentation CD-ROM
xvi Network Protocols Command Reference Part Using Csco OS Software
This chapter provides helpful tips for understanding and configuring Cisco lOS software using the
command-line interface CLI
Getting Help
Understanding Command Modes
Using the No and Default Forms of Commands
Saving Configuration Changes
For an overview of Cisco lOS software configuration refer to the Configuration Fundamentals
Configuration Guide
For information on the conventions used in the Cisco lOS documentation set refer to the About the
Cisco lOS Software Documentation chapter located at the beginning of this book
Getfing Hp
Entering question mark at the system prompt displays list of commands available for each
list of commands associated and with command mode You can also get any keywords arguments
the context-sensitive help feature
of the To get help specific to command mode command keyword or an argument use one
following commands
Command Purpose
help Obtain brief description of the help system in any command mode
abbreviated-comniand-entiy Obtain list of commands that begin with particular character command and string No space between question mark
abbreviated-command-en tryTab Complete partial command name
List all commands available for particular command mode
command List commands associated keywords Space between command
and question mark
command keyword List keywords associated arguments Space between the
keyword and question mark
Using Cisco lOS Software xvii Getting Help
Example How to Find Command Options
consist This section provides an example of how to display syntax for command The syntax can
of optional or required keywords To display keywords for command enter question mark at
the configuration prompt or after entering part of command followed by space The Cisco lOS
software displays list of keywords available along with brief description of the keywords For
example if you were in global configuration mode typed the command arap and wanted to see all the keywords for that command you would type arap
Table shows examples of how you can use the question mark to assist you in entering the commands commands It steps you through entering following
controller tl
caB-group timealots 1-24 type em-fgb dtmf
Table How to Find Command Options
Command Comment
Router enable Enter the enable command and password to
Password password access privileged EXEC commands Router You have entered privileged EXEC mode
when the prompt changes to Router
Router config terminal Enter global configuration mode Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL/Z You have entered global configuration Router config mode when the prompt changes to Router config
Router config controller tl Enter controller configuration mode by Controller unit number -3 specifying the Tl controller that you want Router controller tl config to configure using the controller ti global Router config-controller configuration command
Enter to display what you must enter
next on the command line In this example
you must enter controller unit number
from to
You have entered controller configuration
mode when the prompt changes to Router config-controller
xviii Network Protocols Command Reference Part Example How to Find Command Options
Table How to Find Command Options continued
Command Comment
Router config-controller Enter to display list of all the commands Controller configuration controller configuration commands
cablelength Specify the cable length for DS1 link availablefortheTl controller casgroup Configure the specified timaslots for CAS Channel Associate Signals channelgroup Specify the timeslots to channelgroup mapping for an interface clock Specify the clock source for DS1 link default Set command to its defaults description Controller specific description dsO dsO commands exit Exit from controller configuration mode dl Specify the FDL standard for DSl data link framing Specify the type of Framing on DSl link help Description of the interactive help system linecode Specify the line encoding method for DS1 link loopback Put the entire Tl line into loopback no Negate command or set its defaults pri-group Configure the specified timeslots for PRI shutdown Shut down PSi link send Blue Alarm Routerconfig-controller
Router config-controller cas-group Enter the command that you want to
23 Channel number configure for the controller In this
Router 41 config-controller cas-group example the cas-group command is used
Enter to display what you must enter
next on the command line In this example
you must enter channel number from
to 23
Because cr is not displayed it indicates
that you must enter more keywords to
complete the command
Router configcontroller 41 cas-group After you enter the channel number enter of timeslots in the timesiots List cas-group todisplaywhatyouniustenternexton Router coot igcontroller cas-group the command line In this example you
must enter the timeslots keyword
Because cr is not displayed it indicates
that you must enter more keywords to
complete the command
Router config-controller 41 cas-group timeslots After you enter the timeslots keyword 1-24 List of timeslots which comprise the cas-group enteratodisplaywhatyoumustenter
41 timeslots Routerconfigcontroller cas-group mext on the command line In this example
you must enter list of timeslots from to 24
You can specify timeslot ranges for example 1-24 individual timeslots
separated by commas for example
or combination of the two for example
1-3 17-24 The 16th time slot is not
specified in the command line because it is
reserved for transmitting the channel
signaling
Because cr is not displayed it indicates
that you must enter more keywords to
complete the command
Using Cisco lOS Software xix Understanding Command Modes
Table How to Find Command Options continued
Command Comment
Router timeslots 1-24 config-controller cas-group After you enter the timeslot ranges enter service Specify the of service type to display what you must enter next on type Specify the type of signaling the command line In this example you Router config-controller casgroup timeslots 1-24 must enter the service or type keyword
Because cr is not displayed it indicates
that you must enter more keywords to complete the command
Routerconfig-controller cas-group timeslots 1-24 type In this example thetypekeyword is ern-f gb II FOB Type entered After you enter the type keyword em-fgd Type IIFGD enter to display what you must enter em-immediate-start Immediate Start next on the command line In this example fxs-ground-start FXS Ground Start you must enter one of the signaling types fxs-loop-start FXS Loop Start
sas-ground-start SAS Ground Start Because cr is not displayed it indicates
sas-loop-start SAS Loop Start that you must enter more keywords to Routerconfig-controller cas-group timeslots 1-24 type completethecommand
Routerconfig-controller cas-group timeslots 1-24 type em-fgb In this example theem-fgb keyword is dtmf DTMF tone signaling entered After you enter the em-fgb mf MF tone signaling keyword enter to display what you service Specify the type of service Cr must enter next on the command line In this example you can enter the dtmf mf Routerconfig-controller cas-group tirneslots 1-24 type em-fgb or service keyword to indicate the type of
channel-associated signaling available for
the em.fgb signaling type
Because cr is displayed it indicates
that you can enter more keywords or press cr to complete the command
Router config-controller cas-group timealots 1-24 type em-fgb dtmf In this example the dtmf keyword is dnis DNIS addr info provisioned entered After you enter the dtmf keyword
service Specify the type of service what enter cr enter to display you must next on the command line In this example Routerconfig-controller cas-group timeslots 1-24 type em-fgb dtmf you can enter the dnis or service keyword
to indicate the options available for dtmf
tone signaling
Because cr is displayed it indicates
that you can enter more keywords or press
cr to complete the command
Routerconfig-controller cas-group timeslots 1-24 type em-fgb dtmf In this example enteracr to complete
Router config-controller the command
Understanding Command Modes
The Cisco lOS user interface is divided into many different modes The commands available to you at any given time depend on which mode you are currently in Entering question mark at the system prompt allows you to obtain list of commands available for each command mode
When you start session on the router you begin in user mode often called EXEC mode Only
limited subset of the commands are available in EXEC mode In order to have access to all
commands you must enter privileged EXEC mode Normally you must enter password to enter mode privileged EXEC From privileged mode you can enter any EXEC command or enter global
xx Network Protocols Command Reference Part Summary of Main Command Modes
configuration mode Most of the EXEC commands are one-time commands such as show
commands which show the current status of something and clear commands which clear counters
or interfaces The EXEC commands are not saved across reboots of the router
The configuration modes allow you to make changes to the running configuration If you latei save
the configuration these commands are stored across router reboots In order to get to the various
configuration modes you must start at global configuration mode From global configuration mode
you can enter interface configuration mode subinterface configuration mode and variety of
protocol-specific modes
ROM monitor mode is separate mode used when the router cannot boot properly If your router or
access server does not find valid system image when it is booting or if its configuration file is
corrupted at startup the system might enter read-only memory ROM monitor mode
Summary of Main Command Modes
Table summarizes the main command modes of the Cisco lOS software
Table Summary of Main Command Modes
Command
Mode Access Method Prompt Exit Method
User EXEC Log in Router Use the logout command
Privileged From user EXEC mode use Router To exit back to user EXEC mode use the disable command
EXEC the enable EXEC command To enter global configuration mode use the configuie
terminal privileged EXEC command
Global From privileged EXEC Router conf ig To exit to privileged EXEC mode use the exit or end configuration mode use the configure command or press CtrlZ
terminal privileged EXEC To enter interface configuration mode enter an interface command configuration command
Interface From global configuration Router con fig if To exit to global configuration mode use the exit command configuration mode entei by specifying an To exit to privileged EXEC mode use the exit command or interface with an interface press Ctrl-Z command
To enter subinterface configuration mode specify
subinterface with the interface command
Subinterface From interface configuration Router con fig subi To exit to global configuration mode use the exit command configuration mode specify To enter privileged EXEC mode use the end command or subinterface with an press Ctrl-Z interface command
RUM monitor From privileged EXEC To exit to user EXEC mode type continue
mode use the reload EXEC
command Press the Break
key during the first 60
seconds while the system is
booting
For more information regarding command modes refer to the Using the Command Line Interface
chapter of the Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide
Using Cisco lOS Software xxi Using the No and Default Forms of Commands
Using the No and DefauHt Forms of Commands
command also has form In use the no form to disable Almost every configuration no general function Use the command without the keyword no to reenable disabled function or to enable
function that is disabled by default For example IP routing is enabled by default To disable IP
routing specify the no ip routing command and specify ip routing to reenable it The Cisco lOS
software command references provide the complete syntax for the configuration commands and
describes what the no form of command does
Configuration commands can also have default form The default form of command returns the
command setting to its default Most commands are disabled by default so the default form is the
enabled default and have variables set to same as the no form However some commands are by
certain default values In these cases the default command enables the conunand and sets variables
to their default values The Cisco lOS software command references describe what the default form
of command does if the command is not the same as the no form
Savng ConfHguraflon Changes command Enter the copy systemrunning-config nvramstartup-config to save your configuration
that will not be lost if there is reload or changes to your startup configuration so they system power outage For example
Router copy system running-config nvram startup-config Building configuration..
It might take minute or two to save the configuration After the configuration has been saved the
following output appears
Router
this saves the to nonvolatile random-access On most platforms step configuration memory
this the the NVRAM On the Class Flash file system platforms step saves configuration to The variable location specified by the CONFIG_FILE environment variable CONFIG_FILE
defaults to NVRAM
xxii Network Protocols Command Reference Part AppeTalk Commands
AppleTalk is LAN system designed and developed by Apple Computer Inc It runs over Ethernet
Token Ring Fiber Distributed Data Interface FDDI networks and LocalTalk Apples proprietary
twisted-pair media access system AppleTalk specifies protocol stack comprising several protocols
that direct the flow of traffic over the network
Apple Computer uses the name AppleTalk to refer to the Apple networking architecture Apple refers
to the actual transmission media used in an AppleTalk network as LocalTalk Apples proprietary twisted-pair transmission medium for AppleTalk TokenTalk AppleTalk over Token Ring EtherTalk AppleTalk over Ethernet and FDDITa1k AppleTalk over FDDI
Use the commands in this chapter to configure and monitor AppleTalk networks For AppleTalk
configuration information and examples refer to the Configuring AppleTalk chapter in the
Network Pmtocols Configuration Guide Part
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1 access-list additional-zones
accessUst adthflonazones
To define the default action to take for access checks that apply to zones use the access-list
the form of this additional-zones global configuration command To remove an access list use no command
access-list access-list-number deny permit additional-zones
no access-list access-list-n umber additional-zones
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
deny Denies access if the conditions are matched
permit Permits access if the conditions are matched
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
10.0 This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release
The access-list additional-zones command defines the action to take for access checks not
If do not this the explicitly defined with the access-list zone command you specify command
default action is to deny other access
command to You apply access lists defined with the access-list additional-zones outgoing routing
distribute-list and updates and GetZoneList GZL filters using the appletalk out appletalk
cannot to filters the appletalk getzonelist-filter commands You apply them data-packet using
filters the distribute-list access-group command or to incoming routing update using appletalk in command
Example
The following example creates an access list based on AppleTalk zones
access-list 610 deny zone Twilight access-list 610 permit additiona1zones
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list cable-range
access-list includes
access-list nbp
access-list network
P2R-2 Network Protocols command Reference Part access-list additional-zones
access-list other-access access-list other-nbps access-list within access-list zone appletalk access-group appletalk distribute-list iii appletalk distribute-list out appletalk getzonelist-filter appletalk permit-partial-zones
AppleTalk Commands P2R-3 access-list cable-range
accessUst cabOerange
the access-list To define an AppleTalk access list for cable range for extended networks only use
cable-range global configuration command To remove an access list use the no form of this command
access-list access-list-number deny permit cable-range cable-range
llbroadcast-deny broadcast-permit
no access-list access-list-number permit cable-range cable-range
broadcast-permit
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
deny Denies access if the conditions are matched
permit Permits access if the conditions are matched
cable-range Cable range value The argument specifies the start and end of
the cable range separated by hyphen These values are
decimal numbers from to 65279 The starting network number
must be less than or equal to the ending network number
broadcast-deny Optional Denies access to broadcast packets if the conditions
are matched
broadcast-permit Optional Permits access to broadcast packets if the conditions
are met
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
When used as routing update filter the access-list cable-range command affects matching on
extended networks only The conditions defined by this access list are used only when cable range
in routing update exactly matches that specified in the access-list cable-range command The
conditions are never used to match network number for nonextended network
When used as data-packet filter the access-list cable-range command affects matching on any
type of network number The conditions defined by this access list are used only when the packets
source network lies in the range defined by the access list
P2R-4 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list cable-range
You apply access lists defined with the access-list cable-range command to data-packet and
routing-update filters using the appletalk access-group appletalk distribute-list in and
distribute-list appletalk out You cannot apply them to GZL filters using the appletalk
getzonelist-filter command
To delete an access list specify the minimum number of keywords and arguments needed to delete
the proper access list For example to delete the entire access list use the following command
no access-list access-list-n umber
To delete the access list for specific network use the following command
no access-list access-list-number deny permit cable-range cable-range
Priority queuing for AppleTalk operates on the destination network number not the source network number
Example
The list forwards all those following access packets except from cable range 10 to 20
accesslist 600 deny cable-range 10-20 accesslist 600 permit other-access
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list includes
access-list nbp
access-list network
access-list other-access
access-list other-nbps
access-list within
access-list zone
appletalk access-group
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk getzonelist-filter
priority-list protocol
AppleTalk Commands P2R-5 access-list includes
accessUst ncHudes
To define list that of of network numbers cable an AppleTalk access overlaps any part range or
ranges for both extended and nonextended networks use the access-list includes global
configuration command To remove an access list use the no form of this command
access-list access-list-number deny permit includes cable-range broadcast-permit
no access-list access-list-n umber permit includes cable-range broadcast-permit
Syntax Description
access-list-n umber Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
deny Denies access if the conditions are matched
permit Permits access if the conditions are matched
Cable network number The the cable-range range or argument specifies
start and end of the cable range separated by hyphen These
values are decimal numbers from to 65279 The starting
network number must be less than or equal to the ending
network number To specify network number set the starting
and ending network numbers to the same value
broadcast-deny Optional Denies access to broadcast packets if the conditions
are matched
broadcast-permit Optional Peimits access to broadcast packets if the conditions
are met
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
When used as routing update filter the access-list includes command affects matching on extended and nonextended AppleTalk networks The conditions defined by this access list are used
when cable or either of range network number overlaps partially or completely one or more
those specified in the access-list includes command
When used as data-packet filter the conditions defined by this access list are used when the
packets source network lies in the range defined in the access-list includes command
P2R-6 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list includes
You lists defined with the access-list apply access includes command to data-packet and
routing-update filters using the appletalk access-group appletalk distribute-list in and
distribute-list appletalk out You cannot apply them to GZL filters using the appletalk
getzonelist-filter command
To delete the minimum an access list specify number of keywords and arguments needed to delete
the list proper access For example to delete the entire access list use the following command
no access-list access-list-number
To delete the access list for specific network use the following command
no access-list access-list-number deny permit includes cable-range
Priority queuing for AppleTalk operates on the destination network number not the source network number
Example
The defines list following example an access that permits access to any network or cable range that
of the 10 This overlaps any part range to 20 means for example that cable ranges 13 to 16 and 17
25 will be This to permitted access list also permits all other ranges
accesslist 600 permit includes 10-20 access-list 600 permit other-access
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list cable-range
access-list nbp
access-list network
access-list other-access
access-list other-nbps
access-list within
access-list zone
appletalk access-group
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk getzonelist-filter
priority-list protocol
AppleTalk Commands P2R-7 access-list nbp
accessOist nbp
Name Protocol named To define an AppleTalk access list entry for particular Binding NBP entity
named entities to class of NBP named entities NBP packet type or NBP belonging specific zone
command To NBP list from the use the access-list nbp global configuration remove an access entry
access list use the no form of this command
access-list access-list-number deny permit nbp sequence-number BrRq FwdRq
Lookup LkReply object string type string zone string
no access-list access-list-number deny permit nbp sequence-number BrRq FwdRq
Lookup LkReply object string type string zone string
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
deny Denies access if conditions are matched
permit Permits access if conditions are matched
sequence-number number used to tie together two or three portions of an NBP
name tuple and to keep track of the number of access-list nbp
entries in an access list Each command entry must have
sequence number
BrRq Broadcast Request packet type
FwdRq Forward Request packet type
Lookup Lookup packet type
LkReply Lookup Reply packet type
that identifies object Characterizes string as the portion of an NBP name
particular object or named entity
type Characterizes string as the portion of an NBP name that identifies
category or type of named entity
zone Characterizes string as the portion of an NBP name that identifies an AppleTalk zone
the or zone of string portion of an NBP name identifying object type
named entity The name string can be up to 32 characters long
and it can include special characters from the Apple Macintosh
character set To include special character type colon followed
by two hexadecimal characters For an NBP name with leading the space enter the first character as special sequence 20
Default
and the default No particular access list entry for an NBP named entity is defined filtering specified
by the access-list other-nbps command takes effect
P2R-8 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list nbp
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
The access-list nbp command defines the action to take for filtering NBP packets from particular
object particular named entity type class of named entities or zone AppleTalk zone in which
named entities reside or for particular NBP packet type superseding the default action for NBP
packets from all named entities specified by the access-list other-nbps command For each
command that must number you enter you specify sequence
The sequence number serves two purposes
Its is to allow to associate or three of principal purpose you two portions an NBP three-part name referred to do as an NBP tuple To this you enter two or three commands having the same number but each sequence specifying different keyword and NBP name portion object type
or zone The same number binds them This with the sequence together provides you ability to restrict forwarding of NBP packets at any level down to single named entity
Its second purpose is to allow you to keep track of the number of access-list nbp entries you have
made You must enter sequence number even if you do not use it to associate portions of an NBP name
Examples
The adds entries to list number following example access 607 to allow forwarding of NBP packets
from specific sources and deny forwarding of NBP packets from all other sources The first
command adds that allows an entry NBP packets from all printers of type LaserWrite The second
command adds that allows an entry NBP packets from all AppleTalk file servers of type AFPServe
The third command adds an ently that allows NBP packets from all applications called HotShotPaint For example there might be an application with zone name of Accounting and an with application zone name of engineering both having the object name of HotS hotPaint NBP
packets forwarded from both applications will be allowed
The access-list other-nbps command denies forwarding of NBP packets from all other sources
access-list 607 permit nbp type LaserWriter access-list 607 permit nbp type AFPServer accesslist 607 permit nbp object HotShotPaint access-list 607 deny other-nbps access-list 607 permit other-access
The adds entries list following example to access number 608 to deny forwarding of NBP packets from two whose specific servers fully qualified NBP names are specified It permits forwarding of
NBP packets from all other sources
access-list 608 deny nbp object ServerA
access-list 608 deny nbp type AFPServer access-list 608 deny nbp zone B1d3 access-list 608 deny nbp object ServerB access-list 608 deny nbp type AFPServer access-list 608 deny nbp zone 81d3 access-list 608 permit other-nbps access-list 608 permit other-access
AppleTalk Commands P2R-9 access-list nbp
The following example denies forwarding of NBP Lookup Reply packets for all named entities It
permits forwarding of other NBP packet types from all other sources
access-list 600 deny nbp Lkneply access-list 600 permit other-nbps access-list 600 permit other-access
The following example creates an access list that denies forwarding of these packets
All NBP Lookup Reply packets
NBP packets from the server named Bob Server
Packets from all AppleTalk file servers of type AFPServer
All NBP Lookup Reply packets that contain the specified named entities belonging to the zone
twilight
access-list 600 deny nbp LkReply access-list 600 deny nbp object Bobs Server access-list 600 deny nbp type AFPServer access-list 600 deny nbp zone twilight access-list 600 permit other-nbps access-list 600 permit other-access
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list cable-range
access-list includes
access-list network
access-list other-access
access-list other-nbps
access-list within
access-list zone
appletalk access-group
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk getzonelist-filter
priority-list protocol
P2R-1O Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list network accessUst network
To define an AppleTalk access list for single network number that is for nonextended network
use the access-list network global configuration command To remove an access list use the no
form of this command
access-list access-list-number deny permit network network broadcast-permit
no access-list access-list-number permit network network broadcast-permit
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
deny Denies access if the conditions are matched
permit Permits access if the conditions are matched
network AppleTalk network number
broadcast-deny Optional Denies access to broadcast packets if the conditions
are matched
broadcast-permit Optional Permits access to broadcast packets if the conditions
are met
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
When used as routing-update filter the access-list network command affects matching on
nonextended networks only The conditions defined by this access list are used only when the
nonextended number in routing update matches network number specified in one of the
access-list network commands The conditions are never used to match cable range for an
extended network even if the cable range has the same starting and ending number
When used as data-packet filter the conditions defined by this access list are used only when the
packets source network matches the network number specified in the access-list network command
You apply access lists defined with the access-list network command to data-packet and
routing-update filters using the appletalk access-group appletalk distribute-list in and
appletalk distribute-list out You cannot apply access lists to GZL filters using the appletalk
getzonelist-filter command
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1 access-list network
In software releases before 9.0 the syntax of this command was access-list access-list-number
deny permit network The current version of the software is still able to interpret commands in
this format if it finds them in configuration or boot file However it is recommended that you
update the commands in your configuration or boot files to match the current syntax
Use the no access-list command with the access-list-number argument only to remove an entire
access list from the configuration Specify the optional arguments to remove particular clause
To delete an access list specify the minimum number of keywords and arguments needed to delete
the list delete the entire the command proper access For example to access list use following
no access-list access-list-number
To delete the access list for specific network use the following command
no access-list access-list-number deny permit network network
the network Priority queuing for AppleTalk operates on the destination network number not source number
Example
The following example defines an access list that forwards all packets except those destined for networks and
access-list 650 deny network access-list 650 deny network accesslist 650 permit ocheraccess
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list cable-range
access-list includes
access-list nbp
access-list other-access
access-list other-nbps
access-list within
access-list zone
appletalk access-group
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk getzonelist-filter
priority-list protocol
P2R-12 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list other-access
accessUst otheraccess
To define the default action to take for subsequent access checks that apply to networks or cable
ranges use the access-list other-access global configuration command To remove an access list
use the no form of this command
access-list access-list-number deny permit other-access no access-list access-list-n umber other-access
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
defty Denies access if the conditions are matched
permit Permits access if the conditions are matched
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
The access-list other-access command defines the action to take for access checks not explicitly
defined with an access-list network access-list cable-range access-list includes or access-list
within command If you do not specify this command the default action is to deny other access
You apply access lists defined with the access-list other-access conimand to data-packet and
routing-update filters using the appletalk access-group appletalk distribute-list in and
appletalk distribute-list out You cannot apply them to GZL filters using the appletalk
getzonelist-filter command
In software releases before 9.0 the syntax of this command was access-list access-list-number
the software is still able in this deny permit -1 The current version of to interpret commands
if boot it is recommended format it finds them in configuration or file However that you update
the commands in your configuration or boot files to match the culTent syntax
Priority queuing for AppleTalk operates on the destination network number not the source network number
Example
The following example defines an access list that forwards all packets except those destined for networks and
access-list 650 deny network access-list 650 deny network accesslist 650 permit other-access
AppleTalk Commands P2R-13 access-list other-access
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list cable-range
access-list includes
access-list nbp
access-list network
access-list other-nbps
access-list within
access-list zone
appletalk access-group
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
priority-list protocol
P2R-14 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list other-nbps
accesiist othernbps
To define the default action to take for access checks that apply to NBP packets from named entities
not otherwise explicitly denied or permitted use the access-list other-nbps global configuration command
access-list access-list-n timber deny permit other-nbps
no access-list access-list-number deny permit other-nbps
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list for AppleTalk This is decimal number
from 600 to 699
deny Denies access if conditions are matched
permit Permits access if conditions are matched
Default
Access is denied
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 110
The access-list other-nbps command defines the action to take for filtering of NBP packets from
command It allows the named entities not explicitly defined by an access-list nbp you to implement level access-list commands default AppleTalk network security state at the named entity Any nbp
enter affect named class of named entities or all named entities within you particular entity object entities If do zone This command sets the security state for all other NBP named you not specify
this command the default action is to deny access
access-list You can use this command to create an entry in an access list before or after you issue
nbp commands The order of the command in the access list is irrelevant
Example
The following example permits forwarding of all NBP packets from all sources except AppleTalk
file servers of type AFPServer
access-list 607 deny nbp type AFPServer access-list 607 permit other-nbps
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list cable-range
access-list includes
AppleTalk Commands P2R-15 access-list other-nbps
access-list nbp
access-list network
access-list other-access
access-list within
access-list zone
appletalk access-group
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk getzonelist-filter
priority-list protocol
P2R-16 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list within accessUst wthn
To define an AppleTalk access list for an extended or nonextended network whose network number
or cable range is included entirely within the specified cable range use the access-list within global
configuration command To remove this access list use the no form of this command
access-list access-list-number deny permit within cable-range
no access-list access-list-number permit within cablerange
Syntax Description
access-list-nwnber Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
deny Denies access if the conditions are matched
permit Permits access if the conditions are matched
cable-range Cable range or network number The argument specifies the start and end of the cable range separated by hyphen These
values are decimal numbers from to 65279 The starting
network number must be less than or equal to the ending
network number To specify network number set the starting
and ending network numbers to the same value
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 100
When used as routing update filter the access-list within command affects matching on extended
and nonextended AppleTalk networks The conditions defined by this access list are used when
either of those cable range or network number overlaps partially or completely one or more
specified in the access-list within command
When used as data-packet filter the conditions defined by this access list are used when the
access-list command packets source network lies in the range defined in the within
You apply access lists defined with the access-list within command to data-packet and
routing-update using the appletalk access-group appletalk distribute-list in and appletalk
distribute-list out You cannot apply them to GZL filters using the appletalk getzonelist-filter command
AppleTalk Commands P2R-17 access-list within
needed delete To delete an access list specify the minimum number of keywords and arguments to
the entire use the command the proper access list For example to delete access list following
no access-list access-list-number
To delete the access list for specific network use the following command
no access-list access-list-number deny permit within cable-range
destination network not the network Priority queuing for AppleTalk operates on the number source number
Example
cable that The following example defines an access list that permits access to any network or range
13 16 will is completely included in the range 10 to 20 This means for example that cable range to
but cable 17 to 25 will not be The second line of the access list all other be permitted range permits
packets
accesslist 600 permit within 1020 accesslist 600 permit otheraccess
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list cable-range
access-list includes
access-list nbp
access-list network
access-list other-access
access-list other-nbps
access-list zone
appletalk access-group
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk getzonelist-filter
priority-list protocol
P2R-18 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list zone
accesflst zone
To define an AppleTalk access list that applies to zone use the access-list zone global the no form of this command configuration command To remove an access list use
access-list access-list-number deny permit zone zone-name
no access-list access-list-number permit zone zone-name
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
matched deny Denies access if the conditions are
conditions matched permit Permits access if the are
zone-name Name of the zone The name can include special characters from the Apple Macintosh character set To include special hexadecimal characters character type colon followed by two
the first For zone names with leading space character enter
character as the special sequence 20
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
the access-list command to and You apply access lists defined with zones outgoing routing update
GZL filters using the appletalk distribute-list out and appletalk getzonelist-filter commands filters the command or to You cannot apply them to data-packet using appletalk access-group
distribute-list in incoming routing update filters using the appletalk command
number of and needed to delete To delete an access list specify the minimum keywords arguments
list For to delete the entire access list use the following command the proper access example
no access-list access-list-number
the command To delete the access list for specific network use following
no access-list access-list-number deny permit zone zone-name
Use the access-list additional-zones command to define the action to take for access checks not command explicitly defined with the access-list zone
AppleTalk Commands P2R-19 access-list zone
Note AppleTalk zone access lists on an Enhanced Internet Gateway Routing Protocol Enhance
IGRP interface will not filter the distribution of Enhanced IGRP routes When the appletalk
distribute-list is out command applied to an Enhanced IGRP interface any access-list zone
commands in the specified access list will be ignored
Example
The following example creates an access list based on AppleTalk zones
access-list 610 deny zone Twilight access-list 610 permit additional-zones
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list cable-range
access-list includes
access-list nbp
access-list network
access-list other-access
access-list other-nbps
access-list within
appletalk access-group
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk getzonelist-filter
appletalk permit-partial-zones
P2R-20 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk access-group
appetaHk accessgroup
To assign an access list to an interface use the appletalk access-group interface configuration
command To remove the access list use the no form of this command
appletalk access-group access-list-number Fin out
no appletalk access-group access-list-number
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
in Optional Filters on incoming packets
out Optional Filters on outgoing packets This is the default
direction
Default
No access lists are predefined The default interface direction is out
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
filters The appletalk access-group command applies data-packets filters or NBP-packet to an
inbound or outbound interface These filters check data packets being received or sent on an and interface If the source network of the packets has access denied these packets are not processed
are discarded
cable When you apply data-packet filter to an interface you should ensure that all networks or
the filters ranges within zone are governed by same
Examples
The following example applies access list 601 to outbound Ethernet interface
access-list 601 deny cable-range 1-10 access-list 601 permit other-access interface ethernet appletalk access-group 601
inbound Ethernet interface The following example applies access list 600 to
interface ethernet appletalk access-group 600 in
AppleTalk Commands P2R-21 appletalk access-group
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list cable-range
access-list includes
access-list network
access-list other-access
access-list within
appletalk access-group
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
P2R-22 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk address appetak address
To enable nonextended AppleTalk routing on an interface use the appletalk address interface
configuration command To disable nonextended AppleTalk routing use the no form of this command
appletalk address network.node
no appletalk address
Syntax Description
network.node AppleTalk network address assigned to the interface The
is the 16-bit network number in the argument network range
to 65279 The argument node is the 8-bit node number in the numbers decimal and range to 254 Both are separated by
period
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
You must enable routing on the interface before assigning zone names
in this Specifying an address of 0.0 or 0.node places the interface into discoveiy mode When mode
the Cisco lOS software attempts to determine network address information from another router on
the network You also can enable discovery mode with the appletalk discovery command
Discovery mode does not run over serial lines
Example
The following example enables nonextended AppleTalk routing on Ethernet interface
appletalk routing interface ethernet appletalk address 1.129
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list cable-range
appletalk discovery
appletalk zone
AppleTalk Commands P2H-23 appletalk alternate-addressing appetak afternateaddressng
To display network numbers in two-octet format use the appletalk alternate-addressing global
configuration command To return to displaying network numbers in the format network.node use
the no form of this command
appletalk alternate-addressing
no appletalk alternate-addressing
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The appletalk alternate-addressing command displays cable ranges in the alternate format
wherever applicable This format consists of printing the upper and lower bytes of network number
as 8-bit decimal values separated by decimal point For example the cable range 511-512 would
be printed as 1.255-2.0
Example
The following example enables the display of network numbers in two-octet format
appleLalk alternateaddressing
P2R-24 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk arp interval
appetak arp nterva
To specify the time interval between retransmissions of Address Resolution Protocol ARP packets
use the appletalk arp interval global configuration command To restore both default intervals use
the no form of this command
appletalk arp request interval interval no appletalk arp probe request interval interval
Syntax Description
probe Optional Interval to be used with AppleTalk Address
Resolution Protocol AARP requests that are trying to determine the address of the local router when the Cisco lOS
omit and software is being configured If you probe request
probe is the default
request Optional Indicates that the interval specified is to be used
when AARP is attempting to determine the hardware address of
another node so that AARP can deliver packet
interval Interval in milliseconds between AARP transmissions The
minimum value is 33 milliseconds When used with the probe
keyword the default interval is 200 milliseconds When used
with the request keyword the default interval is
1000 milliseconds
Default
If you omit the keywords probe is the default
probe200 milliseconds requestbOO milliseconds
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The time interval you specify takes effect immediately
from devices that Lengthening the interval between AARP transmissions permits responses respond
slowly such as printers and overloaded file servers to be received
address of the local router AARP uses the appletalk arp probe interval value when obtaining the should the default This is done when the Cisco lOS software is being configured You not change
modifies the value of this interval unless absolutely necessary because this value directly AppleTalk
dynamic node assignment algorithm
determine the hardware AARP uses the appletalk arp request interval value when attempting to interval address of another node so that it can deliver packet You can change this as desired
for sites although the default value is optimal most
AppleTalk Commands P2R-25 appletalk arp interval
The no appletalk arp command restores both the probe and request intervals specified in the appletalk arp interval and appletalk arp retransmit-count commands to their default values
Example
The following example lengthens the AppleTalk ARP retry interval to 2000 milliseconds
appletalk arp request interval 2000
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk arp retransmit-count
appletalk arp-timeout
appletalk glean-packets
show appletalk globals
P2R-26 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk arp retransmit-count
appetaHk arp retransmtcount
To specify the number of AARP probe or request transmissions use the appletalk arp
retransmit-count global configuration command To restore both default values use the no form of
this command
appletalk arp request retransmit-count number no appletalk arp request retransmit-count nwnber
Syntax Description
probe Optional Indicates that the number specified is to be used with
AARP requests that are trying to determined the address of the
local router when the Cisco lOS software is being configured If
you omit probe and request probe is the default
request Optional Indicates that the number specified is to be used
when AARP is attempting to determine the hardware address of
another node so that AARP can deliver packet
number Number of AARP retransmissions that will occur The
minimum number is When used with the probe keyword the
default value is 10 retransmissions When used with the request
keyword the default value is retransmissions Specifying
selects the default value
Default
If you omit the keyword probe is the default
probe 10 transmissions requestS transmissions
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The value you specify takes effect immediately
Increasing the number of retransmissions permits responses from devices that respond slowly such
as printers and overloaded file servers to be received
AARP uses the appletalk arp probe retransmit-count value when obtaining the address of the
local router This is done when the Cisco lOS software is being configured You should not change
because this value modifies the the default value unless absolutely necessary directly AppleTalk
dynamic node assignment algorithm
AARP uses the appletalk arp request retransmit-count value when attempting to determine the
hardware address of another node so that it can deliver packet You can change this interval as
desired although the default value is optimal for most sites
AppleTalk Commands P2R-27 appletalk arp retransmit-count
The no appletalk arp command restores both the probe and request intervals specified in the
appletalk arp interval and appletalk arp retransmit-count commands to their default values
Example
The retransmission following example specifies an AARP count of 10 for AARP packets that are requesting the hardware address of another node on the network
appletalk arp request retransmit-count 10
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk arp interval
appletalk arp-timeout
appletalk glean-packets
show appletalk globals
P2R-28 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk arp-timeout appetak arp4meout
the To specify the interval at which entries are aged out of the ARP table use appletalk arp-timeout
the form of this command interface configuration command To return to the default timeout use no
appletalk arp-timeout interval
no appletalk arp-timeout interval
Syntax Description
interval Time in minutes after which an entry is removed from the
AppleTalk ARP table The default is 240 minutes hours
Default
240 minutes hours
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Example
Ethernet interface hours The following example changes the ARP timeout interval on to
interface ethernet appletalk cable-range 2-2 appletalk arp-timeout 120
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk arp interval
appletalk arp retransmit-count
appletalk glean-packets
AppleTalk Commands P2R-29 appletalk aurp tickle-time
appetak aurp tckDe4me
To set the Apple Update-Based Routing Protocol AURP last-heard-from timer value use the
appletalk aurp tickle-time interface configuration command To return to the default
last-heard-from timer value use the no form of this command
appletalk aurp tickle-time seconds
no appletalk aurp tickle-time seconds
Syntax Description
seconds Time-out value in seconds This value can be number in the
range 30 to infinity The default is 90 seconds
Default
90 seconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
If the tunnel peer has not been heard from within the time specified by the least-heard-from timer
value the Cisco lOS software sends tickle to check that the tunnel packets peer is still up
You this can use command only on tunnel interfaces
Example
The following example changes the AURP last-heard-from timer value on tunnel interface to 120 seconds
interface tunnel
appletalk aurp tickletime 120
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk interface tunnel
P2R-30 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk aurp update-interval
appletak aurp updatenterva
To set the minimum interval between AURP routing updates use the appletalk aurp
update-interval global configuration command To return to the default interval use the no form of
this command
appletalk aurp update-interval seconds no appletalk aurp update-interval seconds
Syntax Description
seconds AURP routing update interval in seconds This interval must be
multiple of 10 The default is 30 seconds
Default
30 seconds
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The AURP routing update interval applies only to tunnel interfaces
Example
The following example changes the AURP routing update interval on tunnel interface to 40 seconds
interface tunnel
appletalk aurp update-interval 40
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk globals
AppleTalk Commands P2R-31 appletalk cable-range
appetak caberange
To enable an extended AppleTalk network use the appletalk cable-range interface configuration command To disable an extended AppleTalk network use the no form of this command
appletalk cable-range cable-range
no appletalk cable-range cable-range
Syntax Description
cable-range Cable range value The argument specifies the start and end of the cable range separated by hyphen These values are
decimal numbers from to 65279 The starting network number
must be less than or equal to the ending network number
network.node Optional Suggested AppleTalk address for the interface The
argument network is the 16-bit network number and the
argument node is the 8-bit node number Both numbers are
decimal and separated by period The suggested network
number fall the must within specified range of network numbers
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
You must enable routing on the interface before assigning zone names
Specifying cable range value of 0-0 places the interface into discoveiy mode When in this mode the Cisco lOS software determine attempts to cable range information from another router on the
network You also enable can discovery mode with the appletalk discovery command Discovery mode does not run over serial lines
Example
The following example assigns cable range of to to the interface
interface ethernet appletalk cable-range 3-3
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk address
appletalk discovery
appletalk zone
P2R-32 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk checksum
appHetaHk checksum
To enable the generation and verification of checksums for all AppleTalk packets except routed
packets use the appletalk checksum global configuration command To disable checksum
generation and verification use the no form of this command
appletalk checksum
no appletalk checksum
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
When the appletalk checksum command is enabled the Cisco lOS software discards incoming Protocol Datagram Delivery DDP packets when the checksum is not zero and is incorrect and
when the router is the final destination for the packet
You want to disable checksum and verification if have might generation you very early devices such as LaserWriter printers that cannot receive packets that contain checksums
The Cisco lOS software does not check checksums on routed packets thereby eliminating the need
to disable checksum to allow operation of some networking applications
Example
The following example disables the generation and verification of checksums
no appletalk checksum
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk globals
AppleTalk Commands P2R-33 appletalk client-mode
appHetaDk dUentmode
To allow users to access an AppleTalk zone when dialing into an asynchronous line on Cisco
routers only via the auxiliary port use the appletalk client-mode interface configuration command
To disable this function use the no form of this command
appletalk client-mode
no appletalk client-mode
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Client mode is disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The appletalk client-mode command allows remote client to use an asynchronous interface to
access AppleTalk zones use networked peripherals and share files with other Macintosh users
This command works only on asynchronous interfaces on which Point-to-Point Protocol PPP
encapsulation is enabled Also you must first create an internal network for the Macintosh client
using the appletalk virtual-net global configuration command
An interface configured with the appletalk client-mode and appletalk virtual-net global
commands does not support routing
Example
The following example allows user to access AppleTalk functionality on an asynchronous line
using PPP
interface asynchronous appletalk client-mode
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk virtual-net
encapsulation
interface async ppp
P2R-34 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk discovery
appHetaHk cflscovery
To place an interface into discovery mode use the appletalk discovery interface configuration
command To disable discovery mode use the no form of this command
appletalk discovery
no appletalk discovery
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
If an interface is connected to network that has at least one other operational AppleTalk router you
can dynamically configure the interface using discovery mode In discovery mode an interface
acquires network address information about the attached network from an operational router and
then uses this information to configure itself
If you enable discovery mode on an interface when the Cisco router starts up that interface must
acquire information to configure itself from another operational router on the attached network If
no operational router is present on the connected network the interface will not start
If you do not enable discovery mode the interface must acquire its configuration from memory when
the router starts If the stored configuration is not complete the interface will not start If there is
another operational router on the connected network the router will verify the interfaces stored
with that If there is the interface will start If there configuration router any discrepancy not are no
neighboring operational routers the router will assume the interfaces stored configuration is correct
and will start
Once an interface is operational it can seed the configurations of other routers on the connected mode the network regardless of whether you have enabled discovery on any of routers
If you enable appletalk discovery and the interface is restarted another operational router must still
be present on the directly connected network in order foi the interface to start
It is not advisable to have all routers on network configured with discovery mode enabled If all
routers were to restart simultaneously for instance after power failure the network would
become inaccessible until at least one router were restarted with discovery mode disabled
You can also enable discovery mode by specifying an address of 0.0 in the appletalk address
conimand or cable range of 0-0 in the appletalk cable.range command
Discovery mode is useful when you are changing network configuration or when you are adding
router to an existing network
Discovery mode does not run over serial lines
AppleTalk Commands P2R-35 appletalk discovery
Use the no appletalk discovery command to disable discovery mode If the interface is not
operational when you issue this command that is if you have not issued an access-list zone
command on the interface you must configure the zone name next If the interface is operational when you issue the no appletalk discovery command you can save the current configuration in running memory in nonvolatile memory by issuing the copy running-config startup-config command The copy running-config startup-config command replaces the write memory command Refer to the description of the copy running-config startup-conflg command for more information
Example
The following example enables discovery mode on Ethernet interface
interface ethernet appletalk discovery
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk address
appletalk cable-range
appletalk zone
copy system running-config nvram startup-config
show appletalk interface
P2R-36 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk distribute-list in
appHetaHk distributeUst
To filter routing updates received from other routers over specified interface use the appletalk
distribute-list in interface configuration command To remove the routing table update filter use the
no form of this command
appletalk distribute-list access-list-number in
no appletalk distribute-list in
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
Default
No routing filters are preconfigured
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The distribute-list in command controls which networks and cable in appletalk ranges routing
updates will be entered into the local routing table
Filters foi incoming routing updates use access lists that define conditions for networks and cable conditions ranges only They cannot use access lists that define for zones All zone information in
an access list assigned to the interface with the appletalk distribute-list in command is ignored
An input distribution list filters network numbers received in an incoming routing update When
AppleTalk routing updates are received on the specified interface each network number and cable
range in the update is checked against the access list Only network numbers and cable ranges that
are permitted by the access list are inserted into the Cisco lOS software AppleTalk routing table
Example
The following example prevents the router from accepting routing table updates received from
network 10 and on Ethernet interface
access-list 601 deny network 10 accesslist 601 permit other-access interface ethernet appletalk distribute-list 601 in
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list cable-range
access-list includes
access-list network
AppleTalk Commands P2R-37 appletalk distribute-list in
access-list other-access
access-list within
appletalk distribute-list out
P2R-38 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk distribute-list out
appetak thstrbuteUst out
To filter routing updates transmitted to other routers use the appletalk distribute-list out interface
configuration conimand To remove the routing table update filter use the no form of this command
appletalk distribute-list access-list-number out
no appletalk distribute-list out
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from
600 to 699
Default
No routing filters are preconfigured
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The distribute-list out command controls which appletalk network numbers and cable ranges are
included in and which the local includes routing updates zones router in its GetZoneList GZL
replies
When an AppleTalk routing update is generated on the specified interface each network number and
cable in range the routing table is checked against the access list If an undefined access list is used
all network numbers and cable ranges are added to the routing update Otherwise if an access list is
defined only network numbers and cable ranges that satisfy the following conditions are added to
the routing update
The network number or cable range is not explicitly or implicitly denied
The network number or cable range is not member of zone that is explicitly or implicitly denied
If is disabled the appletalk permit-partial-zones the default network number or cable range
is not member of zone that is partially obscured
is considered obscured zone partially when one or more network numbers or cable ranges that are
members of the zone is explicitly or implicitly denied
When Zone Information Protocol ZIP GZL reply is generated only zones that satisfy the
following conditions are included
If is at least network number cable that is appletalk permit-partial-zones enabled one or range
member of the zone is explicitly or implicitly permitted
If is all network numbers cable appletalk permit-partial-zones disabled or ranges are explicitly
or implicitly permitted
The zone is explicitly or implicitly permitted
AppleTalk commands P2R-39 appletalk distribute-list out
Note AppleTalk zone access lists on an Enhanced IGRP interface will not filter the distribution of
Enhanced IGRP routes When the appletalk distribute-list out command is applied to an Enhanced
IGRP interface any access-list zone commands in the specified access list will be ignored
Example
The Ethernet from following example prevents routing updates sent on mentioning any networks in zone Admin
access-list 601 deny zone Admin access-list 601 permit otheraccess interface Ethernet appletalk distribute-list 601 out
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list zone
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk getzonelist-filter
appletalk permit-partial-zones
P2R-40 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk domain-group
appetak domangroup
To assign predefined domain number to an interface use the appletalk domain-group interface
configuration command To remove an interface from domain use the no form of this command
appletalk domain-group domain -number no appletalk domain-group
Syntax Description
donain-nunber Number of an AppleTalk domain It can be decimal integer
from to 1000000
Default
No domain number is assigned to the interface
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Before you can assign domain number to an interface you must create domain with that domain number using the appletalk domain name global configuration command
One or more interfaces on router can be members of the same domain However given interface
can be in only one domain
After features you assign AppleTalk interenterprise to an AppleTalk domain you can attribute those features to tunnel interface configured for AURP by assigning the AppleTalk domain-group
number to the tunnel interface
Examples
The following example assigns domain group to Ethernet interface
interface ethernet appletalk domain-group
The domain to tunnel interface following example assigns group Assuming that domain group
is for and that tunnel interface is configured AppleTalk interenterprise configured for AURP any
features configured for domain group are ascribed to AURP on tunnel interface
interface tunnel appletalk domain-group
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk domain name
show appletalk domain
AppleTalk Commands P2R-41 appletalk domain hop-reduction
appetak doman hopreducflon
To reduce the hop-count value in packets traveling between segments of domains use the
appletalk domain hop-reduction global configuration command To disable the reduction of
hop-count values use the no form of this command
appletalk domain domain-number hop-reduction
no appletalk domain domain-number hop-reduction
Syntax Description
domain-number Number of an AppleTalk domain It can be decimal integer from ito 1000000
Default
Reduction of hop-count values is disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Before you can specify the appletalk domain hop-reduction global configuration command you
must have created domain with that domain number using the appletalk domain name global
configuration command
DDP and Routing Table Maintenance Protocol RTMP both impose 15-hop limit when forwarding
is forwarded when its count reaches 16 To packets packet ages out and no longer hop overcome
RTMPs 15-hop limit the domain router represents all networks accessible to routers on its local
network as one hop away This allows routers to maintain and send routing information about
networks beyond the 15-hop limit and achieve full connectivity
When you enable hop-count reduction delivery of packets from networks that are farther than
15 hops apart is guaranteed
When you enable hop-count reduction the hop count in packet is set to as it passes from one
domain to another For example if the hop count was when the packet left one domain its hop
count is when it enters the next segment of the domain
Example
The following example enables hop-count reduction for domain number
appletalk domain name Delta appletalk domain hop-reduction
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk domain name
show appletalk domain
P2R-42 Network Protocols command Reference Part appletalk domain name
appIetak domain name
To domain and it and create assign name number use the appletalk domain name global
configuration command To remove domain use the no form of this command
appletalk domain domain -number name domain-name
no appletalk domain domain-number name domain-name
Syntax Description
domain-number Number of an AppleTalk domain It can be decimal integer
from to 1000000
domain-n amne Name of an AppleTalk domain The name must be unique
across the AppleTalk internetwork It can be up to 32 characters
long and can include special characters from the Apple
Macintosh character set To include special character type
colon followed by two hexadecimal characters For zone names with leading space character enter the first character as the
special sequence 20
Default
No domain is created
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Example
The following example creates domain number and assigns it the domain name Delta
appletalk domain name Delta
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk routing
show appletalk domain
AppleTalk Commands P2R-43 appletalk domain remap-range
appetak doman remaprange
To remap ranges of AppleTalk network numbers or cable ranges between two segments of domain use the appletalk domain remap-range global configuration comnmnd To disable remapping use the no form of this command
appletalk domain domain-n umber remap-range in out cable-range no appletalk domain domain-number remap-range in out
Syntax Description
domain-number Number of an AppleTalk domain It can be decimal integer
from to 1000000
in Specifies that the remapping is performed on inbound packets
that is on packets arriving into the local interenterprise
network All network numbers or cable ranges coming fiom
the domain are remapped into the specified range
out Specifies that the remapping is performed on outbound packets
that is on packets exiting from the local interenterprise
network All network numbers or cable ranges going to the
domain are remapped into the specified range
the and the cable-range The argument specifies start end of cable range
separated by hyphen The starting network must be the first
AppleTalk network number or the beginning of the cable range
to remap The number must be immediately followed by
hyphen The ending network must be the last AppleTalk
network number or the end of the cable range to remap
Default
No remapping is performed
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Before you can specify the appletalk domain remap-range command you must create domain
with that domain number using the appletalk domain name global configuration command
Inbound and outbound packets are relative to the domain router
Ensure that the domain range you specify does not overlap any network addresses or cable ranges
that already exist in the AppleTalk interenterprise network
Each domain can have two domain mapping ranges to which to remap all incoming or outgoing
network numbers or cable ranges Incoming remapping ranges cannot overlap However outbound
remapping ranges can overlap
P2R-44 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk domain remap-range
When network in domain becomes its an AppleTalk inactive remapped entry is removed from the
table This frees the for another remapping space network to be remapped
If there domains are more remote than available remapping range numbers the Cisco lOS software
displays an error message and shuts down domains
Example
The following example remaps all network addresses and cable ranges for packets inbound from
domain into the address range 1000 to 1999 It also remaps packets inbound from domain
appletalk domain name Delta appletalk domain name Echo appletalk domain remap-range in 10000-10999 appletalk domain remap-range in 20000-20999
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk domain name
show appletalk remap
AppleTalk Commands P2R-45 appletalk eigrp active-time appetaHk grp acflve4me
To the specify length of time that Enhanced IGRP routes can be active use the appletalk eigrp
active-time global configuration command To return to the default value of one minute use the no
form of the command
appletalk eigrp active-time minutes disabled
no appletalk eigrp active-time
Syntax Description
minutes Enhanced IGRP active state time in minutes Valid values are
from to 4294967295 minutes
disabled Disables the Enhanced IGRP active state time limit Routes
remain active indefinitely
Default
minute
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
The command allows you to configure the length of time that Enhanced IGRP routes can remain
active When route reaches the active state time limit the Cisco lOS software logs an error and
removes the route from the rooting table You can view the current setting of the Enhance IGRP
active state time by using the show appletalk globals command
Example
The following example shows the current setting of the Enhanced IGRP active state time using the show appletalk globals command changes the setting using the appletalk eigrp active-time
command and then displays the changed setting using the show appletalk globals command again
Router show appletalk globals AppleTalk global information Internet is incompatible with older AT Phasel routers There are routes in the internet There are zones defined Logging of significant AppleTalk events is disabled ZIP resends queries every 10 seconds RTMP updates are sent every 10 seconds RTMP entries are considered BAD after 20 seconds RTMP entries are discarded after 60 seconds AARP probe retransmit count 10 interval 200 msec AARP request retransmit count interval 1000 msec DDP datagrams will be checksummed RTMP datagrams will be strictly checked RTMP routes may not be propagated without zones
P2R-46 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk eigrp active4ime
Routes will be distributed between routing protocols Routing between local devices on an interface will not be perforned EIGRP router id is EIGRP maximum active time is minutes IPTalk uses the udp base port of 768 Default Alternate node address format will not be displayed Access control of any networks of zone hides the zone Router Router configure terminal Enter configuation commands one per line End with CNTL/Z Routerconfig appletalk eigrp active-time Routerconfig end Router
Router show appletalk globals AppleTalk global information Internet is incompatible with older AT Phasel routers There are routes in the internet There are zones defined Logging of significant AppleTalk events is disabled ZIP resends queries every 10 seconds RTMP updates are sent every 10 seconds RTMP entries are considered BAD after 20 seconds
RTMP entries are discarded after 60 seconds AARP probe retransmit count 10 interval 200 msec AARP request retransmit count interval 1000 msec DDP datagrams will be checksummed RTMP datagrams will be strictly checked RTMP routes may not be propagated without zones Routes will be distributed between routing protocols Routing between local devices on an interface will not be performed EIGRP router id is EIGRP maximum active time is minutes IPTalk uses the udp base port of 768 Default Alternate node address format will not be displayed
Access control of any networks of zone hides the zone
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk globals
AppleTalk Commands P2R47 appletalk eigrp-bandwidth-percent
appetak eigrpbandwdthpercent
To configure the percentage of bandwidth that may be used by Enhanced IGRP on an interface use
the appletalk eigrp-bandwidth-percent interface configuration command To restore the default
value use the no form of this command
appletalk eigrp-bandwidth-percent percent
no appletalk eigrp-bandwklth-percent
Syntax Description
percent Percentage of bandwidth that Enhanced IGRP may use
Default
50 percent
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.2
Enhanced IGRP will use up to 50 percent of the bandwidth of link as defined by the bandwidth interface configuration command This command may be used if some other fraction of the
bandwidth is desired Note that values greater than 100 percent may be configured this may be
useful if the bandwidth is set artificially low for other reasons
Example
The following example allows Enhanced IGRP to use up to 75 percent 42 kbps of 56 kbps serial link
interface serial bandwidth 56
appletalk eigrp-bandwidth---percent 75
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk routing bandwidth
P2R-48 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk eigrp log-neighbor-changes
appHetaDk grp HogneHghborchanges
To enable the logging of changes in Enhanced IGRP neighbor adjacencies use the appletalk eigrp
log-neighbor-changes global configuration command To disable this function use the no form of this command
appletalk eigrp log-neighbor-changes
no appletalk eigrp log-neighbor-changes
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
No adjacency changes are logged
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.2
This command enables the logging of neighbor adjacency changes to monitor the stability of the
routing system and to help detect problems Log messages are of the form
%DtJAL-5-NBRCHANGE AT/EIGRP Neighbor address interface is state reason
The arguments have the following meanings
address Neighbor address
state Up or down
reason Reason for change
Example
The following configuration will log neighbor changes for AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP
appletalk eigrp log-neighbor-changes
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk routing
AppleTalk Commands P2R-49 appletalk eigrp-splithorizon
appetaHk grpspUthorzon
To enable split horizon use the appletalk eigrp-splithorizon interface configuration command To
disable split horizon use the no form of this command
appletalk eigrp-splithorizon
no appletalk eigrp.splithorizon
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
If enable horizon you split on an interface AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP update and query packets are
not sent if this interface is the next hop to that destination This reduces the number of Enhanced
IGRP packets of the network
horizon blocks information about routes from advertised Split being by router out any interface from which that information originated This behavior usually optimizes communication among
multiple routers particularly when links are broken However with nonbroadcast networks such as Frame and Relay Switched Multimegabit Data Service SMDS situations can arise for which this
behavior is less than ideal For these disable situations you may wish to split horizon
Example
The following example disables split horizon on serial interface
interface serial no appletalk eigrp-splithorizon
P2R-50 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk eigrp-timers appetak eigrpflmers
hello interval and the hold the To configure the AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP packet route time use command To the default values for these appletalk eigrp-timers interface configuration return to
timers use the no form of this command
appletalk eigrp4imers hello-interval hold-time
no appletalk eigrp-timers hello-interval hold-time
Syntax Description
hello-interval Interval between hello packets in seconds The default interval
is seconds It can be maximum of 30 seconds
hold-time Hold time in seconds The hold time is advertised in hello
packets and indicates to neighbors the length of time they
should consider the sender valid The hold time can be in the
15 90 seconds range to
Default
hello-interval
For low-speed NBMA networks 60 seconds
For all other networks seconds
hold-time
For low-speed NBMA networks 180 seconds
For all other networks 15 seconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
lOS Release 10.3 This command first appeared in Cisco
If the current value for the hold time is less than two times the hello interval the hold time is reset
to three times the hello interval
If the Cisco lOS software does not receive hello packet within the specified hold time routes
through this device are considered available
the network Increasing the hold time delays route convergence across
technical Note Do not adjust the hold time without advising support
AppleTalk Commands P2R-51 appletalk eigrp-timers
The default of 180 seconds for hold-tune applies only to low-speed nonbroadcast multiaccess
media Low is NBMA speed considered to be rate of TI or slower as specified with the
bandwidth interface configuration command
The default of 60 seconds for heilo-interpal applies only to low-speed NBMA media Low speed is considered be to rate of Ti or slower as specified with the bandwidth interface configuration
command that Note for purposes of Enhanced IGRP Frame Relay and SMDS networks may or may
not be considered to be NBMA These networks are considered NBMA if the interface has not been
configured to use physical multicasting otherwise they are considered not to be NBMA
Example
The following example changes the hello interval to 10 seconds
inLerface eShernet appletalk eigrptimers 10 45
P2R52 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk event-logging
appOetak eventioggng command To log significant network events use the appletalk event-logging global configuration
To disable this function use the no form of this command
appletalk event-logging
no appletalk event-logging
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The appletalk event-logging command logs subset of messages produced by debug appletalk
command These messages include routing changes zone creation port status and address
Example
The following example enables logging of AppleTalk events
appletalk routing appletalk event-logging
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk globals
AppleTalk commands P2R-53 appletalk free-trade-zone
appHetak free4radezone
To establish free-trade zone use the appletalk free-trade-zone interface configuration command
To disable free-trade zone use the no form of this command
appletalk free-trade-zone
no appletalk free-trade-zone
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
zone is of internetwork that is free-trade part an AppleTalk accessible by two other parts of the neither internetwork of which can access the other You might want to create free-trade zone to allow the exchange of information between two organizations that otherwise want to keep their
internetworks isolated from each other that do have or not physical connectivity with one another
You apply the appletalk free-trade-zone command to each interface attached to the common-access network This command has the following effect on the interface
All incoming RTMP updates are ignored
All outgoing RTMP updates contain no information
conversion of NBP BrRq packets to FwdReq packets is not performed
The GZL for free-trade zone nodes will be empty
Example
The following example establishes free-trade zone on Ethernet interface
interface ethernet appletalk cable-range 5-5 appletalk zone FreeAccessZone appletalk free-trade-zone
P2R-54 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk getzonelist-filter
appetaflk getzoneH st4flter
interface command To To filter GZL replies use the appletalk getzonelist-filter configuration
remove filter use the no form of this command
appletalk getzonelist-filter access-list-n umber
no appletalk getzonelist-filter list-number
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
Default
No filters are preconfigured
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
lists that define conditions for GZL filters define conditions foi zones only They cannot use access
information in the list network numbers or cable ranges All network number and cable range access command is assigned to an interface with the appletalk getzonelist-filter ignored
for network numbers In order to Using GZL filter is not complete replacement anonymous
must the filter If there are routers prevent users from seeing zone all routeis implement GZL any
from other vendors on the network the GZL filter will not have consistent effect
the The Macintosh Chooser uses ZIP GZL requests to compile list of zones from which user can
the Macintosh to these with select services Any router on the same network as can respond requests the control which zones the router mentions in GZL reply You can cieate GZL filter on iouter to
the list of that the Chooser its GZL replies This has the effect of controlling zones are displayed by
that all the internetwork filter GZL When defining GZL filters you should ensure routers on same
the Chooser will list different zones which router reply identically Otherwise depending upon
inconsistent filters can result in zones and disappearing responded to the request Also appearing
remains in the Chooser Because of these inconsistencies every few seconds when the user you
command when all routers in the should normally use the appletalk getzonelist-filter only have similarfeature intemetwork are our routers unless the routers from other vendors
filtered distribute-list out filter that has been Replies to GZL requests are also by any appletalk
command only if applied to the same interface You must specify an appletalk getzonelist-filter you
This filter is needed to eliminate want additional filtering to be applied to GZL replies rarely except
zones that do not contain user services
AppleTalk Commands P2R-55 appletalk getzonelist-filter
Example
The following example does not include the zone Engineering in GZL replies sent out Ethernet
interface
access-list 600 deny zone Engineering interface ethernet appletalk getzonelistfilter 600
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list zone
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk permit-partial-zones
P2R-56 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk glean-packets appetak gHeanpackets
To derive AARP table entries from incoming packets use the appletalk glean-packets interface
the form of this command configuration command To disable this function use no
appletalk glean-packets
no appletalk glean-packets
Syntax Descripflon
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
entries This The Cisco lOS software automatically derives AARP table from incoming packets which the of the AARP table process is referred to as gleaning speeds up process populating
and destination Our implementation of AppleTalk does not forward packets with local source
network addresses This behavior does not conform with the definition of AppleTalk in Apple
Computers Inside AppleTalk publication However this behavior is designed to prevent any possible
corruption of the AARP table in any AppleTalk node that is performing MAC-address gleaning
Example
of the table information derived from The following example disables the building AARP using
incoming packets
intertace ethernet appletalk address 33 no appletalk glean-packets
AppleTalk Commands P2R-57 appletalk ignore-verify-errors
apphetak ignoreverifyerrors
To allow the Cisco lOS software to start functioning even if the network is misconfigured use the
appletalk ignore-verify-errors global configuration command To disable this function use the no
form of this command
appletalk ignore-verify-errors
no appletalk ignore-verify-errors
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 100
Use this command under the only guidance of customer engineer or other service representative
router that starts in routing misconfigured network will serve only to make bad situation worse
it will not colTect other misconfigured routers
Example
The following example allows router to start functioning without verifying network
misconfiguration
appieLaik ignoreverify-errors
P2R-58 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk iptalk
appOetak ptak
To enable IPTalk encapsulation on tunnel interface use the appletalk iptalk interface
configuration command To disable IPTalk encapsulation use the no form of this command
appletalk iptalk network zone
no appletalk iptalk zone
Syntax Description
network AppleTalk network address assigned to the interface The
argument network is the 16-bit network number in decimal
zone Name of the zone for the connected AppleTalk network
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Use the appletalk iptalk command to enable IPTalk encapsulation on tunnel interface This
command encapsulates AppleTalk in IP packets in manner compatible with the Columbia
AppleTalk Package CAP IPTalk and the Kinetics IPTalk implementations IPTaIk is configured on tunnel interface
This command allows AppleTalk communication with UNIX hosts running older versions of CAP EtherTalk Macintosh that do not support native AppleTalk encapsulations Typically Apple users
wishing to communicate with these servers would have their connections routed through Kinetics
FastPath router running Kinetics IPTalk software
native This command is provided as migration command newer versions of CAP provide
AppleTalk EtherTalk encapsulations and the IPTalk encapsulation is no longer required Our
implementation of IPTalk assumes that AppleTalk is already being routed on the backbone there is
currently no LocalTalk hardware interface for our routers
Our implementation of IPTalk does not support manually configured AppleTalk-to-IP address
mapping atab The address mapping provided is the same as the Kinetics IPTalk implementation
when the atab facility is not enabled This address mapping functions as follows The IP subnet mask
used on the Ethernet interface on which IPTalk is enabled is inverted ones complement This result
This is then the low-order bits of is then masked against 255 OxFF hexadecimal masked against
the IP address to obtain the AppleTalk node number
AppleTalk Commands P2R-59 appletalk iptalk
Example
The following example configuration illustrates how to configure IPTalk
interface EthernetO ipaddress 131.108.1.118 255255.255.0 interface TunnelO tunnel source EthernetO tunnel mode iptalk appletalk iptalk 30 tJDPZone
In this configuration the IP subnet mask would be inverted
255.255.255.0 inverted yields 0.0.0.255
Masked with 255 it and masked yields 255 with the low-order bits of the interface IP address it yields 118
This means that the address AppleTalk of the Ethernet interface seen in the UDPZone zone is 30.118 This caveat should be noted however Should the host field of an IP subnet mask for an
interface be more than bits wide it will be to obtain possible conflicting AppleTalk node numbers For consider situation instance where the subnet mask for the Ethernet interface above is
255.255.240.0 meaning that the host field is 12 bits wide
Related Commands
You can the use master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk iptaJkbaseport tunnel mode
tunnel source
P2R-60 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk iptalk-baseport
appHetaHk iptakbaseport
To specify the User Datagram Protocol UDP port number when configuring IPTalk use the
appletalk iptalk-baseport global configuration command To return to the default UDP port
number use the no form of this command
appletalk iptalk-baseport port-nwnbei
no appletalk iptalk-baseport
Syntax Description
port-number First UDP port number in the range of UDP ports used in mapping AppleTalk well-known DDP socket numbers to UDP
ports
Default
768
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Implementations of IPTalk prior to April 1988 mapped well-known DDP socket numbers to number 768 In the Network Information Center privileged UDP ports starting at port April 1988 the defined well-known sockets NIC assigned range of UDP ports for DDP starting at UDP port
and at-zis Release and number 200 and assigned these ports the names at-nbp at-rtmp at-echo
later of the CAP program dynamically decides which port mapping to use If there are no AppleTalk
service entries in the UNIX systems /etc/services file CAP uses the older mapping starting at UDP
port number 768
The default UDP port mapping supported by our implementation of IPTalk is 768 If there are
AppleTalk service entries in the UNIX systems /etc/services file you should specify the beginning
of the UDP port mapping range with the appletalk iptalk-baseport command
Example
The following example sets the base UDP port number to 200 which is the official NIC port number
and configures IPTalk on Ethernet interface
appletalk routing appletalk iptalk-baseport 200
interface Ethernet
ip address 131.108.1.118 255.255.255.0 appletalk address 20.129 appletalk zone Native AppleTalk appletalk iptalk 30.0 UDPZ0ne
AppleTalk Commands P2R-61 appletalk iptalk-baseport
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk iptalk
P2R-62 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk lookup-type appetak ookuptype
To specify which NBP service types are retained in the name cache use the appletalk lookup-type
global configuration command To disable the caching of services use the no form of this command
appletalk lookup-type service-type
no appletalk lookup-type service-type
Syntax Description
service-type AppleTalk service types The name of service type can
include special characters from the Apple Macintosh character
set To include special character type colon followed by two hexadecimal numbers For with zone names leading space
enter the first character the character as special sequence 20
For list of possible types see Table in the Usage Guidelines section
Default
The entries from active adjacent Cisco routers are retained in the name cache
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
You issue commands The Cisco can multiple appletalk lookup-type lOS software does not query
the entire zone but instead polls only the connected networks This reduces network overhead and
means that the name cache contains entries only for selected services that are in directly connected
network or zone not for all the selected services in network or zone
Table lists some AppleTalk service types
Table AppleTalk Service Types
Service Type1 Description
Services for Cisco Routers
ciscoRouter Active Cisco This adjacent routers service type is initially enabled by default
IPADDRESS Addresses of active MacIP server
IPGATE WAY Names of active MacIP server
SNMP Agent Active SNMP agents in Cisco routers
AppleTalk Commands P2R-63 appletalk lookup-type
Table AppleTalk Service Types continued
Service Type1 Description
Services for Other Vendors Routers
AppleRouter Apple internetwork router
FastPath Shiva LocalTalk gateway
GatorBox Cayman LocalTalk gateway
systemRouter Ciscos OEM router name
Workstation Macintosh running System The machine type also is defined so it is
possible to easily identify all user nodes
all service Type names exactly as shown Spaces are valid Do not use leading or trailing spaces when entering service names
If you omit the service-type argument from the no appletalk lookup.4ype command no service
types except those relating to our devices are cached
To display information that is stored in the name cache about the services being used by our routers
and other vendors routers use the show appletalk name-cache command
If neighboring router is not our device or is running our software that is earlier than Release 9.0 it
is possible our device will be unable to determine the name of the neighbor This is normal behavior
and there is no workaround
If AppleTalk routing is enabled enabling Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP will automatically enable SNMP over DDP
Name cache entries are deleted after several interval periods expire without being refreshed You set the interval with the appletalk name-lookup-inteival command At each interval single
request is sent via each interface that has valid addresses
Example
The following example caches information about GatorBox services Apple internetwork routers
MacIP services and workstations Information about our devices is automatically cached
appletalk lookuptype GatorBox appletalk lookup--type AppleRouter appletalk lookuptype IPGATEWAY appletalk lookuptype Workstation
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk name-lookup-interval
show appletalk name-cache
show appletalk nbp
P2R-64 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk macip dynamic appetak macip dynamic
To allocate IP addresses to dynamic MacIP clients use the appletalk macip dynamic global configuration command To delete MacIP dynamic address assignment use the no form of this command
appletalk macip dynamic ip-address zone server-zone
no appletalk macip dynamic ip-address zone server-zone
Syntax Description
ip-address IP address in four-part dotted decimal notation To specify
range enter two IP addresses which represent the first and last addresses in the range
zone server-zone Zone in which the MacIP server resides The argument
server-zone can include special characters from the Apple
Macintosh character set To include special character specify
colon followed by two hexadecimal characters Foi zone
names with leading space character enter the first character as
the special sequence 20 For list of Macintosh chaiacters
refer to Apple Computers Inside AppleTalk publication
Default
No IP addresses are allocated
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 100
Use the appletalk macip dynamic command when configuring MacIP
Dynamic clients are those that accept any IP address assignment within the dynamic range specified
do address in In general it is recommended that you not use fragmented ranges configuring ranges the for MacIP However if this is unavoidable use appletalk macip dynamic command to specify
and the as many addresses oi ranges as required use appletalk macip static command to assign
specific address or address range
To shut down all running MacIP services use the following command
no appletalk macip
To delete particular dynamic address assignment from the configuration use the following command
no appletalk macip dynamic ip-address zone server-zone
AppleTalk Commands P2R-65 appletalk macip dynamic
Example
The following example illustrates MacIP support for dynamically addressed MacIP clients with IP
addresses in the range 131108.1.28 to 131.1081.44
This global statement specifies the MacIP server address and zone appletalk macip server 131.108.1.27 zone Engineering
This global statement identifies the dynamically addressed clients appletalk macip dynamic 131.108.1.28 131.108.1.44 zone Engineering
These statements assign the IP address and subnet mask for Ethernet interface interface ethernet ipaddress 131.108.1.27 255.255.255.0
This global statement enables AppleTalk routing on the router appletalk routing
These statements enable AppleTalk routing on the interface and set the zone name for the interface interface ethernet appletalk cablerange 69-69 69.128 appletalk zone Engineering
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk macip server
appletalk macip static
ip address
show appletalk macip-servers
P2R-66 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk macip server
appetaHk macip server
To establish MacIP server for zone use the appletalk macip server global configuration
command To shut down MacIP server use the no form of this command
appletalk macip server ip-address zone server-zone
no appletalk macip server ip-address zone server-zone
Syntax Description
ip-address IP address in four-part dotted decimal notation It is suggested
that this address match the address of an existing IP interface
zone server-zone Zone in which the MacIP server resides The argument
server-zone can include special characters from the Apple
Macintosh character set To include special character specify
colon followed by two hexadecimal characters For zone
names with leading space character enter the first character as
the special sequence 20 For list of Macintosh characters
refer to Apple Computers Inside AppleTalk publication
Default
No MacIP server is established
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Use the appletalk macip server command when configuring MacIP
You can configure only one MacIP server per AppleTalk zone and the server must reside in the
default zone server is not registered via NBP until at least one MacIP resource is configured
You can configure multiple MacIP servers for router but you can assign only one MacIP server to be able particular zone and only one IP interface to each MacIP server In general you must to establish an alias between the IP address you assign with the appletalk macip server command and
in an existing IP interface For implementation simplicity it is suggested that the address specified
this command match an existing IP interface address
To shut down all active MacIP servers use the following command
no appletalk macip
To delete specific MacIP server from the MacIP configuration use the following command
no appletalk macip server ip-addtess zone server-zone
AppleTalk Commands P2R-67 appletalk macip server
Example
The following example establishes MacIP server on Ethernet interface in AppleTalk zone
Engineering It then assigns an IP address to the Ethernet interface and enables AppleTalk routing
on router and its Ethernet interface
appletalk macip server 131.108.1.27 zone Engineering ipaddress 131.108127 255.255.255.0 appletalk routing interface ethernet
appletalk cablerange 69-69 69.128 appletalk zone Engineering
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk macip dynamic
appletalk macip static
ip address
show appletalk macipservers
P2R-68 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk macip static
appetak macHp statHc
To allocate an IP address to be used by MacIP client that has reserved static IP address use the
appletalk macip static global configuration command To delete MacIP static address assignment use the no form of this command
appletalk macip static ip-address zone server-zone
no appletalk macip static ip-address zone server-zone
Syntax Description
ip-address IP address in four-part dotted decimal format To specify enter two IP range addresses which represent the first and last
addresses in the range
zone server-zone Zone in which the MacIP server resides The argument server-zone can include special characters from the Apple Macintosh character set To include special character specify
colon followed by two hexadecimal characters For zone
names with leading space character enter the first character as
the special sequence 20 For list of Macintosh characters
refer to Apple Computers Inside AppleTalk publication
Default
No IP address is allocated
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Use the appletalk macip static command when configuring MacIP
Static addresses are for users who require fixed addresses for IP name domain name service and for
administrators who do want addresses to change so they can always know who has what IP address
In it is recommended that do not address in general you use fragmented ranges configuring ranges
for MacIP However if this is unavoidable use the appletalk macip dynamic command to specify
as many addresses or ranges as required and then use the appletalk macip static command to
assign specific address or address range
To shut down all running MacIP services use the following command
no appletalk macip
To delete static address particular assignment from the configuration use the following command
no appletalk macip static ip-address zone server-zone
AppleTalk Commands P2R-69 appletalk macip static
Example
The following example illustrates MacIP support for MacIP clients with statically allocated IP
addresses The IP addresses range is from 13 1.108.1.50 to 13 1.108.1.66 The three nodes that have
the specific addresses are 131.1081.81 131.108.1.92 and 131.108.1.101
This global statement specifies the MacIP server address and zone appletalk macip server 131.108.1.27 zone Engineering
These global statements identify the statically addressed clients appletalk macip static 131.108.1.50 131.108.1.66 zone Engineering appletalk macip static 131.108.1.81 zone Engineering appletalk macip static 131.108.1.92 zone Engineering appletalk macip static 131.108.1.101 zone Engineering
These statements assign the IP address and subnet mask for Ethernet interface interface ethernet
ip address 131.108.1.27 255.255.255.0
This global statement enables AppleTalk routing on the router appletalk routing
These statements enable AppleTalk routing on the interface and set the zone name for the interface interface ethernet appletalk cable-range 69-69 69.128 appletalk zone Engineering
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk macip dynamic appletalk macip server
ip address
show appletalk macip.servers
P2R-70 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk maximum-paths appetak maxmumpaths
To define the maximum number of the equal-cost paths router should use when balancing the traffic
load use the appletalk maximum-pathsglobal configuration command To restore the default value use the no form of this command
appletalk maximum-paths
no appletalk maximum-paths
Syntax Description
paths Optional Maximum number of equal-cost paths to be used for
the traffic load The balancing paths argument is decimal
number in the range of to 16
Default
The default value is
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.2
Use the command when appletalk maximum-paths configuring AppleTalk load balancing
The appletalk maximum-pathscommand increases throughput by allowing the software to choose
several that when among equal-cost parallel paths Note paths have differing costs the software
chooses lower-cost routes in preference to higher-cost routes
When the value of is than paths greater packets are distributed over the multiple equal-cost paths
in round-robin fashion on packet-by-packet basis
Examples
The following example defines four equal-cost paths
Set the maximum number of equal-cost paths to appletalk maximum-paths
The following example restores the default value
Restore the default value no appletalk maximum-paths
AppleTalk Commands P2R-71 appletalk name-lookup-interval
appetaOk nameHookupintervaH
To set the interval between service pollings by the router on its AppleTalk interfaces use the
appletalk name-lookup-interval global configuration command To purge the name cache and
return to the default polling interval use the no form of this command
appletalk name-lookup-interval seconds
no appletalk name-lookup-interval
Syntax Description
seconds Interval in seconds between NBP lookup pollings This can be
there is any positive integer no upper limit It is recommended
that you use an interval between 300 seconds minutes and
1200 seconds 20 minutes The smaller the interval the more
packets are generated to handle the names Specifying an
interval of purges all entries from the name cache and disables
the caching of service type information that is controlled by the
appletalk lookup-type command including the caching of
information about our routers
Default
The default is which purges all entries from the name cache and disables the caching of service
type information
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The Cisco lOS software collects name information only for entities on connected AppleTalk networks This reduces overhead
If you enter an interval of all polling for services except ciscoRouter is disabled If you reenter
nonzero value the configuration specified by the appletalk lookup-type command is reinstated
You cannot disable the lookup of ciscoRouter
Example
The following example sets the lookup interval to 20 minutes
app1ea1k namelookup-interval 1200
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk lookup-type
show appletalk name-cache
P2R-72 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk permit-partial-zones
appHetaHk permtparflazones
To permit access to the other networks in zone when access to one of those networks is denied use
the appletalk permit-partial-zones global configuration command To deny access to all networks
in zone if access to one of those networks is denied use the no form of this command
appletalk permit-partial-zones
no appletalk permit-partial-zones
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Access denied
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The permitting of partial zones provides IPstyle access control
When enable the you use of partial zones the NBP protocol cannot ensure the consistency and
uniqueness of name bindings
If enable you the use of partial zones access control behavior is compatible with that of Cisco lOS software Release 8.3
Example
The following example allows partial zones
appletalk permitpartial-zones
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list zone
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk getzonelist-filter
AppleTalk Commands P2R-73 appletalk pre-fdditalk
appetaHk pre4ddtak
To enable the recognition of pre-FDDITa1k packets use the appletalk pre-fdditalk global form of this command configuration command To disable this function use the no
appletalk pre-fdditalk
no appletalk pre-fdditalk
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 100
sent the Use this command to have the Cisco lOS software recognize AppleTalk packets on FDDI
Cisco software releases to Release or Release ring from routers running prior 9.03 9.12
Example
of The following example disables the recognition pre-FDDITa1k packets
no appletalk pre-fdditalk
P2R-74 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk protocol appetak protoco
To the specify routing protocol to use on an interface use the appletalk protocol interface
configuration command To disable routing protocol use the no form of this command
appletalk protocol aurp eigrp rtmp
no appletalk protocol aurp eigrp rtmp
Syntax Description
aurp Specifies that the routing protocol to use is AURP You can
enable AURP only on tunnel interfaces
eigrp Specifies that the routing protocol to use is Enhanced IGRP
rtmp Specifies that the routing protocol to use is RTMP which is enabled by default
Default RTMP
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
You can configure an interface to use both RTMP and Enhanced IGRP If you do so route
information learned from Enhanced IGRP will take precedence over information learned from
RTMP The Cisco lOS software will however continue to send out RTMP routing updates
You cannot disable RTMP without first enabling AURP or Enhanced IGRP
Enabling AURP automatically disables RTMP
You can enable AURP only on tunnel interfaces
Examples
The following example enables AURP on tunnel interface
interface tunnel
appletalk protocol aurp
The following example enables AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP on serial interface
interface serial appletalk protocol eigrp
The following example disables RTMP on serial interface
interface serial no appletalk protocol rtmp
AppleTalk Commands P2R-75 appletalk protocol
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk routing
P2R-76 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk proxy-nbp
appetaHk proxynbp
To assign proxy network number for each zone in which there is router that supports only
nonextended AppleTalk use the appletalk proxy.nbp global configuration command To delete the proxy use the no form of this command
appletalk proxynbp network-number zone-name
no appletalk proxy-nbp zone-name
Syntax Description
network-number Network number of the proxy It is 16-bit decimal number and
must be unique on the network This is the network number that
will be advertised by the Cisco lOS software as if it were real network number
zone-name Name of the zone that contains the devices that support only
nonextended AppleTalk The name can include special
characters from the Apple Macintosh character set To include
special character type colon followed by two hexadecimal characters For with zone names leading space character enter
the first character the as special sequence 20
Default
No network number is proxy assigned
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The appletalk proxy-nbp command provides compatibility between AppleTalk Phase and AppleTalk Phase networks
Proxy routes are included in outgoing RTMP updates as if they were directly connected routes since although they are not really directly connected they are not associated with any interface
Whenever the in is an NBQ BrRq for zone question generated by anyone anywhere in the
is directed internetwork an NBP FwdReq to any router connected to the proxy route The Phase
router which is the only router directly connected converts the FwdReq to LkUps which are
understood by Phase routers and sends them to every network in the zone
In an environment in which there are Phase and Phase networks you must specify at least one
appletalk proxynbp command for each zone that has nonextended-only AppleTalk router
The proxy network number you assign with the appletalk proxy-nbp command cannot also be
assigned to router nor can it also be associated with physical network
You must assign only one proxy network number for each zone However you can define additional
proxies with different network numbers to provide redundancy Each proxy generates one or more
packets for each forward request it receives All other packets sent to the proxy network address are
discarded Defining redundant proxy network numbers increases the NBP traffic linearly
AppleTalk commands P2R-77 appletalk proxy nbp
Exam pie
The defines netwoik following example numbei 60 as an NBP pioxy foi the zone Twilight
appletalk proxy-nbp 60 Twilight
Related Commands
You can use the mastel indexes oi seaich online to find documentation of ielated commands
show appletalk route
P2R-78 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk require-route-zones
appHetak requireroutezones
To prevent the advertisement of routes network numbers or cable ranges that have no assigned
zone use the appletalk require-route-zones global configuration command To disable this option
and allow the Cisco lOS software to advertise to its neighbors routes that have no network-zone
association use the no form of this command
appletalk require-route-zones
no appletalk require-route-zones
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The appletalk require-route-zones command ensures that all networks have zone names prior to
advertisement to neighbors
The no appletalk require-route-zones command enables behavior compatible with Cisco lOS
Release 8.3
Using this command helps prevent ZIP protocol storms ZIP protocol storms can arise when corrupt
routes are propagated and routers broadcast ZIP requests to determine the network/zone
associations
When the appletalk require-route-zones command is enabled the Cisco lOS software will not
advertise route to its neighboring routers until it has obtained the network-zone associations This
effectively limits the storms to single network rather than the entire internet
As an alternative to disabling this option use the appletalk getzonelist-filter interface configuration
command to filter empty zones from the list presented to users
You can configure different zone lists on different interfaces However you are discouraged from
doing this because AppleTalk users expect to have the same user zone lists at any end node in the internet
The filtering provided by the appletalk require-route-zones command does not prevent explicit
access via programmatic methods but should be considered user optimization to suppress unused
zones You should use other forms of AppleTalk access control lists to actually secure zone or network
AppleTalk Commands P2R-79 appletalk require-route-zones
Example
The following example configures router to prevent the advertisement of routes that have no
assigned zone
appletalk requireroute-zones
P2R-80 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk route-cache
appPetaHk routecache
To enable fast switching on all supported interfaces use the appletalk route-cache interface
configuration command To disable fast switching use the no form of this command
appletalk route-cache
no appletalk route-cache
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Enabled on all interfaces that support fast switching
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Fast switching allows higher throughput by switching packet using cache created by previous
packets Fast-switching is enabled by default on all interfaces that support fast switching including
Token Ring Frame Relay PPP High-Level Data Link Control HDLC SMDS and ATM Note that and Link Access Procedure Balance fast switching is not supported over X.25 LAPB
encapsulations or on the CSC-R16 CSC-1R or CSC-2R STR Token Ring adapters
enabled Packet transfer performance is generally better when fast switching is However you may avoid want to disable fast switching in order to save memory space on interface cards and to help
congestion when high-bandwidth interfaces are writing large amounts of information to low-bandwidth interfaces
Fast switching of extended AppleTalk is supported on serial lines with several encapsulation types
for example SMDS and HDLC Fast switching of nonextended AppleTalk is not supported on
serial lines
Example
The following example disables fast switching on an interface
interface ethernet appletalk cablerange 10-20 appletalk zone Twilight no appletalk routecache
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk cache
AppleTalk Commands P2R-81 appletalk route-redistribution appetak routerethstrbuflon
To redistribute RTMP routes into AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP and vice versa use the appletalk
route-redistribution global configuration command To keep Enhanced IGRP and RTMP routes
separate use the no form of this command
appletalk route-redistribution
no appletalk route-redistribution
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Enabled when Enhanced IGRP is enabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Redistribution allows routing information generated by one protocol to be advertised in another
In the automatic redistribution of routes between Enhanced IGRP and RTMP an RTMP hop is
treated as having slightly worse metric than an equivalent Enhanced IGRP hop on 9.6-Kb link
This allows Enhanced IGRP to be preferred over RTMP except in the most extreme of
circumstances Typically you will see this only when using tunnels If you want an Enhanced IGRP
path in tunnel to be preferred over an alternate RTMP path you should set the interface delay and
bandwidth parameters on the tunnel to bring the metric of the tunnel down to being better than 9.6-Kb link
Example
In the following example RTMP routing information is not redistributed
appletalk routing eigrp 23 no appletalk route-redistribution
P2R-82 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk routing
appetaHk roufing
disable To enable AppleTalk routing use the appletalk routing global configuration command To
AppleTalk routing use the no form of this command
appletalk routing router-numbed
no appletalk routing router-number
Syntax Description
the Enhanced IGRP The eigrp router-number Optional Specifies routing protocol argument router-number is the router ID It can be decimal
integer from ito 65535 It must be unique in your AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP internetwork
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
10.0 The first in This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release eigrp keyword appeared
Cisco lOS Release 10.3
this command enables If you do not specify the optional keyword and argument AppleTalk routing
using the RTMP routing protocol
To do each You can configure multiple AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP processes on router so assign
different router ID number Note that IP and IPX Enhanced IGRP use an autonomous system
number to enable Enhanced IGRP while AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP uses router ID
number that is the same as that of router the If you configure device with router neighboring with Cisco lOS software will refuse to start AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP on interfaces that connect
that neighboring router
with the command all Caution When disabling Enhanced IGRP routing no appletalk routing eigrp
also lose their If interfaces enabled for only Enhanced IGRP and not RTMP AppleTalk configuration you
instead first enable on each want to disable Enhanced IGRP and use RTMP on specific interfaces RTMP command disable Enhanced IGRP interface using the appletalk protocol rtmp interface configuration Then
This that do not lose routing using the no appletalk routing eigrp command process ensures you AppleTalk
configurations on interfaces for which you want to use RTMP
Examples
The following example enables AppleTalk protocol processing
appletaik routing
Enhanced IGRP on router number 22 The following example enables AppleTalk routing
appietaik routing eigrp 22
AppleTalk Commands P2R-83 appletalk routing
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk address
appletalk cable..range
appletalk protocol
appletalk zone
P2R-84 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk rtmp jitter
appHetak rtmp jtter
To set interval timer on router between subsequent AppleTalk RTMP routing updates use the
command To disable this the form of the appletalk rtmp jitter global configuration mode use no command
appletalk rtmp jitter percent
no appletalk rtmp jitter percent
Syntax Description
from to 100 percent Ranges
Default
percent
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
of The interval between subsequent routing updates is randomized to reduce the probability
from other routers the link This is done synchronization with the routing updates on same by
interval timer for each interface maintaining separate transmission advertising
the the and to avoid The appletalk rtmp jitter command allows user to stagger routing updates
sending the updates every 10 seconds
Example
fluctuate 20 of the interval The following example sets AppleTalk RTMP updates to percent update time
appletalk rtmp jitter 20
Related Commands commands You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related
show appletalk globals
AppleTalk Commands P2R-85 appletalk rtmp-stub
appHetak rtmpstub
To enable AppleTalk RTMP stub mode use the appletalk rtmp-stub interface configuration
command To disable this mode use the no form of the command
appletalk rtmp-stub
no appletalk rtmpstub
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
This enables command routers running Enhanced IGRP and RTMP to reduce the amount of CPU
that processing RTMP modules use RTMP modules send stub packets instead of full RTMP
packets when you enable stub mode
stub is packet only the first tuple of an RTMP packet The first tuple indicates the network number
range assigned to that network End nodes use stub packets to determine if their node number is in
the right network range
an end node extended stub Upon startup on an network uses packets to verify that its previous node
number is still within the segments network number range If it is the end node reuses the previous
node number and stores the network number information If an end node learns range upon startup
that its node number does previous not fall within the segments new network number range the end node node number based picks new on the new network number range and stores the new network
number range information
After end nodes use stub to that the network number startup subsequent packets verify range sent in the stub packets precisely matches its stored network number range In this way stub packets keep end nodes alive
When routers that have stub mode enabled receive full RTMP packets they discard these packets because Enhanced IGRP not RTMP is expected to deliver routes Discarding full RTMP packets
when stub mode is enabled saves the overhead processing of RTMP routes
You can also use stub mode on end networks End networks are those to which no other routers attach Because no other routers are listening for routes on these end segments there is no need for
the end router to send full to these end The end RTMP packets segments router can send stub packet to keep end nodes alive
Example
The following example turns on AppleTalk RTMP stub mode
appletalk rtmp-stub
P2R-86 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk rtmp-stub
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk interface
AppleTalk Commands P2R-87 appletalk send-rtmps
appetak sendrtmps
To allow the Cisco lOS software to send routing updates to its neighbors use the appletalk
send-rtmps interface configuration command To block updates from being sent use the no form of this command
appletalk send-rtmps
no appletalk send-rtmps
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Send routing updates
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
If you block the sending of routing updates an interface on the network that has AppleTalk enabled
is not visible to other routers on the network
Example
The following example prevents router from sending routing updates to its neighbors
no appleLalk send-rtmps
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk requireroute-zones
appletalk strict-rtmpchecking
appletalk timers
P2R-88 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk static cable-range
appetak stat c cabHerange
To define static route or floating static route on an extended network use the appletalk static
static the form of this cable-range global configuration command To remove route use no command
appletalk static cable-range cable- range to network.node zone zone-name
no appletalk static cable-range cable-range to network.node zone-name
Syntax Description
Cable value The the start and end of cable-range range argument specifies
the cable range separated by hyphen These values are
decimal number from to 65279 The starting network number
must be less than or equal to the ending network number
to neiwork.n ode AppleTalk network address of the remote router The argument
network is the 16-bit network number in the range to 65279
8-bit node number in the to The argument node is the range
254 Both numbers are decimal
is static floating Optional Specifies that this route floating route
which is static route that can be overridden by dynamically
learned route
of the the remote network The name can include zone zone-name Name zone on To special characters from the Apple Macintosh character set
include special character type colon followed by two
hexadecimal characters For zone names with leading space
charactei enter the first character as the special sequence 20
Default
No static routes are defined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
Release 10.0 This command first appeared in Cisco lOS
list without first the static route You cannot delete particular zone from the zone deleting
traffic forwarded even When links associated with static routes are lost may stop being though
available For this should be careful when assigning static alternative paths might be reason you routes
kind of static route that can be overridden learned routes Floating static routes are by dynamically
switch to another whenever routing information for Floating static routes allow you to path
is routes in destination is lost One application of floating static routes to provide back-up topologies
where dial-on-demand routing is used
AppleTalk Commands P2R-89 appletalk static cable-range
If static you configure floating route the Cisco lOS software checks to see if an entry for the route
exists in its table already routing If dynamic route already exists the floating static route is placed
in reserve of static as part floating route table When the software detects that the dynamic route is
no it longer available replaces the dynamic route with the floating static route for that destination
If the route is later relearned dynamically the dynamic route replaces the floating static route and
the floating static route is again placed in reserve
To avoid the of possibility routing ioop occurring by default floating static routes are not
redistributed into other dynamic protocols
Examples
The following example creates static route to the remote router whose address is 1.2 on the remote
network 100-110 that is in the remote zone Remote
appletalk static cable-range 100-110 to 1.2 zone Remote
The following example creates floating static route to the remote router whose address is 1.3 on
the remote network 100-110 that is in the remote zone Remote
appletalk static cable-range 100-110 to 13 floating zone Remote
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk static network
show appletalk route
show appletalk static
P2R-90 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk static network
appHetak static network
To define static route or floating static route on nonextended network use the appletalk static
network global configuration command To remove static route use the no form of this command
network-number to network.n ode appletalk static network zone zone-name
network-number to network.node no appletalk static network zone-name
Syntax Description
network-number AppleTalk network number assigned to the interface It is
16-bit decimal number and must be unique on the network This
is the network number that will be advertised by the Cisco lOS
software as if it were real network number
The to network.node AppleTalk network address of the remote router argument 65279 network is the 16-bit network number in the range to
The argument node is the 8-bit node number in the range to
254 Both numbers are decimal
floating Optional Specifies that this route is floating static route
which is static route that can be overridden by dynamically
learned route
zone zone-name Name of the zone on the remote network The name can include
special characters from the Apple Macintosh character set To
include special character type colon followed by two
hexadecimal characters For zone names with leading space
character enter the first character as the special sequence 20
Default
No static routes are defined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
Release 10.0 This command first appeared in Cisco lOS
list without first the static route You cannot delete particular zone from the zone deleting
When links associated with static routes are lost traffic may stop being forwarded even though should be careful when static alternative paths might be available For this reason you assigning
routes
learned routes Floating static routes are kind of static route that can be overridden by dynamically
information for Floating static routes allow you to switch to another path whenever routing in destination is lost One application of floating static routes is to provide back-up routes topologies
where dial-on-demand routing is used
AppleTalk Commands P2R-91 appletalk static network
If you configure floating static route the Cisco lOS software checks to see if an entry for the route
exists in its already routing table If dynamic route already exists the floating static route is placed
in reserve as part of floating static route table When the Cisco lOS software detects that the
is dynamic route no longer available it replaces the dynamic route with the floating static route for
that destination If the route is later relearned dynamically the dynamic route replaces the floating
static route and the floating static route is again placed in reserve
avoid To the possibility of routing loop occurring by default floating static routes are not
redistributed into other dynamic protocols
Examples
The following example creates static route to the remote router whose address is 1.2 on the remote
network 200 that is in the remote zone Remote
appletalk static network 200 to 1.2 zone Remote
The following example creates floating static route to the remote router whose address is 1.3 on
the remote network 200 that is in the remote zone Remote
appletalk static network 200 to 1.3 floating zone Remote
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk static cablerange
show appletalk route
show appletalk static
P2R-92 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk strict-rtmp-checking
appHetaOk strctrtmpcheckng
their the To perform maximum checking of routing updates to ensure validity use appletalk
the strict-rtmp-checking global configuration command To disable the maximum checking use no
form of this command
appletalk strict-rtmp-checking
no appletalk strict-rtmp-checking
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Provide maximum checking
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
from routers that not Strict RTMP checking discards any RTMP packets arriving are directly
connected to the local router This means that the local router does not accept any routed RTMP need be forwarded discarded packets Note that RTMP packets that to are not
Example
The following example disables strict checking of RTMP routing updates
no appletalk LricLrLmpchecking
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk require-route-zones
appletalk send-rtmps
appletalk timers
AppleTalk Commands P2R-93 appletalk timers
appHetak fimers
To change the routing update timers use the appletalk timers global configuration command To
return to the default routing update timers use the no form of this command
appletalk timers update-interval valid-interval invalid-interval
no appletalk timers valid-interval invalid-intervall
Syntax Description
update-interval Time in seconds between routing updates sent to other routers
on the network The default is 10 seconds
valid-interval Time in seconds that the Cisco lOS software will consider
route valid without having heard routing update for that route
The default is 20 seconds two times the update interval
invalid-interval Time in seconds that the route is retained after the last update
The default is 60 seconds three times the valid interval
Default
update-interval 10 seconds
valid-interval 20 seconds
invalid-interval 60 seconds
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Routes older than the time specified by update-inrei-val are considered suspect Once the period of time valid-interval has specified by elapsed without having heard routing update for route the
route becomes bad and is for eligible replacement by path with higher less favorable metric the invalid-interval During period routing updates include this route with special notify
metric If this timer neighbor expires the route is deleted from the routing table
Note that should not you attempt to modify the routing timers without fully understanding the ramifications of doing so Many other AppleTalk router vendors provide no facility for modifying
their should routing timers you adjust the Cisco lOS software AppleTalk timers such that routing
do not arrive these updates at other routers within the normal interval it is possible to degrade or
destroy AppleTalk network connectivity
If you change the routing update interval be sure to do so for all routers on the network
In rare instances you might want to change this interval such as when device is busy and cannot send 10 seconds when slower routing updates every or routers are incapable of processing received routing updates in large network
P2R-94 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk timers
Example
The following example increases the update interval to 20 seconds and the route-valid interval to 40 seconds
appletalk timers 20 40 60
AppleTalk Commands P2R-95 appletalk virtual-net
appIetak virtuanet
To add AppleTalk users logging in on an asynchronous line and using PPP encapsulation to an
internal network use the appletalk virtual-net global configuration command To remove an
internal network use the no form of this command
appletalk virtual-net network-number zone-na/ne
no appletalk virtual-net network-number zone-name
Syntax Description
network-number AppleTalk network address assigned to the interface This is
16-bit decimal network number in the range to 65279 The network address must be unique across your AppleTalk internetwork
zone-name Name of new or existing zone to which the AppleTalk user
will belong
Default
No virtual networks are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
virtual network is logical network that exists only within the Cisco lOS software It enables extension who youand by anyone dials into the routerto add an asynchronous interface to either
new or an existing AppleTalk zone
Virtual networks work with both extended and nonextended AppleTalk networks On Cisco routers
virtual you can oniy set network on an asynchronous line on the auxiliary port
If issue the you appletalk virtual-net command and specify new AppleTalk zone name the network number you specify is the only one associated with this zone If you issue this command and specify an existing AppleTalk zone the network number you specify is added to the existing zone
The selected AppleTalk zone either new or existing is highlighted when you open the Macintosh Chooser window From this window you can access all available zones
Example
The adds to the virtual following example user network number and specifies the zone name renegade
apple virtual-net renegade
P2R-96 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk virtual-net
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk address
appletalk cable-range
appletalk client-mode
appletalk zone
show appletalk zone
AppleTalk Commands P2R-97 appletalk zip-query-interval
appetaDk zpqueryntervaH
To specify the interval at which the Cisco lOS software sends ZIP queries use the appletalk
zip-query-interval global configuration command To return to the default interval use the no form
of this command
appletalk zip-query-interval interval
no zip-query-interval
Syntax Description
interval Interval in seconds at which the software sends ZIP queries It
can be any positive integer The default is 10 seconds
Default
10 seconds
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The software its uses the information received in response to ZIP queries to update its zone table
Example
The following example changes the ZIP query interval to 40 seconds
appletalk zip-query-interval 40
P2R-98 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk zip-reply-filter
appetak ziprepIy4Uter
To configure ZIP reply filter use the appletalk zip-reply-filter interface configuration command
To remove filter use the no form of this command
appletalk zip-reply-filter access-list-nwnber
no appletalk zip-reply-filter
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is decimal number from 600
to 699
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
ZIP reply filters limit the visibility of zones from routers in unprivileged regions throughout the
internetwork These filters filter the zone list for each network provided by router to neighboring
routers to remove restricted zones
ZIP reply filters apply to downstream routers not to end stations on networks attached to the local
router With ZIP reply filters when downstream routers request the names of zones in network the
local router replies with the names of visible zones only It does not reply with the names of zones
that have been hidden with ZIP reply filter To filter zones from end stations use GZL filters
and cable the Cisco software sends in ZIP reply filters determine which networks ranges lOS out and cable routing updates Before sending out routing updates the software excludes the networks
this ranges whose zones have been completely denied access by ZIP reply filters Excluding
information ensures that routers receiving these routing updates do not send unnecessary ZIP
requests
Example
The following example assigns ZIP reply filter to Ethernet interface
interface ethernet appletalk zip-reply-filter 600
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list zone
show appletalk interface
AppleTalk Commands P2R-99 appletalk zone
appHetaHk zone
To set the zone name for the connected AppleTalk network use the appletalk zone interface configuration command To delete zone use the no form of this command
appletalk zone zone-name
no appletalk zone
Syntax Description
zone-name Name of the zone The name can include special characters
from the Apple Macintosh character set To include special
character type colon followed by two hexadecimal characters
For zone names with leading space character enter the first
character as the special sequence 20
Default
No zone name is set
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 100
If discovery mode is not enabled you can specify the appletalk zone command only after an
appletalk address or appletalk cable-range command You can issue it multiple times if it follows
the appletalk cable-range command
On interfaces that have discovery mode disabled you must assign zone name in order for
AppleTalk routing to begin
If an interface is using extended AppleTalk the first zone specified in the list is the default zone The
Cisco lOS software always uses the default zone when registering NBP names for interfaces Nodes
in the network will select the zone in which they will operate from the list of zone names valid on
the cable to which they are connected
If an interface is using nonextended AppleTalk repeated execution of the appletalk zone command
will replace the interfaces zone name with the newly specified zone name
The no form of the command deletes zone name from zone list or deletes the entire zone list if
do not nonextended the you specify zone name For AppleTalk interfaces zone name argument is
You should delete list the ignored any existing zone-name using 110 appletalk zone interface
subcommand before configuring new zone list
The zone list is cleared automatically when you issue an appletalk address or appletalk
cable-range command The list also is cleared if you issue the appletalk zone command on an
existing network this can occur when adding zones to set of routers until all routers are in
agreement
P2R-100 Network Protocols Command Reference Part appletalk zone
Examples
The following example assigns the zone name Twilight to an interface
interface Ethernet appletalk cable-range 10-20 appletalk zone Twilight
The following example uses AppleTalk special characters to set the zone name to CiscoA5Zone
appletalk zone CiscoA5Zone
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk address
appletalk cable-range
show appletalk zone
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1 01 clear appletalk arp
cear appHetak arp
To delete all entries or specified entry from the AARP table use the clear appletalk arp EXEC command
clear appletalk arp
Syntax Description
network.node Optional AppleTalk network address to be deleted from the
AARP table The argument network is the 16-bit network
number in the range to 65279 The argument node is the 8-bit
node number in the range to 254 Both numbers are decimal
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Example
The following example deletes all entries from the AARP table
clear appletalk arp
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk arp
P2R-1 02 Network Protocols Command Reference Part clear appletalk neighbor
cHear appetaHk nghbor
To delete all entries or specified entry from the neighbor table use the clear appletalk neighbor EXEC command
clear appletalk neighbor
Syntax Description
neighbor-address Optional Network address of the neighboring router to be
deleted from the neighbor table The address is in the format
network.node The argument network is the 16-bit network
number in the range to 65279 The argument node is the 8-bit
node number in the range to 254 Both numbers are decimal
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
You cannot clear the entry for an active neighbor that is for neighbor that still has RTMP
connectivity
Example
The following example deletes the neighboring router 1.129 from the neighbor table
clear appletalk neighbor 1129
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk neighbors
AppleTalk Commands P2R-103 clear appletalk route cear appetk route
To delete entries from the routing table use the clear appletalk route EXEC command
clear appletalk route
Syntax Description
network Optional Number of the network to which the route
provides access
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Example
The following example deletes the route to network
clear appletalk route
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk route
P2R-104 Network Protocols Command Reference Part clear appletalk traffic
cHear appHetaHk traffic
To reset AppleTalk traffic counters use the clear appletalk traffic EXEC command
clear appletalk traffic
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Sample Display
The following is sample output after clear appletalk traffic command was executed
Router clear appletalk traffic Router show appletalk traffic
AppleTalk statistics Rcvd total checksum errors bad hop count local destination access denied for MaciP bad MaciP no client port disabled no listener ignored martians Bcast received sent Sent generated forwarded fast forwarded loopback forwarded from MacIP MaciP failures encapsulation failed no route no source DDP long short macip bad size NBP received invalid proxies replies sent forwards lookups failures RTMP received requests invalid ignored sent replies EIGRP received hellos updates replies queries sent hellos updates replies queries invalid ignored ATP received ZIP received sent netinfo Echo received discarded illegal generated replies sent Responder received illegal unknown AppleTalk statistics replies sent failures AARP requests replies probes martians bad encapsulation unknown sent failures delays drops Lost no buffers Unknown packets Discarded wrong encapsulation bad SNAP discriminator
For explanation of the fields shown in the preceding example see Table 35 for the show appletalk traffic command
AppleTalk Commands P2R-105 clear appletalk traffic
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk macip-traffic
show appletalk traffic
P2R-1 06 Network Protocols Command Reference Part clear smrp mcache
cear smrp mcache
entries in the Multicast To remove all fast-switching Sample Routing Protocol SMRP
fast-switching cache table use the clear smrp mcache EXEC command
clear smrp mcache
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Use this command to clear the SMRP fast-switching cache table The SMRP fast-switching cache
needed fast switch data is table contains the information to SMRP packets It usually unnecessary to
do it clear the table however you can so to repopulate or to clear corrupted entry
this clears the table of all Note Using command entries not just single entry
Example
The following example shows the fast-switching cache table before and after the clear smrpmcache
command clears the table of entries
Router show smrp mcache
SMRP Multicast Fast Switching Cache Group In Parent Child MAC Header Top Address Use Interface Interfaces Network Header Bottom
AT 11.121 EthernetO Ethernet3 090007400b7900000c1740db
00 if ed7 500000 02 af 02 a0a0a AT 11122 EthernetO Ethernet3 090007400b7a00000c1740db OOif477S0000002affO2OaOaOa AT 11.123 EthernetO Etherneti 090007400b7b00000c1740d9 OOlfe775000000l4ffO2OaOaOa Ethernet3 090007400b7b00000c1740db OOlffd750000002affO2OaOaOa AT 11.124 EthernetO Etherneti 090007400b7c00000c1740d9 OOlfef7S000000i4ffO2OaOaOa
Router clear smrp mcache Router show smrp mcache
SMRP Multicast Fast Switching Cache Group In Parent Child MAC Header Top Address Use Interface Interfaces Network Header Bottom
AppleTalk Commands P2R-107 clear smrp mcache
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show smrp mcache
P2R-108 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ping privileged png prvHeged
To check host reachability and network connectivity use the ping privileged EXEC command
ping
Syntax Description
appletalk Optional Specifies the AppleTalk protocol
network.node Optional AppleTalk address of the system to ping
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The privileged ping packet internet groper function command provides complete ping facility
for users who have system privileges The ping command sends AppleTalk Echo Protocol AEP
datagrams to other AppleTalk nodes to verify connectivity and measure round-trip times
Only an interface that supports HearSeif can respond to packets generated at local console and
directed to an interface on the same router The Cisco lOS software only supports HearSeif on Ethernet
If the system cannot map an address for host name it will return an %Unrecognized host or
address error message
To abort ping session type the escape sequence By default this is Ctrl- You enter this by and simultaneously pressing the Ctrl Shift keys letting go and then pressing the key
Table describes the test characters displayed in ping responses
Table AppleTalk Ping Characters
Character Meaning
Each exclamation point indicates the receipt of reply echo from the
target address
Each period indicates the network server timed out while waiting for
reply from the target address
The echo received from the target address was bad or malformed
An echo with bad DDP checksum was received
Transmission of an echo packet to the target address failed
Transmission of the echo packet to the target address failed because of
lack of route to the target address
AppleTalk commands P2R-109 ping privileged
Sample Display of Standard Ping
The following display shows sample standard appletalk ping session
Router ping Protocol appletalk Target Appletalk address 1024.128 Repeat count Datagram size Timeout in seconds Verbose En Sweep range of sizes En Type escape sequence to abort Sending 100-byte AppleTalk Echos to 1024.128 timeout is seconds
Success rate is 100 percent round-trip mm/avg/max 4/4/8 ms
Sample Display Using Ping in Verbose Mode
When you answer in response to the prompt Verbose En ping runs in verbose mode The
following display shows sample appletalk ping session when verbose mode is enabled
Router ping Protocol appletalk Target AppleTalk address 4.129 Repeat count Datagram size Timeout in seconds Verbose Sweep range of sizes En Type escape sequence to abort Sending 100-byte AppleTalk Echos to 4.129 timeout is seconds in ms from 4129 via hop in ms from 4129 via hop in ms from 4.129 via hop in ms from 4.129 via hop in ms from 4.129 via hop Success rate is 100 percent round-trip mm/avg/max 4/6/8 ms
Table describes the fields in the verbose mode portion of the display
Table AppleTalk Ping Fields
Field Meaning
Sequential number identifying the packets relative position in the
group of ping packets sent
in ms Round-trip travel time of the ping packet in milliseconds
from 4.129 Source address of the ping packet
via hop Number of hops the ping packet traveled to the destination
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear smrp mcache
show appletalk zone
P2R-11O Network Protocols Command Reference Part ping user
ping user
To check host reachability and network connectivity use the ping user EXEC command
ping appletalk network.node
Syntax Description
appletalk Specifies the AppleTalk protocol
nejwork.node AppleTalk address of the system to ping
Command Mode
User EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
command basic who The user ping packet internet groper function provides ping facility for users
do not have system privileges This command is equivalent to the nonverbose form of the privileged
ping command It sends five 100-byte ping packets The ping command sends AppleTalk Echo
Protocol AEP datagrams to other AppleTalk nodes to verify connectivity and measure round-trip times
Only an interface that supports HearSeif can respond to packets generated at local console and
directed to an interface on the same router The Cisco lOS software supports only HearSeif on Ethernet
If the system cannot map an address for host name it will return an %Unrecognized host or address error message
To abort ping session type the escape sequence By default this is CtrlA You enter this by
the then the simultaneously pressing Ctrl Shift and keys letting go and pressing key
Table in the ping privileged command section describes the test characters displayed in ping
responses
Sample Display
The following display shows input to and output from the user ping command
Router ping appletalk 1024.128
Type escape sequence to abort Sending 100-byte AppleTalk Echoes to 1024.128 timeout is seconds
Success rate is 100 percent round-trip mm/avg/max 4/4/8 mc
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk access-lists
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1 11 show appletalk access-lists
show appetaHk accessUsts
To display the AppleTalk access lists currently defined use the show appletalk access-lists user EXEC command
show appletalk access-lists
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode
User EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show appletalk access-lists command
Router show appletalk access-lists
AppleTalk access list 601 permit zone ZoneA permit zone ZoneB deny additional-zones permit network 55 permit network 500 permit cable range 900-950 deny includes 970-990 permit within 991 995 deny other-access
Table describes fields shown in the display
Table Show AppleTalk Access-Lists Field Descriptions
Field Description
AppleTalk access list 601 Number of the AppleTalk access lists
permit zone Indicates whether access to an AppleTalk zone has been explicitly
deny zone permitted or denied with the access-list zone command
permit additional-zones Indicates whether additional zones have been permitted or denied with
deny additional-zones the access-list additional-zones conmand
permit network Indicates whether access to an AppleTalk network has been explicitly
deny network permitted or denied with the access-list network command
permit cable-range Indicates the cable ranges to which access has been permitted or
deny cable-range denied with the access-list cable-range command
permit includes Indicates the cable ranges to which access has been permitted or deny includes denied with the access-list includes command
permit within Indicates the additional cable ranges to which access has been
deny within permitted or denied with the access-list within command
P2R-112 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk access-lists
Table Show AppleTalk Access-Lists Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
permit other-access Indicates whether additional networks or cable ranges have been
deny other-access permitted or denied with the access-list other-access command
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list additional-zones
access-list cable-range
access-list includes
access-list nbp
access-list network
access-list other-access
access-list other-nbps
access-list within
access-list zone
appletalk access-group
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk getzonelist-filter
P2R-1 13 AppleTalk Commands show appletalk adjacent-routes
show appetak adjacentroutes
To display routes to networks that are directly connected or that are one hop away use the show
appletalk adjacent-routes privileged EXEC command
show appletalk adjacent-routes
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The show appletalk adjacent-routes command provides quick overview of the local environment
that is useful especially when an AppleTalk internetwork consists of large number of networks
typically more then 600 networks
You can use information provided by this command to determine if any local routes are missing or
are misconfigured
Sample Display The following is sample output from the show appletalk adjacent-routes command
Router show appletalk adjacent-routes
Codes RTMP derived EIGRP derived connected static proxy 67 routes in internet
Net 29-29 via gatekeeper sec EthernetO zone Engineering Net 2501-2501 directly connected Ethernetl no zone set Net 4160-4160 directly connected EthernetO zone Low End SW Lab Net 4172-4172 directly connected TokenRingO zone Low End SW Lab Net 6160 via urk sec TokenRingO zone Low End SW Lab
Table describes the fields shown in the display
Table Show AppleTalk Adjacent-Routes Field Descriptions
Field Description
Codes Codes defining source of route RTMP derived Route derived from an RTMP update
EIGRP derived Route derived from an Enhanced IGRP
Connected Directly connected network RTMP update
Static Static route
Proxy Proxy route
67 in routes internet Total number of known routes in the AppleTalk network
Net 29-29 Cable range or network to which the route goes
P2R-114 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk adjacent-routes
Table Show AppleTalk Adjacent-Routes Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
hG Hop count followed by the state of the route
Possible values for state include the following
10 GGood update has been received within the last seconds
SSuspect update has been received more than 10 seconds ago
but less than 20 seconds ago
BBad update was received more than 20 seconds ago
via NBP registered name or address of the router that sent the routing
information
sec Time in seconds since information about this network cable range
was last received
cable is connected to the directly connected Indicates that the network or range directly
router
EthernetO Possible interface through which updates to this NBP registered name
or address will be sent
zone Zone name assigned to the network or cable range sending this
update
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1 15 show appletalk arp
show appetak arp
To display the entries in the ARP cache use the show appletalk arp privileged EXEC command
show appletalk arp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
ARP establishes associates between network addresses and hardware MAC addresses This
information is maintained in the ARP cache
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show appletalk arp command
Router show appletalk arp
Address Age mm Type Hardware Addr Encap Interface 2000.1 Hardware 0000.0c04.1111 SNAP Etherneti 2000.2 Dynamic 0000.0c04.2222 SNAP Etherneti 2000.3 Dynamic 0000.0c04.3333 SNAP Ethernet3 2000.4 Hardware 0000.0c04.4444 SNAP Ethernet3
Table describes the fields shown in the display
Table Show AppleTalk ARP Field Descriptions
Field Description
Address AppleTalk network address of the interface
Age mm Time in minutes that this entry has been in the ARP table Entries are
purged after they have been in the table for 240 minutes hours
hyphen indicates that this is new entry
Tpe Indicates how the ARP table entry was learned It can be one of the
following
DynamicEntry was learned via AARP
HardwareEntry was learned from an adapter in the router
PendingEntry for destination for which the router does not yet
know the address When packet requests to be sent to an address
for which the router does not yet have the MAC-level address the
Cisco lOS software creates an AARP entry for that AppleTalk
address then sends an AARP Resolve packet to get the MAC-level
address for that node When the software gets the response the
is marked entry Dynamic pending AARP entry times out after minute
P2R-116 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk arp
Table Show AppleTalk ARP Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
Hardware Addr MAC address of this interface
It be of the Encap Encapsulation type can one following
ARPAEthernet-type encapsulation
Subnetwork Access Protocol SNAPIEEE 802.3 encapsulation
number of the interface Interface Tpe and
P2R1 17 AppleTalk Commands show appletalk aurp events
show appetaHk aurp events
To display the pending events in the AURP update-events queue use the show appletalk aurp events privileged EXEC command
show appletalk aurp events
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Sample Display
The is following sample output from the show appletalk aurp events command
Router show appletalk aurp events
100-100 NDC EVENT pending 17043-17043 ND EVENT pending
Table explains the fields shown in the display
Table Show AppleTalk AURP Events Field Descriptions
Field Description
100-100 Network number or cable range EVENT NCD pending Tpe of update event that is pending
P2R-118 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk aurp topology
show appetaIk aurp topoogy
learned from To display entries in the AURP private path database which consists of all paths
exterior routers use the show appletalk aurp topology privileged EXEC command
show appletalk aurp topology
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Sample Display command The following is sample output from the show appletalk aurp topology
Router show appletalk aurp topology
30 via TunnelO hops 80
via TunnelO hops 101101
via TunnelO hops 102 102 via TunnelO hops 103 103 via TunnelO hops 104 104 via TunnelO hops 105- 10 via TunnelO hops 108 108 via TunnelO hops 109 109 via TunnelO hops 120120 via Tunnel0 10 hops
12 5125 via TunnelO hops
169 169 via TunnelO hops 01205 via TunnelO hops
AppleTalk Commands P2R-119 show appletalk aurp topology
Table 10 explains the field shown in the display
Table 10 Show AppleTalk AURP Topology Field Descriptions
Field Description
30 AppleTalk network number or cable range
via TunnelO Interface used to reach the network
hops Number of hops to the network
P2R-120 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk cache
show appOetak cache
To display the routes in the AppleTalk fast-switching table on an extended AppleTalk network use
the show appletalk cache EXEC command
show appletalk cache
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
cache The show appletalk cache command displays information for all fast-switching route entries
regardless of whether they are valid
Route entries are removed from the fast-switching cache if one of the following occurs
route that was used has been deleted but has not yet been marked bad
route that was used has gone bad
route that was used has been replaced with new route with better metric
bad The state of route to neighbor has changed from suspect to
cache has The hardware address corresponding to node address in the AARP changed
The node address corresponding to hardware address has changed
The ARP cache has been flushed
deleted An ARP cache entry has been
You have entered the no appletalk routing the appletalk route-cache or an access-list command
The encapsulation on the line has changed
An interface has become operational or nonoperational
Sample Display cache command The following is sample output from the show appletalk
Router show appletalk cache
AppleTalk Routing Cache active entry cache version is 227 Destination Interface MAC Header 29.0 Ethernet0 00000C00008200000C00D8DD 1544.000 Ethernetl AA000400013400000C000E8C809B84BE02 33.000 Etherneti AA000400013400000C000E8C809B84BE02
P2R-121 AppleTalk Commands show appletalk cache
The is following sample output from the show appletalk cache command when AppleTalk load
balanced is enabled The shows additional headers for output displayed MAC parallel paths for example 6099.52
Router show appletalk cache
Appletalk Routing cache active entry cache version is 11021 Desintation Interface MAC Header 82.36 Ethernetl/4 00000CF366A600000c12c52D 17043.208 Ethernetl/5 00000C367B4000000C12c52E 60099.52 Ethernetl/5 00000C367B4000000c12c52E Ethernetl/2 00000C367B3D00000C12c52B Ethernetl/3 00000C367B3E00000c12c52c
Table 11 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 11 Show AppleTalk Cache Field Descriptions
Field Description
Indicates the entry is valid
cache version is Version number of the AppleTalk fast-switching cache
Destination Destination network for this packet
Interface Router interface through which this packet is transmitted
MAC Header First bytes of this packets MAC header
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk maximum-paths
appletalk route-cache
P2R-122 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk domain show appetak domain
the show domain command To display all domain-related information use appletalk EXEC
show appletalk domain
Syntax Description
domain-number Optional Number of an AppleTalk domain about which to
display information It can be decimal integer from to 1000000
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 103
the show domain command If you omit the argument domain-number appletalk displays
information about all domains
Sample Displays domain command The following is sample output from the show appletalk
Router show appletalk domain
AppleTalk Domain Information
Domain Name Xerxes
State Active Inbound remap range 100199 Outbound remap range 200299 Hop reduction DFF Interfaces in domain Ethernetl Enabled
Domain Name Desdemona
State Active Inbound remap range 300399 Outbound remap range 400499 Hop reduction OFF Interfaces in domain Ethernet3 Enabled
P2R-123 AppleTalk Commands show appletalk domain
The following is sample output from the show appletalk domain command when you specify domain number
Router ahow appletalk domain
AppleTalk Domain Information
Domain Name Xerxea
State Active Inbound remap range 100-199 Outbound remap range 200-299 Hop reduction OFF Interfaces in domain Etherneti Enabled
Table 12 describes the fields shown in the displays
Table 12 Show AppleTalk Domain Field Descriptions
Field Description
Domain Number of the domain as specified with the appletalk domain name
global configuration command
Name Name of the domain as specified with the appletalk domain name
global configuration command
State Status of the domain It can be either Active or Nonactive
Inbound remap range Inbound mapping range as specified with the appletalk domain
remap-range in global configuration command
Outbound remap range Outbound mapping range as specified with the appletalk domain
remap-range out global configuration command
Hop reduction Indicates whether hop reduction has been enabled with the appletalk
domain hop-reduction global configuration command It can be
either OFF or ON
Interfaces in domain Indicates which interfaces are in the domain as specified with the
appletalk domain-group interface configuration command and
whether they are enabled
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk domain-group
appletalk domain hop-reduction
appletalk domain name
appletalk domain remap-range
P2R-124 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk eigrp interfaces
show appHetak grp interfaces
for Enhanced the show To display information about interfaces configured IGRP use appletalk
eigrp interfaces EXEC command
show appletalk eigrp interfaces number
Syntax Description
Interface type Optional type
number Optional Interface number
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.2
interfaces Enhanced Use the show appletalk eigrp interfaces command to determine on which those interfaces IGRP is active and to find out information about Enhanced IGRP relating to
which If an interface is specified only that interface is displayed Otherwise all interfaces on
Enhanced IGRP is running are displayed
Sample Display
the show interfaces command The following is sample output from appletalk eigrp
Router show appletalk eigrp interfaces AT/EIGRP interfaces for process router id 24096
Xmit Queue Mean Pacing Time Multicast Pending Interface Peers Un/Reliable SRTT Un/Reliable Flow Timer Routes DiO 0/0 11/434 Et0 0/0 337 0/10 SEOl.16 0/0 10 1/63 103 TuO 0/0 330 0/16
AppleTalk Commands P2R-125 show appletalk eigrp interfaces
Table 13 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 13 Show AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Interfaces Field Descriptions
Field Description
process Autonomous system number of the process
router id Identification number of the router as configured in the appletalk
routing eigrp command
Interface Interface name
Peers Number of neighbors on the interface
Xmit Queue Count of unreliable and reliable packets queued for transmission
Mean SRTT Average round-trip time for all neighbors on the interface
Pacing Time Number of milliseconds to wait after transmitting unreliable and
reliable packets
Multicast Flow Timer Number of milliseconds to wait for acknowledgment of multicast
packet by all neighbors before transmitting the next multicast packet
Pending Routes Number of routes still to be transmitted on this interface
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk eigrp neighbors
P2R-126 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk eigrp neighbors
show appetaHk eigrp nghbors
To display the neighbors discovered by Enhanced IGRP use the show appletalk eigrp neighbors EXEC command
show appletalk eigrp neighbors
Syntax Description
inteiface Optional Displays information about the specified neighbor router
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The show appletalk eigrp neighbors command lists only the neighbors running AppleTalk
Enhanced IGRP To list all neighboring AppleTalk routers use the show appletalk neighbors command
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show appletalk eigrp neighbors command
Router show appletalk eigrp neighbors
AT/EIGRP Neighbors for process router id 83 Address Interface Holdtime Uptime Seq SRTT RTO secs hms Count Num ms ms warp.Ethernetl Ethernet2 41 00248 282 20 master.Ethernet2 Ethernet2 40 11646 333 20
Table 14 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 14 Show AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Neighbors Field Descriptions
Field Description
Number of the Enhanced IGRP process routing process
router id 83 Autonomous system number specified in the appletalk
routing global configuration command
Address AppleTalk address of the AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP peer
Interface Interface on which the router is receiving hello packets from the peer
Holdtime Length of time in seconds that the Cisco lOS software will wait to
hear from the peer before declaring it down If the peer is using the
default hold time this number will be less than 15 If the peer
configures nondefault hold time it will be reflected here
and since the local router Uptime Elapsed time in hours minutes seconds
first heard from this neighbor
AppleTalk Commands P2R-127 show appletalk eigrp neighbors
Table 14 Show AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Neighbors Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
Count Number of AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP packets update query and
reply that the Cisco lOS software is waiting to send
Seq Num Sequence number of the last update query or reply packet that was
received from this neighbor
SRTT Smooth round-trip time This is the number of milliseconds it takes
for an AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP packet to be sent to this neighbor
and for the local router to receive an acknowledgment of that packet
RTO Retransmission timeout in milliseconds This is the amount of time
the Cisco lOS software waits before retransmitting packet from the
retransmission queue to neighbor
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk routing
show appletalk neighbors
P2R-128 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk eigrp topology
show appetak eigrp topoHogy
To display the AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP topology table use the show appletalk eigrp topology EXEC command
show appletalk eigrp topology active zero-successors
Syntax Description
network-number Optional Number of the AppleTalk network whose topology
table entry you want to display
active Optional Displays the entries for all active routes
zero-successors Optional Displays the entries for destinations for which no
successors exist These entries are destinations that the
Cisco lOS software currently does not know how to reach via
Enhanced IGRP This option is useful for debugging network problems
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 103
All Enhanced IGRP routes that are received for destination regardless of metric are placed in the
topology table The route to destination that is currently in use is the first route listed Routes that
are listed as connected take precedence over any routes learned from any other source
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show appletalk eigrp topology command
Router show appletalk eigrp topology
IPX EIGRP Topology Table for process router Id
Codes Passive Active Update Query Reply Reply status
31650 successors FD is via Redistributed 25601/0 via 100.1 2198016/2195456 Fddi0 via 4080.67 2198016/53760 Serial4 31610 successors FD is 307200 via Redistributed 1025850/0 via 100.1 2198016/2195456 Fddi0 via 4080.67 2198016/1028410 Serial4 100100 successors FD is via Connected Fddi0 via 4080.67 2198016/28160 Serial4 40804080 successors FD is via Connected Serial4 via 100.1 2172416/2169856 Fddi0
AppleTalk Commands P2R-129 show appletalk eigrp topology
Table 15 explains the fields that may be displayed in the output
Table 15 Show AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Topology Field Descriptions
Field Description
Codes State of this topology table entry Passive and Active refer to the Enhanced and IGRP state with respect to this destination Update Queiy and Reply refer
to the type of packet that is being sent
Passive No Enhanced IGRP computations are being performed for this destination
Active Enhanced IGRP computations are being performed for this destination
Update Indicates that an update packet was sent to this destination
Query Indicates that query packet was sent to this destination
Reply Indicates that reply packet was sent to this destination
Reply status Flag that is set after the Cisco lOS software has sent query and is waiting for
reply
3165 3161 and so on Destination AppleTalk network number
successors Number of successors This number corresponds to the number of next hops in
the AppleTalk routing table
ED Feasible distance This value is used in the feasibility condition check If the
neighbors reported distance the metric after the slash is less than the feasible
distance the feasibility condition is met and that path is feasible successor
Once the software determines it has feasible successor it does not have to send
query for that destination
replies Number of replies that are still outstanding have not been received with respect
to this destination This information appears only when the destination is in the
Active state
state Exact Enhanced IGRP state that this destination is in It can be the number
or Tl1is information appears only when the destination is Active
via AppleTalk address of the peer who told the software about this destination The
first of these entries where is the number of successors are the current
successors The remaining entries on the list are feasible successors
345088/319488 The first number is the Enhanced IGRP metric that represents the cost to the
is the Enhanced IGRP metric destination The second number that this peer
advertised to us
EthernetO Interface from which this information was learned
P2R-130 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk eigrp topology
The following is sample output from the show appletalk eigrp topology command when you specify an AppleTalk network number
Router Bhow appletalk eigrp topology 3165
AT-EIGRP topology entry for 3165-0 State is Passive Query origin flag is Successors Routing Descriptor Blocks 0.0 from 0.0 Composite metric is 25601/0 Send flag is OxO Route is Internal Vector metric Minimum bandwidth is 2560000000 Kbit
Total delay is 1000000 nanoseconds Reliability is 255/255 Load is 1/255 Minimum MTU is 1500
Hop count is 100.1 Fddi0 from 100.1 Composite metric is 2198016/2195456 Send flag is OxO Route is External Vector metric Mininum bandwidth is 1544 Kbit Total delay is 21100000 nanoseconds Reliability is 255/255 Load is 1/255 Minimum MTU is 1500
Hop count is 4080.83 Serial4 from 4080.83 Composite metric is 2198016/53760 Send flag is OxO Route is Internal Vector metric Minimum bandwidth is 1544 Kbit Total delay is 21100000 nanoseconds Reliability is 255/255 Load is 1/255 Minimum MTU is 1500 Hop count is
Table 16 describes the fields that may appear in the output
Table 16 Show AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Topology Field DescriptionsSpecified Network
Field Description
3165 AppleTalk network number of the destination
State is. State of this entry It can be either Passive or Active Passive means that no
Enhanced IGRP computations are being performed for this destination and
Active means that they are being peiformed
is be the number Query origin flag Exact Enhanced IGRP state that this destination in It can
is Active or This information appears only when the destination
Successors Number of successors This number corresponds to the number of next hops in
the IPX routing table
Indicates how this destination learned It can be one of the Next hop is .. was following
ConnectedThe destination is on network directly connected to this router
RedistributedThe destination was learned via RTMP or another routing
protocol
via this AppleTalk host addressThe destination was learned from that peer
Enhanced IGRP process
Ethernet0 Interface from which this information was learned
AppleTalk Commands P2R-131 show appletalk eigrp topology
Table 16 Show AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Topology Field DescriptionsSpecified Network continued
Field Description
from Peer from whom the information was learned For connected and redistributed
routers this is 0.0 For information learned via Enhanced IGRP this is the peers
address Currently for information learned via Enhanced IGRP the peers
AppleTalk address always matches the address in the Next hop is field
Composite metric is Enhanced IGRP composite metric The first number is this devices metric to the
destination and the second is the peers metric to the destination
Send flag Numeric representation of the flags field It is when nothing is being sent
when an Update is being sent when Query is being sent and when Reply
is being sent Currently is not used
Route is .. Tpe of router It can be either internal or external Internal routes are those that
originated in an Enhanced IGRP autonomous system and external routes are
those that did not Routes learned via RTMP are always external
Vector metric This section describes the components of the Enhanced IGRP metric
Minimum bandwidth Minimum bandwidth of the network used to reach the next hop
Total delay Delay time to reach the next hop
Reliability Reliability value used to reach the next hop
Load Load value used to reach the next hop
Minimum MTU Smallest Maximum Transmission Unit MTU size of the network used to reach the next hop
Hop count Number of hops to the next hop
External data This section describes the original protocol from which this route was
redistributed It appears only for external routes
Originating router Network address of the router that first distributed this route into AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP
External protocol metric delay External protocol from which this route was learned The metric will match the
external hop count displayed by the show appletalk route command for this
destination The delay is the external delay
Administrator tag Currently not used
Flag Currently not used
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk route
P2R-132 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk globals
show appHetak gobas
the To display information and settings about AppleTalk internetwork and other parameters use the
show appletalk globals EXEC command
show appletalk globals
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show appletalk globals command
Router show appletalk globals
AppleTalk global information The router is domain router Internet is compatible with older AT Phasel routers There are 67 routes in the internet There are 25 zones defined All significant events will be logged ZIP resends queries every 10 seconds RTMP updates are sent every 10 seconds with jitter RTMP entries are considered BAD after 20 seconds RTMP entries are discarded after 60 seconds AARP probe retransmit count 10 interval 200 AARP request retransmit count interval 1000 DDP datagrams will be checksummed RTMP datagrams will be strictly checked RTMP routes may not be propagated without zones Alternate node address format will not be displayed
Table 17 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 17 Show AppleTalk Globals Field Descriptions
Field Description
AppleTalk global information Heading for the command output
The router is domain router Indicates whether this router is domain router
Internet is compatible with older Indicates whether the AppleTalk internetwork meets the criteria for
AT Phasel routers interoperation with Phase routers
There are 67 routes in the internet Total number of routes in the AppleTalk internetwork from which this
router has heard in routing updates
There are 25 zones defined Total number of valid zones in the current AppleTalk internetwork
configuration
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1 33 show appletalk globals
Table 17 Show AppleTalk Globals Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
All significant events will be Indicates whether the router has been configured with the appletalk
logged event-logging command
ZIP resends queries every Interval in seconds at which zone name queries are retried
10 seconds
RTMP updates are sent every Interval in seconds at which the Cisco lOS software sends routing
10 seconds updates
RTMP entries are considered BAD Time after which routes for which the software has not received an
after 20 seconds update will be marked as candidates for being deleted from the routing
table
RTMP entries are discarded after Time after which routes for which the software has not received an
60 seconds update will be deleted from the routing table
AARP probe retransmit count 10 Number of AARP probe retransmissions that will be done before
interval 200 abandoning address negotiations and instead using the selected
AppleTalk address followed by the time in milliseconds between
retransmission of ARP probe packets You set these values with the
appletalk arp retransmit-count and appletalk arp interval
commands respectively
AARP request retransmit count Number of AARP request retransmissions that will be done before
interval 1000 abandoning address negotiations and using the selected AppleTalk
address followed by the time in milliseconds between
retransmission of ARP request packets You set these values with the
appletalk arp retransmit-count and appletalk arp interval
commands respectively
DDP datagrams will be Indicates whether the appletalk checksum configuration command is
checksummed enabled When enabled the software discards DDP packets when the
checksum is incorrect and when the router is the final destination for
the packet
be the RTMP datagrams will strictly Indicates whether appletalk strict-rtmp-checking configuration
checked command is enabled When enabled RTMP packets arriving from
routers that are not directly connected to the router performing the
check are discarded
RTMP routes may not be Indicates whether the appletalk require-route-zones configuration
propagated without zones command is enabled When enabled the Cisco lOS software does not
advertise route to its neighboring routers until it has obtained
network/zone association for that route
Alternate node address format will Indicates whether AppleTalk addresses will be printed in numeric or
not be displayed name form You configure this with the appletalk lookup-type and
appletalk name-lookup-interval commands
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk arp interval
appletalk arp retransmit-count
appletalk checksum
appletalk event-logging
appletalk lookup-type
P2R-134 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk globals
appletalk name4ookup.interva1 appletalk require-routezones appletalk strict-rtmp-checking
AppleTalk Commands P2R-135 show appletalk interface
show appHetak nterface
in the Cisco lOS software and the To display the status of the AppleTalk interfaces configured interface parameters configured on each interface use the show appletalk privileged EXEC command
show appletalk interface number
Syntax Description
brief Optional Displays brief summary of the status of the AppleTalk interfaces
type Optional Interface type It can be one of the following types asynchronous dialer Ethernet IEEE 802.3 Token Ring IEEE 802.5 FDDI High-Speed Serial Interface HSSI Virtual Interface ISDN Basic Rate Interface BRI ATM
interface loopback null or serial
number Optional Interface number
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The show appletalk interface is particularly useful when you first enable AppleTalk on router interface
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show appletalk interface command for an extended AppleTalk network
Router show appletalk interface fddi
FddiO is up line protocol is up AppleTalk cable range is 4199-4199 AppleTalk address is 4199.82 Valid AppleTalk zone is Low End SW Lab AppleTalk address gleaning is disabled AppleTalk route cache is enabled Interface will not perform pre-FDDITa1k compatibility
Table 18 describes the fields shown in the display as well as some fields not shown but that also may
be displayed Note that this command can show node name in addition to the address depending
on how the software has been configured with the appletalk lookup.type and appletalk
name-lookup-interval commands
P2R-136 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk interface
Table 18 Show AppleTalk Interface Field DescriptionsExtended Network
Field Description
of FDDI is. 1pe interface and whether it is currently active and inserted into the network up or inactive and not inserted down
line protocol Indicates whether the software processes that handle the line protocol
believe the interface is usable that is whether keepalives are
successful
AppleTalk node Indicates whether the node is up or down in the network
AppleTalk cable range Cable range of the interface
AppleTalk address is .. Valid Address of the interface and whether the address conflicts with any
other address on the network Valid means it does not
AppleTalk zone Name of the zone that this interface is in
When if AppleTalk port configuration our access server implementation comes up on an interface
verified. there are other routers detected and the interface we are bringing up is
not in discovery mode our access server confirms our configuration
with the routers that are already on the cable The address printed in
this field is that of the router with which the local router has verified
that the interface configuration matches that on the running network
AppleTalk discarded. packets due Number of packets the interface discarded because of input errors
to input errors These errors are usually incorrect encapsulations that is the packet
has malformed header format
AppleTalk address gleaning Indicates whether the interface is automatically deriving ARP table
entries from incoming packets referred to as gleaning
AppleTalk route cache Indicates whether fast switching is enabled on the interface
Interface will Indicates that the AppleTalk inteiface will check to see if AppleTalk
packets sent on the FDDI ring from routers running Cisco software
releases prior to Release 9.03 or 9.12 are recognized
AppleTalk domain AppleTalk domain of which this interface is member
The following is sample output from the show appletalk interface command for nonextended
AppleTalk network
Router show appletalk interface ethernet
Ethernet is up line protocol is up AppleTalk address is 666.128 Valid AppleTalk zone is Underworld AppleTalk routing protocols enabled are RTMP AppleTalk address gleaning is enabled AppleTalk route cache is not initialized
Table 19 describes the fields shown in the display
AppleTalk Commands P2R-137 show appletalk interface
Table 19 Show AppleTalk Interface Field DescriptionsNonextended Network
Field Description
Ethernet Type of interface and whether it is currently active and inserted into the network up or inactive and not inserted down
that handle the line line protocol Indicates whether the software processes protocol
believe the interface is usable that is whether keepalives are
successful
whether the address conflicts with AppleTalk address is Valid Address of the interface and any other address on the network Valid means it does not
is in AppleTalk zone Name of the zone that this interface
enabled the interface AppleTalk routing protocols AppleTalk routing protocols that are on enabled
ARP table AppleTalk address gleaning Indicates whether the interface is automatically deriving
entries from incoming packets referred to as gleaning
fast is enabled on the interface AppleTalk route cache Indicates whether switching
brief command The following is sample output from the show appletalk interface
Router show appletalk interface brief
Interface Address Config Status/Line Protocol Atalk Protocol
TokenRing0 108.36 Extended UP down TokenRingl unassigned not configd administratively down n/a Ethernet0 10.82 Extended up up SerialO unassigned not configd administratively down n/a Ethernetl 30.83 Extended up up Seriall unassigned not configd administratively down n/a Serial2 unassigned not configd administratively down n/a Serial3 unassigned not configd administratively down n/a Serial4 unassigned not configd administratively down n/a Serial5 unassigned not configd administratively down n/a Fddi0 50001.82 Extended administratively down down Ethernet2 unassigned not configd up n/a
Ethernet3 9993.137 Extended up up Ethernet4 40.82 Non-Extended up up Ethernet5 unassigned not configd administratively down n/a Ethernet6 unassigned not configd administratively down n/a Ethernet7 unassigned not configd administratively down n/a
Table 20 describes the fields shown in the display
P2R-138 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk interface
Table 20 Show AppleTalk Interface Brief Field Descriptions
Field Description
Interface Interface type and number
Address Address assigned to the interface
Config How the interface is configured Possible values are extended
nonextended and not configured
Status/Line Protocol Whether the software processes that handle the line protocol believe
the interface is usable that is whether keepalives are successful
Atalk Protocol Whether AppleTalk routing is up and running on the interface
The following sample output displays the show appletalk interface command when AppleTalk
RTMP stub mode is enabled The last line of the output notes that this mode is turned on
Router show appletalk interface
Ethernet2 is up line protocol is up AppleTalk cable range is 30-30 AppleTalk address is 30.1 Valid AppleTalk zone is Zone3O-30 AppleTalk address gleaning is disabled AppleTalk route cache is enabled AppleTalk RTMP stub mode is enabled
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk access-group
appletalk address
appletalk cable-range
appletalk client-mode
appletalk discovery
appletalk distribute-list in
appletalk distribute-list out
appletalk free-trade-zone
appletalk getzonelist-filter
appletalk glean-packets
appletalk pre-fdditalk
appletalk protocol
appletalk route-cache
appletalk rtmp-stub
appletalk send-rtmps
appletalk zip-reply-filter
appletalk zone
AppleTalk Commands P2R-139 show appletalk macip-clients
show appetaHk macipdUents
To display status information about all known MacIP clients use the show appletalk macip-clients EXEC command
show appletalk macip-clients
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Sample Display command The following is sample output from the show appletalk macip-clients
Router show appletalk macip-clients
131.108.199.1@ 45 secs S/b Test Lab
Table 21 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 21 Show AppleTalk MaciP-Clients Field Descriptions
Field Description
131l08.199.l@ ClientlP address
DDP address of the registered entity showing the network number
node address and socket number
45 secs Time in seconds since the last NBP confirmation was received
S/W Test Lab Name of the zone to which the MacIP client is attached
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk traffic
P2R-140 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk macipservers show appetak macpservers
To display status information about related servers use the show appletalk macip-servers EXEC command
show appletalk macip-servers
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The information in the show appletalk macip-servers display can help you quickly determine the of In the STATE field status your MacIP configuration particular can help identify problems in your AppleTalk environment
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show appletalk macip-servers command
Router show appletalk macip-servers
MACIP SERVER IP 131.108.199.221 ZONE S/N Test Lab STATE is server_up Resource DYNAMIC 131.108.199.1131.108.199.10 1/10 IP in use Resource STATIC 131.108.199.11131.108.199.20 0/10 IP in use
Table 22 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 22 Show AppleTalk MaciP-Sorvers Field Descriptions
Field Description
MACIP SERVER Number of the MacIP server This number is assigned arbitrarily
IP 131.108.199221 IP address of the MacIP server
ZONE S/W Test Lab AppleTalk server zone specified with the appletalk macip server command
STATE is server_up State of the server Table 24 lists the possible states
If the server remains in the resource_wait state check that resources
have been assigned to this server with either the appletalk macip
dynamic or the appletalk macip static command
Resource DYNAMIC Resource specifications defined in the appletalk macip dynamic and
131.108.199l.-l31.l08199.10 appletalk macip static commands This list indicates whether the
1/10 IP in use resource address was assigned dynamically or statically identifies the
IP address range associated with the resource specification and
indicates the number of active MacIP clients
AppleTalk Commands P2R-141 show appletalk macipservers
with show interface to Use the show appletalk macip-servers command appletalk identify
AppleTalk network problems as follows
Step Determine the state of the MacIP server using show macip-servers If the STATE field
other than such as continues to indicate an anomalous status something server_up
resource_wait or zone_wait there is problem
interface the show Step Determine the status of AppleTalk routing and the specific using
appletalk interface command
commands for Step If the protocol and interface are up check the MacIP configuration inconsistencies in the IP address and zone
the of each The STATE field of the show appletalk macip-servers command indicates current state
to the finite-state machine table described configured MacIP server Each server operates according
in Table 23 Table 24 describes the state functions listed in Table 23 These are the states that are command displayed by the show appletalk macip-servers
Table 23 MaciP Finite-State Machine Table
State Event New State Notes
initial ADD_SERVER resource_wait Server configured
for resource_wait TIMEOUT resource_wait Wait resources
resource_wait ADD_RESOURCE zone_wait Wait for zone seeding
zone_wait ZONE_SEEDED server_start Register server
zone_wait TIMEOUT zone_wait Wait until seeded
Wait for server_start START_OK reg_wait server register
Could not start server_start START_FAIL del_server possible
configuration error
successful reg_wait REG_OK server_up Registration
failed reg_wait REG_FAIL del_server Registration possible
duplicate IP address
reg_wait TIMEOUT reg_wait Wait until register
TIMEOUT NBP confirm all clients server_up send_confirms
send_confirms CONFIRM_OK server_up
send_confirms ZONE_DOWN zone_wait Zone or IP interface down
restart
ADD_RESOURCE Ignore except resource_wait
server statement DEL_SERVER del_server No HALT
DEL_RESOURCE ck_resource Ignore
ck_resource YES_RESOURCES Return to previous state
ck_resource NO_RESOURCES resource_wait Shut down and wait for
resources
P2R-142 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk macip-servers
Table 24 Server States
State Description
The ck_resource server verifies that at least one client range is available If not it
deregisters NBP names and returns to the resource_wait state
del_server State at which all servers end In this state the server deregisters all
NBP names purges all clients and deallocates server resources
initial The state at which all servers start
resourcewait The server waits until client range for the server has been configured
send_confirms The server tickles active clients every minute deletes clients that have
not responded within the last minutes and checks IP and AppleTalk
interfaces used by MacIP server If the interfaces are down or have
been reconfigured the server restarts
server_start The server registers configured IPADDRESS and registers as
IPGATEWAY It then opens an ATP socket to listen for IP address
assignment requests sends NBP lookup requests for existing
IPADDRESSes and automatically adds clients with addresses within
of the one configured client ranges
server_up The server has registered Being in this state enables routing to client The ranges server now responds to IP address assignment requests
zone_wait The server waits until the configured AppleTalk zone name for the
server is up The server will remain in this state if no such zone has
been configured or if AppleTalk routing is not enabled
An asterisk in the first column represents any state An asterisk in the
second column represents return to the previous state
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk macip dynamic
appletalk macip server appletalk macip static
show appletalk interface
show appletalk traffic
AppleTalk Commands P2R-143 show appletalk macip4raffic
show appetak macip4raffic
the show To display statistics about MacIP traffic through the router use appletalk macip-traffic
privileged EXEC command
show appletalk macip-traffic
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Use the show appletalk macip-traffic command to obtain detailed breakdown of MacIP traffic
that is sent through router from an AppleTalk to an IP network The output from this command
differs from that of the show appletalk traffic command which shows normal AppleTalk traffic
generated received or routed by the router
Sample Display command The following is sample output from the show appletalk macip-traffic
Router show appletalk macip-traffic
MACIP Saistics MACIP_DDP_IN 11062 MACIPDDPIPOUT 10984 MACIP POP_NO CLIENT SERVICE 78 MACIP_IP_IN 7619 MACIP_IP_DDP_OUT 7619 MAC IP_SERVER_IN 62 MAC IP_SERVER_OtJT 52 MAC IP_SERVER_BAD_ATP 10 ACIP_SERVER_ASSIGN_IN 26 MACIP SERVER ASSIGN OUT 26 MAC IP_SERVER_INFO_IN 26 MAC IP_SERVER_INFO_OUT 26
Table 25 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 25 Show AppleTalk MacIP-Traffic Field Descripti9ns
Field Description
MACIP_DDP_IN Number of DDP packets received
that sent to the IP network MACIP_DDP_IP_OUT Number of DDP packets received were
MACIP_DDP_NO_CLIENT_ Number of DDP packets received for which there is no client SERVICE
MACIP_IP_IN Number of IP packets received
P2R-144 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk macip-traftic
Table 25 Show AppleTalk MacIP-Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
MACIP_IP_DDP_OUT Number of IP packets received that were sent to the AppleTalk network
MACIP_SERVER_IN Number of packets destined for MacIP servers
MACIP_SERVER_OUT Number of packets sent by MacIP servers
MACIP_SBRVER_BAD_ATP Number of MacIP allocation requests received with bad request
MACIP_SERVER_AS SIGN_IN Number of MacIP allocation requests received asking for an IP
address
MACIP_SERVER_ASSIGN_ Number of IP addresses assigned OUT
MACIP_SERVER_INFO_IN Number of MacIP packets received requesting server information
MACIP_SERVER_INFO_OUT Number of server information requests answered
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk traffic
AppleTalk Commands P2R-145 show appletalk name-cache show appetak namecache
To display list of NBP services offered by nearby routers and other devices that support NBP use
the show appletalk name-cache privileged EXEC command
show appletalk name-cache
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The show appletalk name-cache command displays the information currently in the NBP name cache
for allows and determine the status of associated device Support names you to easily identify any
This can be important in AppleTalk internetworks where node numbers are dynamically generated
You can authorize the show appletalk name-cache command to display any AppleTalk services of
interest in local zones This contrasts with the show appletalk nbp command which you use to
display services registered by routers
Sample Display command The following is sample output from the show appletalk name-cache
Router show appletalk name-cache
AppleTalk Name Cache Net Adr Skt Name Type Zone 4160 19 gatekeeper SNMP Agent Underworld 4160 19 254 gatekeeper.Ether4 ciscoRouter Underworld 4160 86 bones SNMP Agent Underworld 4160 86 72 131.108.160.78 IPADDRESS Underworld 4160 86 254 bones.Ethernet0 IPGATEWAY Underworld
Table 26 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 26 Show AppleTalk Name-Cache Field Descriptions
Field Description
Net AppleTalk network number or cable range
Adr Node address
Skt DDP socket number
Name Name of the service
P2R-146 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk name-cache
Table 26 Show AppleTalk Name-Cache Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
The Tipe Device type The possible types vary depending on the service
following are the Cisco server types
ciscoRouterServer is Cisco router
SNMP AgentServer is an SNMP agent
IPGATEWAYActive MacIP server names
IPADDRESSActive MacIP server addresses
Zone Name of the AppleTalk zone to which this address belongs
Related Commands commands You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related
show appletalk nbp
AppleTalk Commands P2R-147 show appletalk nbp
show appetaHk nbp
the contents of the the To display NBP name registration table use show appletalk nbp EXEC command
show appletalk nbp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The show command lets appletalk nbp you identify specific AppleTalk nodes It displays services
registered by the router In contrast use the show name-cache command to appletalk display any
AppleTalk services of interest in local zones
Routers with active AppleTalk interfaces register each interface separately The Cisco lOS software
interface generates unique NBP name by appending the interface type name and unit number to the
router name For example for the router named router that has AppleTalk enabled on Ethernet
interface in the zone Marketing the NBP registered name is as follows
router EthernetO ciscoRouter@Marketing
each interface on the router with indication Registering provides you an that the device is configured and operating properly
One is name registered for each interface Other service types are registered once for each zone
The Cisco lOS software the name if is disabled on the interface for deregisters NBP AppleTalk any reason
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show appletalk nbp command
Router show appletalk nbp
Net Adr Skt Name Type Zone 4160 211 254 pag.Etherneto ciscoRouter Low End SW Lab 4160 211 pag SNMP Agent Low End SW Lab 4172 84 254 pag.TokenRingo ciscoRouter LEE Tokenring 4172 84 pap SNMP Agent LEE Tokenring 200 75 254 myrouter Etherneti ciscoRouter Marketing
Table 27 describes the fields shown in the display as well as some fields not shown but that also may be displayed
P2R-148 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk nbp
Table 27 Show AppleTalk NBP Field Descriptions
Field Description
Net AppleTalk network number
Adr Node address
Skt DDP socket number
Name Name of the service
service The Tpe Device type The possible types vary depending on the
following are the Cisco server types
ciscoRouterCisco routers displayed by port
SNMP AgentSNMP agents displayed by zone if AppleTalk
SNMP-over-DDP is enabled
IPGATEWAYActive MacIP server names
IPADDRESSActive MacIP server addresses
Zone Name of the AppleTalk zone to which this address belongs
An asterisk in the right margin indicates that the name registration is
pending confirmation
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show appletalk name-cache
P2R-1 49 AppleTalk Commands show appletalk neighbors
show appHetk neghbors
To information display about the AppleTalk routers that are directly connected to any of the networks
to which this router is directly connected use the show appletalk neighbors EXEC command
show appletalk neighbors
Syntax Description
neighbor-address Optional Displays information about the specified neighbor router
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
If no neighbor address is specified this command displays information about all AppleTalk routers
The local router determines the AppleTalk network topology from its neighboring routers and learns
from them of the most other information it needs to support the AppleTalk protocols
Sample Displays
The is following sample output from the show appletalk neighbors command
Router show appletalk neighbors
AppleTalk neighbors 17037.2 anger.Etherneto/0 Ethernet0/0 uptime 83327 secs Neighbor is reachable as RTMP peer 17037.108 Ethernet0/0 uptime 83321 secs Neighbor is reachable as RTMP peer 17037.248 Etherneto/0 uptime 83330 secs Neighbor is reachable as RTMP peer 17046.2 anger.EthernetO/l Ethernet0/l uptime 83327 secs Neighbor is reachable as RTMP peer 17435.87 firewall .Ethernet0/0 EthernetO/3 uptime 83327 secs Neighbor is reachable as RTMP peer 17435.186 the-wall EthernetO Ethermet0/3 uptime 83324 secs Neighbor is reachable as RTMP peer 17435.233 teach-gw EthernetO Ethernet0/3 uptime 83324 sacs Neighbor is reachable as RTMP peer 17036.1 other-gw.Ethernets Ethernet0/5 uptime 83329 secs Neighbor is reachable as RTMP peer 4021.5 boojum.Hssi4/0 Hssil/0 uptime 104902 secs Neighbor has restarted time in 83311 Neighbor is reachable as static peer
P2R15O Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk neighbors
Table 28 describes the fields shown in this display Depending on the configuration of the well appletalk lookup-type and appletalk name-lookup-interval commands node name as as node address also may be shown in this display
Table 28 Show AppleTalk Neighbors Field Descriptions
Field Description
3186 AppleTalk address of the neighbor rooter
Ethernet0/0 Router interface through which the neighbor router can be reached
Cisco lOS uptime 1332806 Amount of time in hours minutes and seconds that the
software has received this neighboring routers routing updates
sees Time in seconds since the software last received an update from the
neighbor router
Indicates how the route to this learned Neighbor is reachable as RTMP neighbor was
peer
Neighbor is reachable as static
peer
is and number of times it has Neighbor is down Indicates whether neighbor up or dowli time in the format Neighbor has restarted time restarted in the specified interval displayed houisminutesseconds
command when the The following is sample output from the show appletalk neighbor you specify
AppleTalk address of particular neighbor
Router show appletalk neighbors 69.163
Neighbor 69.163 EthernetO uptime 2680052 last update secs ago We have sent queries for 299 nets via 214 packets Last query was sent 4061 secs ago We received 152 replies end extended replies We have received queries for 14304 nets in 4835 packets We sent 157 replies and 28 extended replies We received ZIP notifies We received obsolete ZIP commands We received miscellaneous ZIP commands We received unrecognized ZIP commands
We have received 92943 routing updates Of the 92943 valid updates 1320 entries were invalid We received routing update which were very late
Last update had extended and nonextended routes Last update detail old
of the Table 29 describes the fields shown in this display Depending on the configuration
node name as well as appletalk lookup-type and appletalk name-lookup-interval commands
node address can be shown in this display
Table 29 Show AppleTalk Neighbor Field DescriptionsSpecific Address
Field Description
address of the Neighbor 69163 AppleTalk neighbor
EthernetO Interface through which the router receives this neighbors routing
updates
of time and that the Cisco lOS uptime 2680052 Amount in hours minutes seconds
software has received this neighboring routers routing updates
AppleTalk Commands P2R-151 show appletalk neighbors
Table 29 Show AppleTalk Neighbor Field DescriptionsSpecific Address continued
Field Description
last update secs ago Time in seconds since the software last received an update from the
neighbor router
sent Number of queries queries sent to neighbor networks and the number of query
packets sent
Last sent Time query was in seconds since last query was sent
received replies Number of RTMP replies heard from this neighbor
extended replies Number of extended RTMP replies received from this neighbor
ZIP notifies Number of ZIP notify packets received from this neighbor
obsolete ZIP commands Number of nonextended-only obsolete ZIP commands received from
this neighbor
miscellaneous ZIP commands Number of ZIP commands for example UNI GZI and GMZ from
end systems rather than from routems
unrecognized ZIP commands Number of bogus ZIP packets received from this neighbor
routing updates Number of RMTP updates received from this neighbor
entries were invalid Of the routing update packets received from this neighbor the number of invalid entries discarded
Last update detail Of the routing update packets received from this neighbor the number
already known about
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk lookup-type appletalk name4ookup-interval
P2R152 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk remap
show appetaHk remap EXEC command To display domain remapping information use the show appletalk remap
show appletalk remap domain-number out from domain-network
Syntax Description
domain doma in-number Optional Number of an AppleTalk domain about which to
display remapping information It can be decimal integer from
through 1000000
in Optional Displays remapping information about inbound
packets that is on packets entering the local segment of the domain
out Optional Displays remapping information about outbound
packets that is on packets exiting from the local segment of the domain
network number to Optional Displays information about the or
cable range to which an address has been remapped
network from Optional Displays information about the original number or cable range
domain-network Optional Number of an AppleTalk network
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
and the show command all you omit all options keywords arguments appletalk remap displays remapping information about all domains
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1 53 show appletalk remap
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show appletalk remap command
Router show appletalk remap
AppleTalk Remapping Table
Domain Domain State Active
Direction IN
Domain NetCable Remapped to Status 100 100 Good
Direction OUT
Domain NetCable Remapped to Status 200 200 Good
Domain Domain State Active
Direction IN
Domain NetCable Remapped to Status
Direction OUT
Domain NetCable Remapped to Status 400 400 Good
100 100 401 401 Good
The is from the show following sample output appletalk remap command when you specify domain number
Router show appletalk remap domain
AppleTalk Remapping Table
Domain Domain State Active
Direction IN
Domain NetCable Remapped to Status 100 100 Good
Direction OUT
Domain NetCable Remapped to Status 201 201 Good
P2R-154 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk remap
The following is sample output from the show appletalk remap command to display inbound
remappings for AppleTalk network 100
Router show appletalk remap domain in from 100
AppleTalk Remapping Table
For the Remap 100 the Domain net is
Table 30 explains the fields shown in the display
Table 30 Show AppleTalk Remap Field Descriptions
Field Description
Domain Number of the AppleTalk IP domain
State State of the domain It can be either Active or Nonactive
Direction Indicates whether the mapping is an inbound one for packets entering
the local domain segment or an outbound one for packets leaving the
local domain segment
Domain Net Cable Network number or cable range that is being remapped
cable Remapped to Number or range of numbers to which network numhei or
range has been remapped
Status It can be one of the following values
UnassignedThe network number or cable range was just remapped
UnzippedThe rernapped network number or cable range is trying
to acquire zone list This state is possible for inbound remapped
network numbers only
SuspectThe Cisco lOS software suspects that it already has this
entry in the routing table and it is performing loop detection for
this entry This state is possible for inbound remappings only
GoodThe remapped entry has complete zone list and for
main table inbound remappings only it is in the routing
BadThe remapping entry is about to be deleted from the
remapping table
Related Commands
of related commands You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation
appletalk domain remap-range
AppleTalk Commands P2R-155 show appletalk route
show appHetaHk route
To display all entries or specified entries in the AppleTalk routing table use the show appletalk route EXEC command
show appletalk route llnetwork type number
Syntax Description
network Optional Displays the routing table entry for the specified network
number table entries for networks that type Optional Displays the routing
can be reached via the specified interface type and number
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
If you omit the arguments this command displays all entries in the routing table
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show appletalk route command for nonextended
AppleTalk network
Router show appletalk route
Codes RTMP derived EIGRP derived connected AURP proxy static routes in Internet Net 258 directly connected 1431 uses Ethernet0 zone Twilight Net via 258.179 sec uses EthernetO zone The Net 11 directly connected 472 uses Ethernetl zone No Parking Net 2154 via 258.179 sec 6892 uses EthernetO zone LocalTalk Net 1111 via 258.144 uses EthernetO no zone set state can be one of GGood SSuspect BBad
The following is sample output from the show appletalk route command for an extended AppleTalk network
Router show appletalk route
Codes RTMP derived EIGRP derived connected AURP proxy static routes in internet Net 10000 -10000 via 300.199 275 sec Ethernet2 zone France Net 890 via 4.129 eec EthernetO zone release lab Net 901 via 4.129 sec EthernetO zone Daves House Net 999-999 directly connected Serial3 zone Magnolia Estates Net 2003 via 80129 sec Ethernet4 zone Bldg-l3
P2R-156 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk route
The following is sample output from the show appletalk route command when AppleTalk load balancing is enabled The output displayed shows additional equal-cost path entries
Router show appletalk route
Codes RTMP derived EIGRP derived connected AURP proxy static 759 routes in internet Up to parallel paths allowed
The first zone listed for each entry is its default primary zone
Net 2020 via 60.172 eec Ethernetl/2 via 1010.68 sac Ethernetl/3 via 70.199 sec Ethernetl/5 zone zone20 Net 32-32 via 60172 eec Ethernetl/2 via 1010.68 sec Ethernetl/3 via 70.199 sec Ethernetl/5 Zone Executive Briefing Center Net 4343 via 60.172 eec Ethernetl/2 via 101068 sec Ethernetl/3 via 70.199 sac Ethernetl/5 zone ISBN Tunnel Net 57-57 via 60.172 sec Ethernetl/2 via 1010.68 sac Ethernetl/3 via 70.199 sac Ethernetl/5 zone zone-home-bumi
Table 31 describes the fields shown in the two displays as well as some fields not shown but that commands also may be displayed Depending on the configuration of the global configuration in this appletalk lookup-type and appletalk naine-lookup-interval node name may appear
display instead of node address
Table 31 Show AppleTalk Route Field Descriptions
Field Description
Codes Codes defining how the route was learned
RTMP derived Route learned from an RTMP update
EIGRP derived Route learned from an Enhanced IGRP update
Connected Directly connected network
AURP Route learned from an AURP update
Static Statically defined route
Proxy Proxy route Proxy routes are included in outgoing RTMP updates as
if they were directly connected routes although they are not really
directly connected since they are not associated with any interface
Whenever an NIBQ BrRq for the zone in question is generated by
in NBP is directed to anyone anywhere the internetwork an FwdReq
the The Phase router is any router connected to proxy route which
the only router directly connected converts the FwdReq to LkUps
which are understood by Phase routers and sends them to every
network in the zone
routes Number of routes in the table
Net Network to which the route goes
Net 999-999 Cable range to which the route goes
the directly connected Indicates that the network is directly connected to router
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1 57 show appletalk route
Table 31 Show AppleTalk Route Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
uses Fair estimate of the number of times route gets used It actually
indicates the number of times the route has been selected for use prior
to operations such as access list filtering
Ethernet Possible interface through which updates to the remote network will be sent
zone Name of zone of which the destination network is member
Number of hops to this network followed by the state of the link to
that network The state can be one of the following letters
GLink is good
SLink is suspect
BLink is bad
The state is determined from the routing updates that occur at
10-second intervals separate and nonsynchronized event occurs at
20-second intervals checking and flushing the ratings for particular
routes that have not been updated For each 20-second period that
passes with no new routing information rating changes from to
and then from to After minute with no updates that route is
flushed time the Cisco Every lOS software receives useful update
the status of the route in question is reset to Useful updates are
those advertising route that is as good or better than the one
currently in the table
When an AppleTalk route is poisoned by another router its metric gets
changed to poisoned that is 31 hops The software then will age this
route normally during holddown period during which the route will
still be visible in the routing table
via 258.179 Address of router that is the next hop to the remote network
via gatekeeper Node name of router that is the next hop to the remote network
sec Number of seconds that have elapsed since an RIvITP update about
this network was last received
The is from following sample output the show appletalk route command when you specify network number
Router show appletalk route 69
Codes RTMP derived EIGRP derived connected AURP proxy static
The first zone listed for eech entry is its default primary zone
Net 6969 via gatekeeper sec EthernetO zone Empty Guf Route installed 1252021 updated secs ago Next hop gatekeeper hops away Zone list provided by gatekeeper Route has been updated since last RTMP was sent Valid zones Empty Cuf
P2R158 Network Protocos Command Reference Part show appletalk route
Table 32 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 32 Show AppleTalk Route Field Descriptions-Specified Network
Field Description
Codes Codes defining how the route was learned
RTMP derived Route learned from an RTMP update
EIGRP derived Route learned from an Enhanced IGRP update
Connected Directly connected network
AURP derived Route learned from an AURP update
Proxy Proxy route
Static Static route routes in internet Number of routes in the Apple Talk internet
Net Cable range to which the route goes This is the number of the
network you specified on the show appletalk route command line
Number of hops to this network followed by the state of the link to
that network The state can be one of the following letters
GLink is good
SLink is suspect
BLink is bad
The state is determined from the routing updates that occur at
10-second intervals separate and nonsynchronized event occurs at
20-second intervals checking and flushing the ratings for particular
routes that have not been updated For each 20-second period that
passes with no new routing information rating changes from to
and then from to After minute with no updates that route is
flushed Every time the Cisco lOS software receives useful update
the status of the route in question is reset to Useful updates are
those advertising route that is as good or better than the one
currently in the table
When an AppleTalk route is poisoned by another router its metric gets
changed to poisoned that is 31 hops The software then will age this
route normally during holddown period during which the route will
still be visible in the routing table
via gatekeeper Address or node name of router that is the next hop to the remote network
sec Number of seconds that have elapsed since an RMTP update about
this network was last received
EthernetO Possible interface through which updates to the remote network will be sent zone Empty Guf Name of zone of which the destination network is member
Route installed 1252021 Length of time in hours minutes and seconds since this route was
first learned about
Time since the software received for this route updated secs ago in seconds an update
Next hop gatekeepei Address or node name of the router that is one hop away
of the network in the show route hops away Number hops to specified appletalk command line
AppleTalk Commands P2R-159 show appletalk route
Table 32 Show AppleTalk Route Field DescriptionsSpecified Network continued
Field Description
Zone list provided by gatekeeper Address or node name of the router that provided the zone list
included with the RTMP update
Route has been updated since last Indicates whether the software has received routing update from
RTMP was sent neighboring router since the last time the software sent an RTMP
update for this route
Valid zones Empty Gut Zone names that are valid for this network
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk lookup-type
appletalk maximum-paths
appletalk name-lookup-interval
appletalk proxy-nbp
clear appletalk route
P2R-1 60 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk sockets
show appHetak sockets
To display all information or specified information about process-level operation in the sockets of
an AppleTalk interface use the show appletalk sockets privileged EXEC command
show appletalk sockets
Syntax Description
socket-n umber Optional Displays information about the specified socket number
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
If no socket number is specified this command displays information about all sockets
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show appletalk sockets command when you do not specify socket number
Router show appletalk sockets
Socket Name Owner Waiting/Processed RTMP AT RTMP 148766 NIS AT NEP 15642 AEP AT Maintenance ZIP AT ZIP 13619 SNMP ATSNMP
10 SMRP SMRP Input 56393 253 PingServ AT Maintenance
The following is sample output from the show appletalk sockets command when you do specify socket number
Router show appletalk sockets
ZIP AT ZIP 13619
Table 33 describes the fields shown in these displays
Table 33 Show AppleTalk Socket Field Descriptions
Field Description
Socket Socket number
Name Name of the socket
Owner Process that is managing communication with this socket
Waiting/Processed Number of packets waiting to be processed by the socket and number of
packets that have been processed by the socket since it was established
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1 61 show appletalk static
show appOetaHk stafic
To display information about the statically defined routes including floating static routes use the
show appletalk static EXEC command
show appletalk static
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show appletalk static command
Router show appletalk static
AppleTalk Static Entries
Network NextIR Zone Status
100109 1.10 ZonelOO 200 1.10 Zone200 300309 1.10 Zone300 AFloating
Table 34 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 34 Show AppleTalk Static Field Descriptions
Field Description
Network For an extended AppleTalk network the network range For nonextended AppleTalk network the network number
NextIR The next internetwork router
Zone The AppleTalk zone name
Status The status of the route which can be one of the following
AThe static route is active
AFloatingThe floating static route is active
N/AThe static route is not active
N/AFloatingThe floating static route is not active
P2R-162 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk static
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk static cable-range
appletalk static network
show appletalk neighbors
show appletalk route
AppleTalk Commands P2R 163 show appletalk traffic
show appHetak traffic
MacIP the show traffic To display statistics about AppleTalk traffic including traffic use appletalk EXEC command
show appletalk traffic
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
For MacIP traffic an IP alias is established for each MacIP client and for the IP address of the MacIP
server if it does not match an existing IP interface address To display the client aliases use the
show ip aliases command
Sample Display command The following is sample output from the show appletalk traffic
Router show appletalk traffic
AppleTalk statistics Rcvd 357471 total checksum errors 264 bad hop count 321006 local destination access denied for MaciP bad MaciP no client 13510 port disabled 2437 no listener ignored martians Ecast 191881 received 270406 sent Sent 550293 generated 66495 forwarded 1840 fast forwarded loopback forwarded from MaciP MaciP failures 436 encapsulation failed no route no source DDP 387265 long short macip bad size NBP 302779 received invalid proxies 57875 replies sent 59947 forwards 418674 lookups 432 failures RTMP 108454 received requests invalid 40189 ignored 90170 sent replies EIGRP received hellos updates replies queries sent hellos updates replies queries invalid ignored AURP Open Requests Router Downs Routing Information sent Routing Information received Zone Information sent Zone Information received Get Zone Nets sent Get Zone Nets received Get Domain Zone List sent Get Domain Zone List received
P2R-164 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk traffic
AppleTalk statistics bad sequence ATP received ZIP 13619 received 33633 sent 32 netinfo Echo received discarded illegal generated replies sent Responder received illegal unknown replies sent failures AARP 85 requests 149 replies 100 probes 84 martians bad encapsulation unknown 278 sent failures 29 delays 315 drops Lost no buffers Unknown packets Discarded 130475 wrong encapsulation bad SNAP discriminator
Table 35 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 35 Show AppleTalk Traffic Field Descriptions
Field Description
Rcvd This section describes the packets received
357741 total Total number of packets received
checksum errors Number of packets that were discarded because their DDP checksum
was incorrect The DDP checksum is verified for packets that are
directed to the router It is not verified for forwarded packets
264 bad Number of hop count packets discarded because they had traveled too many hops
321006 local destination Number of packets addressed to the local router
access denied Number of packets discarded because they were denied by an access
list
for MacIP Number of AppleTalk packets the Cisco lOS software received that
were encapsulated within an IP packet
bad MacIP Number of bad MacIP packets the software received and discarded These have been malformed packets may or may not have included destination address
no client Number of packets discarded because they were directed to
nonexistent MacIP client
13510 port disabled Number of packets discarded because routing was disabled for that
port extended AppleTalk only This is the result of configuration
error or packets being received while the software is in
verificationldiscovery mode
2437 no listener Number of packets discarded because they were directed to socket
that had no services associated with it
ignored Number of routing update packets ignored because they were from
misconfigured neighbor or because routing was disabled
martians Number of packets discarded because they contained bogus
information in the DDP header What distinguishes this error from the
others is that the data in the header is never valid as opposed to not
being valid at given point in time
Bcast Number of broadcast packets sent and received
191881 received Number of broadcast packets received
270406 sent Number of broadcast packets sent
AppleTalk Commands P2R165 show appletalk traffic
Table 35 Show AppleTalk Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
Sent Number of packets transmitted
550293 generated Number of packets generated
66495 forwarded Number of forwarded routes derived from packets using process switching
1840 fast forwarded Number of packets sent using routes from the fast-switching cache
loopback Number of packets that were broadcast out an interface on the router
for which the device simulated reception of the packet because the
interface does not support sending broadcast packet to itself The
count is cumulative for all interfaces on the device
forwarded from MacIP Number of IP packets forwarded that were encapsulated within an
AppleTalk DDP packet
MaciP failures Number of MacIP packets sent that were corrupted during the MacIP
encapsulation process
436 failed Number of encapsulation packets the router could not send because encapsulation failed This can happen because encapsulation of the DDP packet
failed or because AARP address resolution failed
no route Number of packets the router could not send because it knew of no
route to the destination
no source Number of packets the router sent when it did not know its own
address This should if is happen only something seriously wrong with
the router or network configuration
DDP This section describes DDP packets seen
387265 long Number of DDP long packets
short Number of DDP short packets
macip Number of IP packets encapsulated in an AppleTalk DDP packet that the router sent
bad size Number of packets whose physical packet length and claimed length differed
NBP This section describes NBP packets
302779 received Total number of NBP packets received
invalid Number of invalid NBP received Causes packets include invalid op code and invalid packet type
proxies of received Number NBP proxy lookup requests by the router when it
was configured for NBP pioxy transition usage
57875 sent replies Number of NBP replies sent
59947 forwards Number of NBP forward requests received or sent
418674 lookups Number of NBP lookups received
432 failures Generic counter that increments any time the NBP process experiences problem
RTMP This section describes RTMP packets
108454 received Total number of RTMP packets received
requests Number of RTMP requests received
P2R166 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk traffic
Table 35 Show AppleTalk Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
invalid Number of invalid RTMP packets received Causes include invalid op code and invalid packet type
40189 ignored Number of RTMP packets ignored One reason for this is that the
interface is still in discovery mode and is not yet initialized
90170 sent Number of RTMP packets sent
replies Number of RTMP replies sent
EIGRP This section describes Enhanced IGRP packets
received Number of EIGRP packets received
hellos Number of EIGRP hello packets received
updates Number of EIGRP update packets received
replies Number of EIGRP reply packets received
Number of EIGRP queries query packets received
sent Number of EIGRP packets sent
hellos Number of EIGRP hello packets sent
updates Number of EIGRP update packets sent
replies Number of EIGRP reply packets sent
queries Number of EIGRP query packets sent
invalid Number of invalid EIGRP packets sent
ignored Number of packets ignored as result of invalid IEGRP packets received
ATP This section describes ATP packets
received Number of ATP packets the router received
ZIP This section describes ZIP packets
13619 received Number of ZIP packets the router received
33633 sent Number of ZIP packets the router sent
32 netinfo Number of packets that requested port configuration via ZIP
GetNetlnfo requests These are commonly used during node startup
and are occasionally used by some AppleTalk network management
software packages
Echo This section describes AEP packets
received Number of AEP packets the router received
discarded Number of AEP packets the router discarded
of illegal Number illegal AEP packets the router received
generated Number of AEP packets the router generated
replies sent Number of AEP replies the router sent
Responder This section describes Responder Request packets
received Number of Responder Request packets the router received
illegal Number of illegal Responder Request packets the router received
unknown Number of Responder Request packets the router received that it did
not recognize
AppleTalk Commands P2R-167 show appletalk traffic
Table 35 Show AppleTalk Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
replies sent Number of Responder Request replies the router sent
failures Number of Responder Request replies the router could not send
AARP This section describes AARP packets
85 requests Number of AARP requests the router received
149 replies Number of AARP replies the router received
100 probes Number of AARP probe packets the router received
84 martians Number of AARP packets the router did not recognize If you start
seeing an inordinate number of martians on an interface check
whether bridge has been inserted into the network When bridge is
starting up it floods the network with AARP packets
bad encapsulation Number of AARP packets received that had an unrecognizable
encapsulation
unknown Number of AARP packets the router did not recognize
278 sent Number of AARP packets the router sent
failures Number of AARP packets the router could not send
29 delays Number of AppleTalk packets delayed while waiting for the results of
an AARP request
315 drops Number of AppleTalk packets dropped because an AARP request
failed
buffers Lost no Number of packets lost because of lack of buffer space
Unknown packets Number of packets whose protocol could not be determined
Discarded This section describes the number of packets that were discarded
130475 wrong encapsulation Number of packets discarded because they had the wrong
encapsulation.That is nonextended AppleTalk packets were on an
extended AppleTalk network or vice versa
bad SNAP discrimination Number of packets discarded because they had the wrong SNAP
discriminator This occurs when another AppleTalk device has
implemented an obsolete or incorrect packet format
AURP This section describes AppleTalk Update Routing Protocol packets
open requests Total number of open requests
iouter downs Number of router down packets received
routing information sent Number of routing information packets sent
routing information received Number of routing information packets received
zone information sent Number of ZIP packets sent
zone information received Number of ZIP packets received
get zone nets sent Number of get zone network packets sent requesting zone
information
get zone nets received Number of get zone network packets received requesting zone
information
get domain zone list sent Number of get domain zone list packets sent requesting domain zone
list information
P2R-168 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk traffic
Table 35 Show AppleTalk Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
domain get zone list received Number of get domain zone list packets received requesting domain
zone list information
bad sequence Number of AURP packets received out of sequence
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear appletalk traffic
show appletalk macip-traffic
show ip aliases
AppleTalk Commands P2R-169 show appletalk zone
show appetak zone
the To display all entries or specified entries in the zone information table use show appletalk zone EXEC command
show appletalk zone
Syntax Description
zone-name Optional Displays the entry for the specified zone
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
If no zone name is specified the command displays all entries in the zone information table
You can use this command on extended and nonextended networks
zone name can be associated with multiple network addresses or cable ranges or both There is not one-to-one correspondence between zone name and LAN zone name may correspond to
one or more networks LANs or network interfaces This means that zone name will effectively
in the replace multiple network addresses in zone filtering This is reflected output of the show
appletalk zone command For example the zone named Mt View in the following sample display
is associated with two network numbers and four cable ranges
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show appletalk zone command
Router show appletalk zone
Name Networks Gates of Hell 666 66 Engineering 2929 40424042 customer eng 1919 CISCO IP 41404140 Paves House 3876 3924 5007 Narrow Beam 40134013 40234023 40374037 40384038 Low End SW Lab 6160 41724172 95559555 41604160 Tirn naOg 199 19 Mt View 70107010 7122 7142 70207020 70407040 70607060 Mt View 7152 70507050 UDP 111212 Empty Guf 69-69 Light 80 europe 2010 3010 3034 5004 Bldg-13 4032 5026 61669 3012 3025 3032 5025 5027 Bldg-17 3004 3024 5002 5006
P2R-170 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show appletalk zone
The is from the show following sample output appletalk zone command when you specify zone name
Router show appletalk zone CISCO IF
AppleTalk Zone Information for CISCO IP Valid for nets 4140-4140 Not associated with any interface Not associated with any access list
Table 36 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 36 Show AppleTalk Zone Field DescriptionsSpecific Zone Name
Field Description
AppleTalk Zone Information for Name of the zone CISCO IP
Valid for nets 4140-4140 Cable ranges or network numbers assigned to this zone
Not associated with any interface Interfaces that have been assigned to this zone
Not associated with any access list Access lists that have been defined for this zone
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk zone
AppleTalk Commands P2R-171 show smrp forward
show smrp forward
all entries entries in the the To display or specific SMRP forwarding table use show smrp forward EXEC command
show smrp forward
Syntax Description
appletalk Optional Displays SMRP forwarding table entries for all
AppleTalk networks Currently SMRP services are supported over AppleTalk only
group-address Optional SMRP group address All members of group listen for
multicast packets on this address
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 110
The SMRP forwarding table describes the relationship between the SMRP router and the distribution
for each tree SMRP group on the internetwork An SMRP router has an entry in this table for every
SMRP group for which the router is forwarding data When data for an SMRP group arrives on the
parent interface it is forwarded to each child interface
Looking at child and parent interfaces in relation to members of an SMRP group child interface
is neighbor that is farther away from the SMRP creator node and parent interface is one that is
closer to the creator node
If no SMRP group address is specified then the show smrp forward command displays information
for all entries in the SMRP forwarding table For all entries the show smrp forward command
displays the SMRP group address the state of the SMRP group the parent interface and address and
one or more child interfaces and addresses
If an SMRP group address is specified the command displays additional information for that group
showing the child count the time elapsed since the entry was updated and the next poll time
Note Because SMRP is currently supported over AppleTalk networks only sample output resulting
from the show smrp forward command is the same as output from the show smrp forward
appletalk command
P2R-172 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show smrp forward
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show smrp forward command showing all entries
Router show smrp forward
SMRP Forwarding Table
Group State Parent Child Address Interface Address Interface Address
AT 12 Fwd Ethernet2 20.3 Ethernet3 30.2
AT 10.1 Fwd Ethernet2 20.4 Ethernet4 40.2 AT 30.1 Fwd Ethernet3 30.1 Ethernet2 20.2
The following is sample output from the show smrp forward command with the appletalk keyword
and an SMRP group address specified
Router show smrp forward appletalk 10.1
Group State Parent Child Address Interface Address Interface Address
AT 10.1 Fwd Ethernet2 20.4 Ethernet4 40.2
Child count Elapsed update time 011532
Next po11 time eec
Table 37 describes the fields shown in the displays
Table 37 Show SMRP Forwarding Field Descriptions
Field Description
Group Address Address of the SMRP group
State State of the group Possible states are as follows
JoinJoining the group
FwdForwarding data
LeaveLeaving the group
Parent Interface Interface that receives data to be forwarded
Parent Address Address of the parent interface
Child Interface One or more interfaces to which data is forwarded
Child Address Address of the interface
for Child Count For specific SMRP group address the number of children the
group
Elapsed update time Time elapsed since the last change was made to the forwarding entry
Next poli time Time remaining before polling all child members
AppleTalk Commands P2R-173 show smrp globals
show smrp gobas
To display global information about SMRPsuch as whether SMRP is enabled and running and
for of used the settings timers most which are internallyuse show smrp globals EXEC command
show smrp globals
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show smrp globals command
Router show smrp globals
SMRP global information SMRP is running Maximum number of retries for requests is times Request transactions are sent every 10 seconds Response transactions are sent every 100 seconds Creators are polled every 60 seconds Members are polled every 30 seconds Hellos are sent every 10 seconds Neighbors are down after not being heard from for 30 seconds Poisoned routes purged after 60 seconds Primary requests sent every second Secondary requests sent every second
Table 38 describes the global information shown in the display
Table 38 Show SMRP Globals Field Descriptions
Field Description
SMRP is running SMRP is enabled
Maximum number of retries for This value is used internally
requests is
Request transactions are sent every This timer is used internally
10 seconds
Response transactions are sent This timer is used internally This is variable value that is determined
every 100 seconds by the following formula
request-interval maximum-retries
Creators 60 are polled every Identifies how often the Cisco lOS software polls the SMRP group
seconds creator This timer is used internally
P2R-174 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show smrp globals
Table 38 Show SMRP Globals Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
Members are polled every 30 Identifies how often the software polis the SMRP group members seconds This timer is used internally
Hellos are sent every 10 seconds Identifies how often the software sends hello packets to its neighbors
Neighbors are down after not Identifies the time in seconds that elapses after which neighbors that being heard from for 30 seconds are not heard from are assumed to be down
Poisoned routes are purged after Poisoned routes are bad route having distance of 255 hops 60 seconds
from Primary requests sent every Primary requests are requests secondary router requesting to
second become the primary router Only secondary router can become
primary router
Secondary requests sent eveiy Secondary requests are requests from router in normal operation
second mode requesting to become secondary router Only router in
normal mode can become secondary router
AppleTalk Commands P2R-175 show smrp group
show smrp group
To display all entries or specific entries in the SMRP group table use the show smrp group EXEC command
show smrp group
Syntax Description
appletalk Optional Displays SMRP group table entries for all AppleTalk
networks Currently SMRP services are supported over AppleTalk networks only
group-address Optional SMRP group address
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 110
If no SMRP group address is specified the command displays the group address the state and the
and child information for all entries in the table If parent SMRP group group address is specified
the command the standard information additional information displays plus for that group showing
the child count the elapsed update time and the next poll time
Note Because is SMRP currently supported over AppleTalk networks only sample output resulting
from the show smrp group command is the same as output from show smrp group appletalk command
An address SMRP group is an address that is based on the local network address of the network to which the creator of the SMRP group belongs
Sample Displays
The is from the show following sample output smrp group command showing all group table entries
Router show amrp group
SMRP Group Table Group Creation Next Creator Address Time Poll Interface Address
AT 30.1 00437 22 Ethernet3 30.1 AT 40.2 00435 24 Ethernet4 40.1 AT 40.1 00436 23 Ethernet4 40.1
P2R-176 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show smrp group
The following is sample output from the show smrp group command with the appletalk keyword and an SMRP group address specified
Router show smrp group appletalk 40.2
SMRP Group Table Group Creation Next Creator Address Time Poll Interface Address
AT 40.2 00558 Ethernet4 40.1
Table 39 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 39 Show SMRP Group Field Descriptions
Field Description
Group Address SMRP group address AT signifies that this is an AppleTalk network
group
Creation Time Elapsed time since the group was created in hours minutes and seconds hh.minss
Next Poll Time remaining until the next check is performed to determine if the
creator is still active
Creator Interface Interface that the creator of the SMRP group is on
Creator Address Address of the creator
AppleTalk Commands P2R-177 show smrp mcache
show smrp mcache
To display the SMRP fast-switching cache table use the show smrp mcache EXEC command
show smrp mcache
Syntax Description
appletalk Optional Displays the SMRP fast-switching cache table entries
for all AppleTalk network groups Currently SMRP services are
supported over AppleTalk only
group-address Optional SMRP group address Use this argument to display only
this groups fast-switching cache table entry
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
An router has in its table for SMRP an entry forwarding every SMRP group for which the router
forwards data For each group the forwarding table lists the parent interface and address and one or
more child interfaces and addresses When data for an SMRP group arrives on the parent interface
the router forwards it to each child interface The SMRP fast-switching cache table specifies whether
or not to fast switch SMRP data packets out the interfaces specified by the forwarding table
Use show smrp mcache command to view the SMRP fast-switching cache table The command
which interfaces displays are fast-switch enabled If parent interface is not fast-switch enabled
then there is in no entry row the table If child interface is not fast-switch enabled then it is not
in the list of child interfaces for an entry in the table
If do you not specify an SMRP group address then the show smrp mcache command displays
information for all entries in the cache table If SMRP fast-switching you specify an SMRP group the address command displays cache entries for only that group
SMRP fast-switching is enabled by default
P2R178 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show smrp mcache
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show smrp mcache command
Router show smrp mcache
SMRP Multicast Fast Switching Cache Group In Parent Child MAC Header Top Address Use Interface Interfaces Network Header Bottom
AT 11.121 EthernetO Ethernet3 090007400b7900000c1740db OOlfed750000002affO2OaOaOa
AT 11.122 EthernetO Ethernet3 090007400b7a00000c1740db OOlf47750000002affO2OaOaOa
AT 11.123 EthernetO Ethernetl 090007400b7b00000c1740d9 OOlfe77S000000l4ffO2OaOaOa Ethernet3 090007400b7b00000c1740db OOlffd750000002affO2OaOaOa
AT 11.124 EthernetO Ethernetl 090007400b7c00000c1740d9 OOlfef75000000l4ffO2OaOaOa
Table 40 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 40 Show SMRP Mcache Field Descriptions
Field Description
Group Address SMRP group address AT signifies that this is an AppleTalk network
group
In Use Router can use the cache entry to fast-switch packets
Router cannot use cache entiy to fast-switch packets Router
forwards packets via the process level
Parent Interface Interface that receives the SMRP data packet to send out The
interface must be fast-switch enabled
Child Interfaces One or more interfaces to which the SMRP data packet is sent At
least one of the child interfaces must be fast-switch enabled
header for fast-switch enabled child MAC Header Top MAC header and network only
interfaces Network Header Bottom
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear smrp mcache show smrp forward
AppleTalk Commands P2R-179 show smrp neighbor
show smrp neighbor
To all entries display or specific entries in the SMRP neighbor table use the show smrp neighbor EXEC command
show smrp neighbor
Syntax Description
appletalk Optional Displays SMRP neighbor table entries for all AppleTalk networks Currently SMRP services are supported over AppleTalk networks only
network-address Optional Network address of the neighbor router
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
neighbor is an router adjacent Neighboring routers keep track of one another by sending and
hello this receiving packets periodically Using method the Cisco lOS software can determine if it
has heard from neighbor router within certain amount of time The software creates an entry in
its neighbor table when it finds route The software maintains the neighboring entry indicating
among other information the current state of the The software neighbor updates the entry if the state of the router for neighbor changes example secondary router became primary router The
secondary router is the router that becomes the when the primary router primary router is no longer heard from
For all neighboring routers the show command smrp neighbor displays the address of the neighbor
the state of the its router neighbor interface the last time it was heard from its route version
number and whether or not routes need to be sent to the neighbor If the network address of specific
neighbor is given as command this information is parameter displayed for that neighbor router only
Note Because SMRP is networks currently supported overAppleTalk only sample output resulting from the show neighbor command is the from smrp same as output show smrpneighbor appletalk command
P2R-180 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show smrp neighbor
Sample Displays
is command SMRP The following sample output from the show smrpneighbor displaying neighbor
table entries for all neighbors
Router show smrp neighbor
SMRP Neighbor Table Last Neighbor State Interface Heard
20.3 Ethernet2 10.4 Etherneti 11.5 Etherneti
the show command with the The following is sample output from smrp neighbor appletalk of node keyword and the network address specific neighboring
Router show smrp neighbor appletalk 20.3
SMRP Neighbor Table Last Neighbor State Interface Heard
20.3 Ethernet2
Route version Ox0000000E Routes needed False
Table 41 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 41 Show SMRP Neighbor Field Descriptions
Field Description
Neighbor Network address of the neighbor router
State State of the neighbor Possible states are
Primary operation
Secondary operation
Normal operation
PN. Primary negotiation
SN. Secondary negotiation
-D- Down
Interface Interface to the neighbor router
heard from Last Heard Last time in seconds that the neighbor was
number is Route Version Route version number of the neighbor If the route version
be sent to less than the neighbors route version then the route will
that neighbor
if Route Needed True if routes need to be sent to the neighbor False not
P2R-1 81 AppleTalk Commands show smrp port
show smrp port
To display all entries or entries in the SMRP specific port table use the show smrp port EXEC command
show smrp port number
Syntax Description
appletalk SMRP Optional Displays port table entries for all AppleTalk networks Currently SMRP services are supported over AppleTalk networks only
type Optional Interface type
number Optional Interface number
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
For all SMRP ports the show smrp port command the interface of the displays SMRP port the current state of the port the network protocol type currently only AppleTalk is supported and its the address address of the primary router on the local the address of the network secondary router on the local network the current on the and the groups port last group on the port
If the interface of specific SMRP port is given this information is for displayed that port only
Note Because is SMRP currently supported overAppleTalk networks only sample output resulting the from show smrp port command is the same as from output show smrp port appletalk command
Sample Displays
The is from following sample output the show smrp port command
Router show sxnrp port
SMRP Port Table Interface State Network Type Address Primary Secondary
Ethernet2 2022 AT 20.2 20.2 20.3 Ethernet3 3033 AT 30.2 30.2 0.0 Ethernet4 4044 AT 40.3 40.2 40.0
P2R-182 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show smrp port
from the show command with the and The following is sample output smrp port appletalk keyword
the interface of specific port
Router show smrp port appletalk ethernet SMRP Port Table Interface State Network Type Address Primary Secondary
Ethernet2 20-22 AT 20.2 20.2 20.3 Current groups Last group
Table 42 describes the fields shown in the displays
Table 42 Show SMRP Port Field Descriptions
Field Description
Interface Interface of specific SMRP port
State Current state of the port Possible states are as follows
Primary operation
Secondary operation
Normal operation
PN. Prirnaiy negotiation
SN. Secondary negotiation
-D- Down
Network Network range
Tpe Network protocol type Currently only AppleTalk AT is supported
Address Network layer address
SMRP the local network Primary Address of the primary router on
SMRP the local network Secondary Address of the secondary router on
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
smrp protocol appletalk
AppleTalk Commands P2R-183 show smrp route
show smrp route
To display all entries or specific entries in the SMRP routing table use the show smrp route EXEC command
show smrp route type nuinberl
Syntax Description
appletalk Optional Displays SMRP route table entries for all AppleTalk
networks Currently SMRP services are supported over AppleTalk networks only
network Optional SMRP network range
type Optional Interface type
nwnber Optional Interface number
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
For all the SMRP routes show smrp route command displays the number of SMRP routes in the
internetwork For each it route shows the SMRP network range of the route the version of the route
the time since the elapsed route was updated the number of hops away the route is from the routes the number of origin hops away the route is from the tunnel origin the interface from which the
route was received and the router that sent the route
If specific network is this information is for that range given displayed network range only
If the interface is specified the routes that came from this interface are displayed
If the appletalk keyword is specified with or without an SMRP network range the number of SMRP routes in the internetwork is not specified Connected routes have hop value of and no address value
Note Because SMRP is networks currently supported over AppleTalk only sample output resulting from the show smrp port command is the same as output from show smrp port appletalk command
P2R-184 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show smrp route
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show smrp route command
Router show slurp route
SMRP Route Table
routes in Internet
Network Hop Tunnel Parent Interface Address
AT 1-1 Ethernet2 20.3 AT 1011 Ethernet2 20.3 AT 20-22 Ethernet2 AT 40-44 Ethernet4
The following is sample output from the show smrp route command with the appletalk keyword
and specific SMRP network number within an SMRP network range
Router show smrp route appletalk 21
Network Hop Tunnel Parent Interface Address
AT 2022 Ethernet2 20.3
Route version Ox0000000E Elapsed update time 002355
The following is sample output from the show smrp route command for specific interface
Router show smrp route appletalk ethernet
Network Hop Tunnel Parent Interface Address
AT 1-1 Ethernet2 20.3 AT 10-11 Ethernet2 20.3 AT 20-22 Ethernet2
Table 43 describes the fields shown in the displays
Table 43 Show SMRP Route Field Descriptions
Field Description
Network SMRP network range the route AT indicates that this is an
AppleTalk network
from Hop Number of hops away origin
Tunnel Number of hops away from the origin of this tunnel
Parent Interface Interface from which the route was received
Parent Address Address of the router that sent this route
Route version Version number of route If the route version is greater than the
neighbors route version then the route will be sent to that neighbor
Elapsed update time Time elapsed since the route was last updated
AppleTalk Commands P2R-185 show smrp traffic
show smrp traffic
To all entries or entries in display specific the SMRP traffic table use the show smrp traffic EXEC command
show traffic smrp group neighbor port route transaction
Syntax Description
all Optional Displays SMRP traffic for SMRP groups neighbors
ports routes and transactions
group Optional Displays SMRP traffic for SMRP groups
neighbor Optional Displays SMRP traffic for neighbors
port Optional Displays SMRP traffic for ports
route Optional Displays SMRP traffic for routes
transaction Optional Displays SMRP traffic for transactions
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
To display general SMRP statistics use the show smrp traffic command without keywords To display traffic for all of the defined categories by the keywords use the show smrp traffic all command To traffic for display specific category specify the command and the keyword for the category
Sample Displays
The is from following sample output the show smrp traffic all command
Router show amrp traffic all
SMRP statistics
Rcvd 350 total 99 hellos mc data fast handled 78 requests 127 confirms reject primaries secondaries notifies distance vectors create groups delete groups join groups leave groups 54 members
add group entries remove group entries locates tunnels
P2R-186 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show smrp traffic
Sent 547 total 307 hellos duplicate mc data mc data fast forwarded 176 requests 62 confirms rejects primaries secondaries notifies distance vector joins leaves 42 creators 81 members add group entries remove group entries Misc no buffers no forwards bad portids port downs bad versions runts bad packet types input errors
SMRP group statistics Groups added removed Forwards new recycled deleted Child Ports added freed
Misc range fulls not primary drops no routes
SMRP port statistics Ports new recycled deleted
SMRP route statistics Routes new recycled deleted Neighbor AT 20.3 received updates send updates received routes sent routes poisoned improved better parent interfaces worst parent interfaces better parent addresses worst parent addresses bad ranges overlaps
SMRP transaction statistics Requests new 135 recycled deleted freed timeouts 36 resends duplicates incomplete duplicates Responses 16 new 62 recycled freed deleted freed unexpected bad
Table 44 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 44 Show SMRP Traffic Field Descriptions
Field Description
SMRP Statistics
Rcvd
total Total number of SMRP packets received
hellos Number of hello packets received from neighbors
mc data Number of packets of multicast data received
fast handled Number of input packets handled by the SMRP fast switching function
requests Number of request transactions received from neighbors
confirms Number of confirm response transactions received
reject Number of reject response transactions received
AppleTalk Commands P2R-187 show smrp traffic
Table 44 Show SMRP Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
primaries Number of primary request packets received
secondaries Number of secondaiy request packets received
notifies Number of notify packets received router sends notify packet
when it becomes an SMRP primary secondary or normal router
router in normal operation mode can become secondary router and router in secondaiy operation mode can become primary router
distance vectors Number of route update packets received
create Number of groups create group packets received from the creator endpoint when it requests to create group
delete Number groups of delete group packets received These packets are sent when group is deleted
join groups Number ofjoin-group packets received These packets are sent when
members join group
leave groups Number of leave-group packets received These packets are sent when
members leave group
members Number of member-request packets for polling group members received
add entries Number of group packets received to add group entries
remove entries Number of group packets received to remove group entries
locates Number of locate packets received Endpoints send locate packets to
find the SMRP router on the local network
tunnels Number of SMRP tunnel packets received
Sent
total Total number of SMRP packets sent
hellos Number of hello packets sent to neighbors
mc data duplicate Number of packets of multicast data duplicated and forwarded
mc data Number of packets of multicast data forwarded
fast forwarded Number of packets that were fast-switched out of the fast-switch
enabled interface
requests Number of request transaction packets sent to neighbors
confirms Number of confirm responses sent
rejects Number of reject responses sent
primaries Number of primary request packets sent
secondaries Number of These secondary request packets sent are sent in attempt
to become the secondary router
notifies The number of notify packets sent router sends notify packet
when it becomes an SMRP primary secondary or normal router in router normal operation mode can become secondary router and
route in secondary operation mode can become primary router
distance vectors Number of route-update packets sent
joins Number of join-group packets sent These packets are sent when
members join group
P2R188 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show smrp traffic
Table 44 Show SMRP Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
leaves Number of leave-group packets sent These packets are sent when members leave group
creators Number of creator-request packets sent to poll the creator endpoint to
verify that it is still active
members Number of member request packets sent for polling group members
add entries Number of the group packets sent to secondary router to add group entries
remove entries Number of the group packets sent to secondary router to remove group entries
Misc
no buffers Number of times no system buffers available condition occurred
Memory allocation failure
no forwards Number of packets for which there was no entry in the forwarding table for the packets destination
bad Number portids of packets with invalid port IDs
downs port Number of packets for ports that were down
bad versions Number of packets with the wrong SMRP protocol version number
runts Number of truncated packet
bad packet types Number of packets with invalid type field values
input errors Number of packets received that failed network layer packet
validation
SMRP group statistics
Groups
added Number of groups added
removed Number of groups removed
Forwards
new Number of new entries created in the forwarding table
recycled Number of forwarding table entries that were recycled
deleted Number of forwarding table entries that were deleted
Child Ports
added Number of child ports added to the forwarding table entries
freed Number of child ports removed from the forwarding table entries
Misc
fulls Number of times range attempts were made to create SMRP groups after the range of available SMRP addresses was exhausted The number of
SMRP addresses group available equals the SMRP network range times 254
not primary drops Number of packets received and dropped because this router is not the SMRP primary router and therefore not responsible for the packets
no routes Number of times route to the creator endpoint was not found in the
routing table
AppleTalk Commands P2R-189 show smrp traffic
Table 44 Show SMRP Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
SMRP port statistics
Ports SMRP port traffic information
new Number of entries new port added to the SMRP port table
recycled Number of recycled port entries added to the SMRP port table
deleted Number of port entries deleted from the SMRP port table
SMRP route statistics
Routes Neighboi route statistics
new Number of new entries added to the SMRP routing table
Number of recycled recycled entries added to the SMRP routing table
deleted Number of entries deleted from the SMRP routing table
Neighbor AT AppleTalk neighbor information
received updates For each SMRP the number neighbor of distance vector routing
update packets received
sent updates For each SMRP the neighbor number of distance vector routing
update packets sent
received routes For each SMRP neighbor the number of routes received
sent routes For each SMRP neighbor the number of routes sent
poisoned Number of bad routes with 255 hops received in distance vector packets
improved Number of routes improved through updates received in distance
vector packets
better interfaces Number of parent times the Cisco lOS software switches to better parent
interface when tie condition exists tie exists when both routes have equal hop counts ties is broken by choosing the neighbor with
the higher network address
worst interfaces parent Number of times the software does not switch interfaces in tie
condition The software assesses tie between two interfaces to
choose the interface for the route when the hop count of both routes is
tie is broken equal by choosing the neighbor with the higher network address
better parent addresses Number of times this software wins tie to forward packet when tie condition exists tie condition occurs when two routers on the
same local net have routes to the packets destination with the same
hop count Whichever router has the highest network address wins and
forwards the packet
worst parent addresses Number of times this software loses tie to forward packet when
tie condition exists tie condition occurs when two routers on the
same local net have routes to the packets destination with the same
hop count Whichever router has the highest network address wins and
forwards the packet
bad Number of ranges times an invalid SMRP network range was received
overlaps Number of times an incoming SMRP network range overlapped with
an existing SMRP routing entry
P2R-190 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show smrp traffic
Table 44 Show SMRP Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
SMRP transaction statistics
Requests
new Number of new requests created
recycled Number of recycled requests
deleted Number of times data was allocated for requests
freed Number of times deleted requests are freed
timeouts Number of times requests timed out
resends Number of times requests were resent
duplicates Number of times processed request arrived
Number of times incomplete duplicates requests were received while in incomplete state
Responses
new Number of new responses created
recycled Number of recycled responses
freed Number of freed responses
deleted Number of times data was allocated for responses
freed Number of times deleted lesponses are freed
unexpected Number of unexpected responses
bad Number of bad responses
AppleTalk Commands P2R-191 smrp mroutecache protocol appletalk
smrp mroutecache protoco appetak
To enable SMRP on the fast-switching port use smrp mroute-cache protocol appletalk interface command configuration To disable SMRP fast-switching use the no form of the command
smrp mroutecache protocol appletalk
no smrp mroutecache protocol appletalk
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
By default is enabled all fast-switching on SMRP ports network protocol and interface comprise
an SMRP Fast the port switching improves throughput rate by processing incoming packets more than quickly process switching
SMRP uses the forwarding table to forward for packets particular SMRP group For each group
the table lists the interface forwarding parent and address and one or more child interfaces and
addresses When data for SMRP an group arrives on the parent interface the router forwards it to each child interface The SMRP fast-switching cache table specifies whether to fast switch SMRP
data out the interfaces packets specified by the forwarding table
fast SMRP switching requires that
parent port is fast-switch enabled
One or more child ports are fast-switch enabled
When the is fast-switch the parent port enabled system populates and validates fast-switching cache table when forwarding packets out child ports
To populate the cache table with fast-switching fast-switching information the first packets are switched the process Thus fast-switching cache table is populated with information about fast-switch enabled child When ports succeeding packets arrive the system uses the SMRP
cache table to fast switch the fast-switching packets out those child ports
If there are non-fast-switching in the then the ports forwarding table system process switches the packet out those ports
To validate the cache fast-switching table the system validates each cache entry when it forwards
the first packet out all child If cache is the ports entry validated router can use the entry to fast switch succeeding packets out the child ports
P2R-192 Network Protocols Command Reference Part smrp mroutecache protocol appletalk
If cache is invalidated the router cannot the entry use entry to fast switch packets The entry is removed from the fast-switching cache table and the router process switches packets out the child
cache is ports entry invalidated when one of these conditions is met
child endpoint leaves the SMRP group
child new endpoint joins the SMRP group
ports fast-switching configuration is enabled or disabled
port is restarted
Example
The following example disables SMRP fast-switching
no smrp mroute-cache protocol appletalk
AppleTalk Commands P2R-193 smrp protocol appletalk
smrp protoco appetaHk
multicast services available for the To make SMRP over AppleTalk specific interface use smrp
protocol appletalk interface configuration command To disable SMRP over AppleTalk for
specific interface use the no form of the command
smrp protocol appletalk beginning-end
no smrp protocol appletalk beginning-end
Syntax Description
network-range Optional SMRP network range for the interface We recommend
that you do not specify an SMRP network range When you omit
the range the Cisco lOS software uses the AppleTalk cable range configured for the interface as the SMRP network range If you
specify range it must fall within the SMRP network range
to 65535
beginning-end Optional The beginning and end of the SMRP network range for
this AppleTalk network If you specify range it must fall within
the SMRP network range to 65535
Default
SMRP is disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
SMRP supports point-to-multipoint multicasting of packets for AppleTalk networks This support
provides the capability of sending data from single source to multiple stations without having to
send duplicate copies of the data
The smrp protocol appletalk command configures SMRP support over an AppleTalk network on
an interface basis Before you use this command you must issue the smrp routing command to enable SMRP After you enable SMRP you can use this command to make SMRP services available
over AppleTalk for any number of individual interfaces
recommend that do We you not specify an SMRP network range for the AppleTalk network Because
the limit of the upper AppleTalk network range is 65535 AppleTalk network numbers always fit
within the SMRP network range SMRP network numbers are bytes long whereas AppleTalk
network numbers are bytes long If the AppleTalk network is nonextended network which is defined by single network number the AppleTalk network is mapped to the SMRP network range the number using single to define both ends of the range for example 65520-65520
To disable SMRP services for specific AppleTalk network use the no form of this command To disable SMRP services globally that is for all AppleTalk networks whose interfaces you have
configured for SMRP support issue the no smrp routing command
P2R-194 Network Protocols Command Reference Part smrp protocol appletalk
Examples
The following example enables SMRP globally and turns on SMRP support over AppleTalk for the current interface
smrp routing interface ethernet
smrp protocol appletalk
The following example disables SMRP over AppleTalk for the current interface
interface ethernet
no smrp protocol appletalk
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show smrp port
smrp routing
AppleTalk Commands P2R-195 smrp routing
smrp roufing
To enable the of the use multicast transport services provided by the SMRP use the smrp routing
global configuration command To disable SMRP services for all interfaces use the no form of this command
smrp routing no smrp routing
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
SMRP is disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
Currently SMRP services are supported over AppleTalk only The smrp routing command enables the use of To enable for SMRP SMRP an AppleTalk network over specific interface you must use the smrp protocol appletalk interface configuration command after you issue this command The smrp routing command has no effect until you enable SMRP at the interface level
Examples
The following example enables SMRP
smrp routing
The following example disables SMRP
no smrp routing
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
smrp protocol appletalk
P2R-196 Network Protocols Command Reference Part test appletalk
test appHetak
To enter the test mode use the test appletalk privileged EXEC command
test appletalk
Syntax Description
This command hasno arguments or keywords
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Use the test appletalk command to enter test mode From test mode you can test the NBP protocol
The following display shows how to enter Appletalk test mode
Router test appletalk Routeratalk Lest
Type to display the following list of test options
Router atalk Lest end Exit AppleTalk Lest mode nbp AppleTalk NBP Lest commands
Use the test appletalk command with the nbp options to test and to perform informational lookups
of NBP-registered entities Use the NBP options when you find that AppleTalk zones are listed in
the Chooser but services in these zones aie unavailable
Tpe nbp to learn what NBP test commands you can use
Routeratalk LesL nbp nbp confirm send out an NBP confirm packet to the specified entity nbp lookup lookup an NVE prompt for name type and zone nbp parameters display/change lookup parms ntimes ncecs interval nbp poll for every zone lookup all devices using default print command list end exit nbptest
The following list summarizes the nbp test commands you can use
nbp confirmSends out an NBP confirm packet to the specified entity
nbp lookupSearches for NBP entities in specific zone
nbp parametersSets the parameters used in subsequent lookup and pool tests
nbp pollSearches for all devices in all zones
Displays the list of nbp tests
endExit from the nbp test commands
The remainder of this section shows and explains the syntax and output of the various NBP test commands
AppleTalk Commands P2R-1 97 test appletalk
of the character When running any NBP tests you specify nonprinting by entering
three-character string that is the hexadecimal equivalent of the character For example type to
specify the test appletalk truncation wildcard
This is the syntax of the nbp confirm command
nbp confirm appletalk-address jskt object type @zone
The syntax description is
appletalk-address AppleTalk network address in the form network.node The
16-bit number in the argument network is the network range to
node number in the 65279 The argument node is the 8-bit range
to 254 Both numbers are decimal
skt Optional Name of socket
objecttype Name of device and the type of service The colon between
object and type is required
@zone Name of the AppleTalk zone where the entity objecttype resides
Sample Display
The following is sample output of the nbp confirm command In this example the test sends
confirm packet to the entity ciscoRourer in zone Engineering
Routeratalk test nbp confirm 24279.173 mymacAFpServer@Engineering confirmed my-macAFPServer@Engineering at 24279nl73a250s
This is the syntax of the nbp lookup command
nbp lookup objecttype@zone
Syntax description
objecttype Name of device and the type of service The colon between
object and type is required
@zone Name of the AppleTalk zone where the entity objecttype resides
The following is sample output of the nbp lookup command
Routeratalk test nbp lookup macintoshc5@engineering lOOn50a253s userAMacintosh IIcx@engineering lOOn16a25ls userBMacintosh II@engineering 200n24a253s userCMacintosh IIci@engineering 200n36a25ls userDMacintosh II@engineering 300n21a252s userEMacintosh SE/30@engineering test appletalk lockup request timed out Processed replies events
Table 45 describes the fields shown in the display
P2R-198 Network Protocols Command Reference Part test appletalk
Table 45 Test AppleTalk NBP Lookup Field Descriptions
Field Description
DDP lOOn50a253s AppleTalk address of the registered entity in the format node network address and socket number The number in brackets is
either the current value of the field this is if the first time you have
invoked or the value the field nbptest had the last time you invoked nbptest
userAMacintosh NBP enumeratorNBP entity string of the registered entity hex @engineering
test appletalk lookup request timed Indicates whether replies were heard within the timeout interval out
Processed replies events Number of NBP replies received
This is the syntax of the nbp parameters command
nbp parameters retransrnissions replies interval
Syntax description
retransmissions Maximum number of lookup retransmissions This is number
from to The default value is
Maximum number of replies replies to accept for each lookup This is
number from ito 500 The default is
interval in Interval seconds between each retry This value is from
to 60 seconds The default is seconds
The is following sample output of the iibp parameters command In this example the maximum
number of retransmission is the maximum number of replies is 100 and there are 10 seconds
between each retry
Routeratalk LesL nbp parameters 100 10
The nbp command has no The poll keywords or arguments following display shows sample output from the nbp poll command
Routeratalk test nbp poll poll sent lookups lOOn82a252s userAMacintosh IIci@Zone one 200n75a254s userEMacintosh IIcx@Zone two test appletalk polling completed Processed replies events
Table 46 describes the fields shown in the display
AppleTalk Commands P2R-199 test appletalk
Table 46 Test AppleTalk NBP Poll Field Descriptions
Field Description
poll Number of lookups the command sent
lOOn82252s AppleTalk DDP address of the registered entity in the format
network node address and socket number The number in brackets is
either the current value of the field if this is the first time you have
invoked nbptest or the value the field had the last time you invoked nbptest
userAMacintosh IIci@Zone one NBP enumeratorNBP entity string of the registered entity
test appletalk polling completed Indicates that the polling completed successfully
Processed replies events Number of NBP replies received
The enables following example appletalk nbp polling command which does not use any keywords or arguments
Router atalk test nbp poll
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
test flash
test interfaces
test memory
P2R-200 Network Protocols Command Reference Part tunnel mode tunn mode
To the set encapsulation mode for the tunnel interface use the tunnel mode interface configuration
command To set to the default use the no form of this command
tunnel mode aurp cayman dvmrp eon gre ip nos no tunnel mode
Syntax Description
aurp AppleTalk Update Routing Protocol AURP
cayman Cayman TunnelTalk AppleTalk encapsulation
dvmrp Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol DVMRP
eon EON-compatible Connectionless Network Service CLNS tunnel
gre ip Generic routing encapsulation GRE protocol over IP
nos KA9QINOS compatible IP over IP
Default
GRE tunneling
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.2
You cannot have two tunnels using the same encapsulation mode with exactly the same source and
destination address The workaround is to create loopback interface and source packets off of the
loopback interface
Cayman tunneling implements tunneling as designed by Cayman Systems This enables our routers
to interoperate with Cayman GatorBoxes With Cayman tunneling you can establish tunnels between two routers or between our router and GatorBox When using Cayman tunneling you
must not the tunnel with network configure an AppleTalk address This means that there is no way
to ping the other end of the tunnel
Use when mrouted DVMRP router connects to router to run DVMRP over tunnel It is required to configure Protocol Independent Multicast PIM and an IP address on DVMRP tunnel
Generic route encapsulation GRE tunneling can be done between our routers only When using GRE tunneling for AppleTalk you configure the tunnel with an AppleTalk network address This means that you can ping the other end of the tunnel
AppleTalk Commands P2R-201 tunnel mode
Examples
The following example enables Cayman tunneling
interface tunnel tunnel source ethernet tunnel destination 131.108.164.19 tunnel mode cayman
The following example enables GRE tunneling
interface tunnel appletalk cable-range 4160-4160 4160.19 appletalk zone Engineering tunnel source ethernetO tunnel destination 131.108.164.19
tunnel mode gre ip
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk cable-range
appletalk zone tunnel destination
tunnel source
P2R-202 Network Protocols Command Reference Part tunnel source
tunn source
To set tunnel interfaces source address use the tunnel source interface configuration command
To remove the source address use the no form of this command
tunnel source ip-address type number no tunnel source
Syntax Description
ip-address IP address to use as the source address for packets in the tunnel
type All interface types
number Specifies the port connector or interface card number The numbers are
assigned at the factory at the time of installation or when added to system
and can be displayed with the show interfaces command
Default
No tunnel interfaces source address is set
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.2
You cannot have two tunnels using the same encapsulation mode with exactly the same source and
destination address The workaround is to create loopback interface and source packets off of the
loopback interface
When using tunnels to Cayman boxes you must set the tunnel source to an explicit IP address on the same subnet as the Cayman box not the tunnel itself
Examples
The following example enables Cayman tunneling
interface tunnel0 tunnel source etheret0 tunnel destination 131.108.164.19 tunnel mode cayman
The following example enables GRE tunneling
interface tunnelO appletalk cable-range 4160-4160 4160.19 appletalk zone Engineering tunnel source ethernet0 tunnel destination 131.108.164.19
tunnel mode gre ip
AppleTalk Commands P2R-203 tunnel source
Reated Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
appletalk cable-range
appletalk iptalk
appletalk zone
tunnel mode
P2R-204 Network Protocols Command Reference Part Novefi NPX Commands
Novell Internet Packet Exchange IPX is derived from the Xerox Network Systems XNS Internet
Datagram Protocol IDP One major difference between IPX and XNS is that they do not always use the same Ethernet encapsulation format second difference is that IPX uses Novells proprietary Service Advertising Protocol SAP to advertise special network services
Our implementation of Novells IPX protocol has been certified as providing full IPX router functionality
Use the commands in this chapter to configure and monitor Novell IPX networks For IPX information and configuration examples refer to the Configuring Novell IPX chapter in the
Network Protocols Configuration Guide Part
Note For all commands that previously used the keyword novell this keyword has been changed to ipx You can still use the keyword novell in all commands
Novell IPX Commands P2R-205 access-list extended accessUst extended
To define an extended Novell IPX access list use the extended version of the access-list global
configuration command To remove an extended access list use the no form of this command
access-list access-list-number deny permit protocol
source-node-mask source-network-mask.source-node-maskI
destination-node-mask
-node destination-neiwork-mask.destination-node-maskJ -socket
no access-list access-list-number deny permit protocol source-node-mask souice-network-mask.source-node-mask network destination -node-mask
-node destination-nelwork-mask.destination-node-maskl
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is number from 900 to 999
deny Denies access if the conditions are matched
permit Permits access if the conditions are matched
protocol Name or number of an IPX protocol type This is sometimes referred to as the packet type Table 47 in the Usage
Guidelines section lists some IPX protocol names and numbers
source-network Optional Number of the network from which the packet is
being sent This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that
uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be number
in the range to FFFFFFFE network number of matches
the local network network number of -1 matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network
number for example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
source-node Optional Node on source-network from which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet
of four-digit hexadecimal numbers .tvxx.xxxx.xxxx
source-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to source-node This is 48-bit
value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal
numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx Place ones in the bit positions you want to mask
source-network-mask Optional Mask to be applied to source-network This is an
eight-digit hexadecimal mask Place ones in the bit positions
you want to mask
The mask must immediately be followed by period which
must in turn immediately be followed by source-n ode-mask
P2R-206 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list extended
source-socket Optional Socket name or number hexadecimal from which
the packet is being sent Table 48 in the Usage Guidelines
section lists some IPX socket names and numbers
destination.network Optional Number of the network to which the packet is being
sent This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely
identifies network cable segment It can be number in the
range ito FFFFFFFE network number of matches the local
network network number of matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
.destination-node Optional Node on destination-network to which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet
of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
destination-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to destination-node This is
48-bit value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit
hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.Lrxx Place ones in the bit
positions you want to mask
destination-network-mask Optional Mask to be applied to destination-network This is an
eight-digit hexadecimal mask Place ones in the bit positions
you want to mask
The mask must immediately be followed by period which
must in turn immediately be followed by
destination node-mask
destination-socket Optional Socket name or number hexadecimal to which the
packet is being sent Table 48 in the Usage Guidelines section
lists some IPX socket names and numbers
log Optional Logs IPX access control list violations whenever
packet matches particular access list entry The information
logged includes source address destination address source
socket destination socket protocol type and action taken permit/deny
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
first in This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0 The log keyword appeared Cisco lOS Release 11.2
Extended IPX access lists filter on protocol type All other parameters are optional
Novell IPX Commands P2R-207 access-list extended
If network mask is used all other fields are required
Use the ipx command to list access-group assign an access to an interface You can apply only one
extended or one standard access list to interface The an access list filters all outgoing packets on the interface
Note For some versions of the field is NetWare protocol type not reliable indicator of the type of
packet encapsulated by the IPX header In these cases use the source and destination socket fields
to make this determination For additional information contact Novell
Table 47 lists IPX some protocol names and numbers Table 48 lists some IPX socket names and numbers For additional information about IPX protocol numbers and socket numbers contact Novell
Table 47 Some IPX Protocol Names and Numbers
IPX Protocol IPX Protocol
Number Decimal Name Protocol Packet Type
-1 any Wildcard matches any packet type in 900 lists
refer Undefined to the socket number to determine the packet type
rip Routing Information Protocol RIP
sap Service Advertising Protocol SAP
spx Sequenced Packet Exchange SPX
17 ncp NetWare Core Protocol NCP
20 netbios IPX NetBIOS
Table 48 Some IPX Socket Names and Numbers
IPX Socket Number Hexadecimal IPX Socket Name Socket
all All sockets wildcard used to match all sockets
cping Cisco IPX ping packet
451 NetWare Core Protocol ncp NCP process
452 Service sap Advertising Protocol SAP process
453 rip Routing Information Protocol RIP process
455 netbios Novell NetBIOS process
456 diagnostic Novell diagnostic packet
457 Novell serialization socket
4000-7FFF Dynamic sockets used by workstations for interaction with file
servers and other network servers
8000-FFFF Sockets as assigned by Novell Inc
85BE eigrp IPX Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol Enhanced IGRP
9001 nlsp NetWare Link Services Protocol
9086 nping Novell standard ping packet
P2R-208 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list extended
To delete an extended access list specify the minimum number of keywords and arguments needed
to delete the proper access list For example to delete the entire access list use the following command
no access-list accesslist-nuinber
To delete the access list for specific protocol use the following command
no access-list accesslist-nunber deny permit protocol
Examples
The following example denies access to all RIP packets from the RIP process socket on source
network that are destined for the RIP process socket on network It permits all other traffic This
example uses protocol and socket names rather than hexadecimal numbers
access-list 900 deny -l rip rip access-list 900 permit
The following example permits type packets from any socket from host l0.0000.0C01.5234 to
access any sockets on any node on networks 1000 through 100F It denies all other traffic with an
implicit deny all
Note This type is chosen only as an example The actual type to use depends on the specific
application
accesslist 910 permit l0.0000.OCO1.5234 0000.0000.0000 1000.00000000.0000 F.FFFF.FFFF.FFFF
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list standard deny extended
ipx access-group
ipx access-list
ipx input-network-filter
ipx output-network-filter
ipx router-filter permit extended
priority-list protocol
Novell IPX Commands P2R-209 access-list NLSP route aggregation summarization
accessUst NLSP route aggregaflon summarzaflon
To define an access list that denies or permits area addresses that summarize routes use the NLSP
route version of the aggregation access-list global configuration command To remove an NLSP
route aggregation access list use the no form of this command
access-list access-list-number deny permit network network-mask ticks area-count
no access-list access-list-number deny permit network network-mask ticks
area-countj
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list This is number from 1200 to 1299
deny Denies redistribution of explicit routes if the conditions are
matched If you have enabled route summarization with
route-aggregation command the router redistributes an
aggregated route instead
permit Permits redistribution of explicit routes if the conditions are matched
network Network number to summarize An IPX network number is an
eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely identifies
network cable It be segment can number in the range to
FFFFFFFE network number of matches the local network
network number of-i matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For for the example network number 000000AA you can enter AA
network-mask the Specifies portion of the network address that is common to
all addresses in the route summary The high-order bits of
network-mask must be contiguous Fs while the low-order bits must be contiguous zeros An arbitrary mix of Fs and Os is
not permitted
ticks ticks Metric the Optional assigned to route summary The default is tick
area-count area-count Optional Maximum number of NLSP areas to which the route
summary can be redistributed The default is areas
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
P2R-210 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list NLSP route aggregation summarization
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Use the NLSP route aggregation access list in the following situations
When redistributing from Enhanced IGRP or RIP area into new NLSP area
Use the access list to instruct the router to redistribute an aggregated route instead of the explicit
route The access list also contains permit all statement that instructs the router to redistribute
routes that not route explicit are subsumed by summary
and vice When redistributing from an NLSP version 1.0 area into an NLSP version 1.1 area
versa
From an NLSP version 1.0 area into an NLSP version 1.1 area use the access list to instruct
redistribute the router to redistribute an aggregated route instead of an explicit route and to
that not route explicit routes are subsumed by summary
From an NLSP version 1.1 area into an NLSP version 1.0 area use the access list to instruct
the router to filter aggregated routes from passing into the NLSP version 1.0 areas and to
redistribute explicit routes instead
while Note NLSP version 1.1 routers refer to routers that support the route aggregation feature
NLSP version 1.0 routers refer to routers that do not
Example
The following example uses NLSP route aggregation access lists to redistribute routes learned from
RIP to NLSP areal Routes learned via RIP are redistributed into NLSP areal Any routes learned
via RIP that are subsumed by aaaa0000 ffff0000 are not redistributed An address summary is
generated instead
ipx routing ipx internal-network 2000
interface ethernet
ipx network 1001 ipx nlsp areal enable
interface ethernet
ipx network 2001
accesslist 1200 deny aaaa0000 ffff0000 acceeelist 1200 permit
ipx router nlsp area areaaddress 1000 fffff000 route-aggregation redistribute rip accesslist 1200
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
area-address
deny NLSP route aggregation summarization
ipx access-list
ipx nlsp enable
Novell IPX Commands P2R-211 accesslist NLSP route aggregation summarization
ipx router
permit NLSP route aggregation summarization redistribute
P2R-212 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list SAP filtering accessUst SAP fUterng
To define an access list for filtering Service Advertising Protocol SAP requests use the SAP
filtering form of the access-list global configuration command To remove the access list use the no
form of this command
access-list access-list-number deny permit network
no access-list access-list-number deny permit network En etwork-mask.node-naskl
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the SAP access list This is number from 1000 to 1099
deny Denies access if the conditions are matched
permit Permits access if the conditions are matched
network Network number This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number
that uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be
number in the FFFFFFFE network number of range to
matches the local network network number ofi matches all
networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number number For example for the network 000000AA you can enter AA
.node Optional Node on network This is 48-bit value represented
by dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal numbers lxvx.xxtxLtu
network-nask.node-nask Optional Mask to be applied to network and node Place ones
in the bit positions to be masked
service-type Optional Service type on which to filter This is hexadecimal
number value of means all services
Table 49 in the Usage Guidelines section lists examples of
service types
server-name Optional Name of the server providing the specified service
type This can be any contiguous string of printable ASCII
characters Use double quotation marks to enclose strings
containing embedded spaces You can use an asterisk at the
end of the name as wildcard to match one or more trailing
characters
Default
No access lists are predefined
Novell IPX Commands P2R-213 access-list SAP filtering
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
When SAP configuring filters for NetWare 3.11 and later servers use the servers internal network and node number the node number is always 0000.0000.000 as its address in the access-list command Do not use the network.node address of the particular interface board
Table 49 lists some IPX SAP sample types For more information about SAP types contact Novell
Note that in the filter the specified by service-type argument we define value of to filter all SAP services If receive SAP however you packet with SAP type of this indicates an unknown service
Table 49 Sample IPX SAP Services
Service Type Hexadecimal Description
User
User group
Print server queue
File server
Job server
Print server
Archive server
Queue for job servers
21 Network Application Support Systems Network Architecture NAS SNA gateway
2D Time value-added Synchronization process VAP
2E Dynamic SAP
47 Advertising print server
4B Btrieve YAP 50
4C SQL YAP 7A TESNetWare for Virtual Memory System VMS
98 NetWare access server 9A Named Pipes server
9E Portable NetWareUNIX
107 RCONSOLE
111 Test server
166 NetWare management Novells Network Management Station NMS 26A NetWare management NMS console
P2R-214 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list SAP filtering
To delete SAP access list specify the minimum number of keywords and arguments needed to
delete the entire the command delete the proper access list For example to access list use following
no access-list access-list-n wnber
To delete the access list for specific network use the following command
no access-list access-list-number deny permit network
Example
attached The following access list blocks all access to file server service Type on the directly
network by resources on other Novell networks but allows access to all other available services on
the interface
accesslist 1001 deny access-list 1001 permit
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
deny SAP filtering
ipx access-list
ipx input-sap-filter
ipx output-gus-filter
ipx output-sap-filter
ipx router-sap-filter
permit SAP filtering
priority-list protocol
Novell IPX Commands P2R-215 access-fist standard
accessUst standard
To define standard IPX access list use the standard version of the access-list global configuration command To remove standard access list use the no form of this command
access-list access-i ist-nuniber deny permit source-n etwork -node
no access-list access- list-number deny permit source-n etwork .source-node -node
Syntax Description
access-list-number of the list Number access This is number from 800 to 899
deny Denies access if the conditions are matched
permit Permits access if the conditions are matched
source-network Number of the network from which the packet is being sent
This is an hexadecimal eight-digit number that uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be number in the ito range FFFFFFFE network number of matches the local
network network number of -1 matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For for the network example number 000000AA you can enter AA
.source-n ode Node Optional on source-network from which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal numbers XXKX.WX.XXL-
source-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to source-node This is 48-bit value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal
numbers Place xxxx.xux.xxLr ones in the bit positions you want to mask
destination-network Number of the network Optional to which the packet is being
sent This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be number in the ito range FFFFFFFE network number of matches the local
network network number of -1 matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number For for the network example number 000000AA you can enter AA
.destination-node Optional Node on destination-network to which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal numbers trxx.Ltvx.xxxx
destination-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to destination-node This is 48-bit value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit
hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx Place ones in the bit
positions you want to mask
P2R-216 Network Protocols Command Reference Part access-list standard
Default
No access lists are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Standard IPX access lists filter on the source network All other parameters are optional
Use the ipx access-group command to assign an access list to an interface You can apply only one
extended or one standard access list to an interface The access list filters all outgoing packets on the
interface
To delete standard access list specify the minimum number of keywords and arguments needed to
delete the entire the command delete the proper access list For example to access list use following
no access-list access-list-number
To delete the access list for specific network use the following command
no access-list access-list-number deny permit source-network
Examples
destination network The following example denies access to traffic from all IPX networks -1 to
access-list 800 deny
The following example denies access to all traffic from IPX address .0000.OcOO 1111
accesslist 800 deny l0000.0c00.llll
The following example denies access from all nodes on network that have source address
beginning with 0000.Oc
accesslist 800 deny l.0000.0c00.0000 0000.OOff.ffff
from address 11111111.1111 network to The following example denies access source on destination address 2222.2222.2222 on network
accesslist 800 deny 1.1111.1111.1111 0000.0000.0000 22222.2222.2222 0000.0000.0000
or
accesslist 800 deny 1.1111.1111.1111 2.2222.2222.2222
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list extended deny standard
ipx access-group
ipx access-list
ipx input-network-filter
ipx output-network-filter
Novell IPX Commands P2R-217 access-list standard
ipx router-filter permit standard
priority-list protocol
P2R-218 Network Protocols Command Reference Part area-address
areaadd ress
To define set of network numbers to be part of the current NLSP area use the area-address router
configuration command To remove set of network numbers from the current NLSP area use the
no form of this command
area-address address mask
no area-address address mask
Syntax Description
address Network number prefix This is 32-bit hexadecimal number
mask Mask that defines the length of the network number prefix This
is 32-bit hexadecimal number
Default
No area address is defined by default
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
You must configure at least one area address before NLSP will operate
The area-address command defines prefix that includes all networks in the area This prefix allows
single route to an area address to substitute for longer list of networks
All networks on which NLSP is enabled must fall under the area address prefix This configuration
advertised for the is for future compatibility When Level NLSP becomes available the only route
area will be the area address prefix the prefix represents all networks within the area
All routers in an NLSP area must be configured with common area address or they will form
separate areas You can configure up to three area addresses on the router
The area address must have zero bits in all bit positions where the mask has zero bits The mask must
consist of only left-justified contiguous one bits
Examples
The following example defines an area address that includes networks AAAABBCO through AAAABBDF
area-address AAAABBCO FFFFFFEO
The following example defines an area address that includes all networks
area-address
Novell IPX Commands P2R-219 area-address
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router nlsp
P2R-220 Network Protocols Command Reference Part clear ipx accounting
dear px accounting
To delete all entries in the accounting database when IPX accounting is enabled use the clear ipx accounting EXEC command
clear ipx accounting
Syntax Description
checkpoint Optional Clears the checkpoint database
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Specifying the clear ipx accounting command with no keywords copies the active database to the
checkpoint database and clears all entries in the active database When cleared active database
entries and static entries such as those set by the ipx accounting-list command are reset to zero
Dynamically found entries are deleted
Any traffic that traverses the router after you issue the clear ipx accounting command is saved in
the active database Accounting information in the checkpoint database at that time reflects traffic
prior to the most recent clear ipx accounting command
You can also delete all entries in the active and checkpoint database by issuing the clear ipx
accounting command twice in succession
Example
The following example first displays the contents of the active database before the contents are
cleared Then the clear ipx accounting command clears all entries in the active database As
result the show ipx accounting command shows that there is no accounting infoimation in the
active database Lastly the show ipx accounting checkpoint command shows that the contents of
the active database were copied to the checkpoint database when the clear ipx accounting command
was issued
Router show ipx accounting
Source Destination Packets Bytes 0000C0030000.0c056030 0000C003.0260.8c9b.4e33 72 2880 0000C00102608c8d.da75 0000C003.0260.8c9b.4e33 14 624 0000C003.0260.8c9b.4e33 0000C001.0260.8c8d.da75 62 3110 0000C001.02608c8de7c6 0000C003.0260.8c9b.4e33 20 1470 0000C003.0260.Bc9b.4e33 0000C001.0260.8c8d.e7c6 20 1470
Accounting data age is
Router clear ipx accounting Router show ipx accounting
Source Destination Packets Bytes
Accounting data age is
Novell IPX Commands P2R-221 clear ipx accounting
Router show ipx accounting checkpoint
Source Destination Packets Bytes 0000C003 .0000 0c05 .6030 0000C003 .0260 8c9b 4e33 72 2880 0000C001.0260 8c8d.da75 0000C003 .0260 8c9b 4e33 14 624 0000C003 .0260 8c9b 4e33 0000C001 .0260 8c8d da75 62 3110 0000C001.Q260 8c8d e7c6 0000C003 .0260 8c9b 4e33 20 1470 0000C003 .0260 8c9b 4e33 0000COO1 .0260 8c8d e7c6 20 1470
Accounting data age is
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx accounting
ipx accounting-list
ipx accounting-threshold
ipx accounting-transits
show ipx accounting
P2R-222 Network Protocols Command Reference Part clear ipx cache cear px cache
To delete entries from the IPX fast-switching cache use the clear ipx cache EXEC command
clear ipx cache
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The clear ipx cache conmand clears entries used for fast switching and autonomous switching
Example
The following example deletes all entries from the IPX fast-switching cache
clear ipx cache
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx route-cache
show ipx cache
Novell IPX Commands P2R-223 clear ipx nhrp
dear px nhrp
To clear all dynamic entries from the Next Hop Resolution Protocol NHRP cache use the clear ipx nhrp EXEC command
clear ipx nhrp
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
This command does clear not any static configured IPX-to-NBMA address mappings from the NHRP cache
Example
The following example clears all dynamic entries from the NHRP cache for the interface
clear ipx nhrp
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show ipx nhrp
P2R-224 Network Protocols Command Reference Part clear ipx rilsp neighbors
cHear px nsp neighbors
To delete all NetWare Link Services Protocol NLSP adjacencies from the Cisco lOS softwares
adjacency database use the clear ipx nlsp neighbors EXEC command
clear ipx nlsp neighbors
Syntax Description
Names the The tag Optional NLSP process tag can be any
combination of printable characters
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Deleting all entries from the adjacency database forces all routers in the area to perform the shortest
path first SPF calculation
When you specify an NLSP tag the router clears all NLSP adjacencies discovered by that NLSP
process An NLSP process is routers databases working together to manage route information
about an area NLSP version 1.0 routers are always in the same area Each router has its own
adjacencies link-state and forwarding databases These databases operate collectively as single
process to discover select and maintain route information about the area NLSP version 1.1 routers
that exist within single area also use single process
version NLSP 1.1 iouters that interconnect multiple areas use multiple processes to discover select
and maintain route information about the areas they interconnect These routers manage an
adjacencies link-state and aiea address database for each area to which they attach Collectively
these databases are still referred to as process The forwarding database is shared among processes
within router The sharing of entries in the forwarding database is automatic when all processes
interconnect NLSP version 1.1 areas
Configure multiple NLSP processes when router interconnects multiple NLSP areas
Note NLSP version 1.1 routers refer to routers that support the route aggregation feature while
NLSP version 1.0 routers refer to routers that do not
Examples
The following example deletes all NLSP adjacencies from the adjacency database
clear ipx nlsp neighbors
The following example deletes the NLSP adjacencies for process area2
clear ipx nlsp area2 neighbors
Novell IPX Commands P2R-225 clear ipx nlsp neighbors
Related Commands
You the can use master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router nlsp
spf-interval
P2R-226 Network Protocols Command Reference Part clear ipx route
cHear px route
To delete routes from the IPX routing table use the clear ipx route EXEC command
clear ipx route network default
Syntax Description
network Number of the network whose routing table entry you want to
delete This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely
identifies network cable segment It can be number in the
range ito FFFFFFFD You do not need to specify leading zeros
in the network number For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
network-mask Optional Specifies the portion of the network address that is common to all addresses in an NLSP route summary When used with the network argument it specifies the an NLSP route
summary to clear
The high-order bits of network-mask must be contiguous Fs
while the low-order bits must be contiguous zeros An
arbitrary mix of Fs and Os is not permitted
default Deletes the default route from the routing table
Deletes all routes in the routing table
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0 The network-mask argument and default
keyword first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
After the clear you use ipx route command RIP/SAP general requests are issued on all IPX interfaces
For routers configured for NLSP route aggregation use this command to clear an aggregated route
from the routing table
Examples
The following example clears the entry for network from the IPX routing table
clear ipx route
The following example clears route summary entry from the IPX routing table
clear ipx route ccc00000 fff00000
Novell IPX Commands P2R-227 clear ipx route
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show ipx route
P2R228 Network Protocols Command Reference Part deny extended
deny extended
To set conditions for named IPX extended access list use the deny access-list configuration
command To remove deny condition from an access list use the no form of this command
deny protocol source-network source-node-inaskj source-n etwork-mask.source-node-mask -network IIode destination -node-mask destination-network-mask.destination -node-mask -socket
no deny protocol source-node-mask
source-neiwork-mnask.source-node-mask
-node destination -node-mnaskj -node
destination -network-mask.destination-node-mask
Syntax Description
protocol Name or number of an IPX protocol type This is sometimes
referred to as the packet type You can also use the word any to
match all protocol types
source-network Optional Number of the network from which the packet is
being sent This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that
uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be number
in the range to FFFFFFFE network number of matches
the local network network number of-i matches all
networks You can also use the keyword any to match all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network
number for example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
.source-node Optional Node on source-network from which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet
of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xLrx.xrxx
source-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to source-node This is 48-bit
value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal
numbers xxuxxxx.xxxx Place ones in the bit positions you
want to mask
source-network-mask Optional Mask to be applied to source-network This is an
eight-digit hexadecimal mask Place ones in the bit positions
you want to mask
The mask must immediately be followed by period which
must in turn immediately be followed by source-node-mask
source-socket Optional Socket name or number hexadecimal from which
the packet is being sent You can also use the keyword all to
match all sockets
Novell IPX Commands P2R229 deny extended
destination-network Number of the network which Optional to the packet is being
sent This is an hexadecimal eight-digit number that uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be number in the
range to FFFFFFFE network number of matches the local
network network number of-i matches all networks You
can also use the keyword any to match all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For for the network example number 000000AA you can enter AA
.destination-node Node Optional on destination-network to which the packet is
sent This is 48-bit being value represented by dotted triplet of hexadecimal four-digit numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
destination-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to destination-node This is 48-bit value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit
hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx Place ones in the bit
positions you want to mask
destination-network-mask Optional Mask to be applied to destination-network This is an hexadecimal mask Place eight-digit ones in the bit positions you want to mask
The mask must be immediately followed by period which must in turn immediately be followed by destination-node-mask
destination-socket Socket Optional name or number hexadecimal to which the
packet is being sent
log Optional Logs IPX access control list violations whenever
packet matches particular access list entry The information
logged includes source address destination address source
socket destination socket protocol type and action taken permit/deny
Default
No access lists are defined
Command Mode
Access-list configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
Use this command the following ipx access4ist command to specify conditions under which
packet cannot pass the named access list
For additional information on IPX protocol names and numbers and IPX socket names and numbers see the access-list extended command
P2R-230 Network Protocols Command Reference Part deny extended
Exam pie
The following creates an extended access list named sal that example denies all SPX packets
ipx access-list extended sal deny spx any all any all log permit any
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list extended
ipx access-group
ipx access-list permit extended
show ipx access-list
Novell IPX Commands P2R-231 deny NLSP route aggregation summarization
deny NLSP route aggregation summarization
To filter explicit routes and generate an aggregated route for named NLSP route aggregation access
list use the deny access-list configuration command To remove deny condition from an access
list use the no form of this command
deny network network-mask ticks area-count
no deny network network-mask ticks area-count
Syntax Description
network Network number to summarize An IPX network number is an
eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely identifies
network cable segment It can be number in the range to
FFFFFFFE network number of matches the local network
network number of-i matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
network-mask Specifies the portion of the network address that is common to
all addresses in the route summary expressed as an 8-digit
hexadecimal number The high-order bits of network-mask must
be contiguous is while the low-order bits must be contiguous
zeros An arbitrary mix of is and Os is not permitted
ticks ticks Optional Metric assigned to the route summary The default is tick
area-count al-ca-count Optional Maximum number of NLSP areas to which the route
summaiy can be redistributed The default is areas
Default
No access lists are defined
Command Mode
Access-list configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
Use this command following the ipx access-list command to prevent the redistribution of explicit
networks that are denied by the access list entry and instead generate an appropriate aggregated summary route
For additional information on creating access lists that deny or permit area addresses that summarize
routes see the access-list NLSP route aggregation summarization command
P2R-232 Network Protocols Command Reference Part deny NLSP route aggregation summarization
Example
The from following example configuration file defines the access list named finance for NLSP
route This access list redistribution of in aggregation prevents explicit routes the range 12345600 to 123456FF summarizes and instead these routes into single aggregated route The access list
allows explicit route redistribution of all other routes
ipx access-list summary finance deny 12345600 ffffff00 permit -l
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list NLSP route aggregation summarization
ipx access-group
ipx access-list
permit NLSP route aggregation summarization
show ipx access-list
Novell IPX Commands P2R-233 deny SAP filtering
deny SAP fUterng
To set conditions for named IPX SAP filtering access list use the deny access-list configuration
command To remove deny condition from an access list use the no form of this command
deny network aine no deny network
Syntax Description
network Network number This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number
that uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be
in the network number number range to FFFFFFFE of
matches the local network network number ofi matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
.node Optional Node on network This is 48-bit value represented
by dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
network-nask.node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to network and node Place ones
in the bit positions to be masked
service-type Optional Service type on which to filter This is hexadecimal
number value of means all services
server-name Optional Name of the server providing the specified service
type This can be any contiguous string of printable ASCII
characters Use double quotation marks to enclose strings
containing embedded spaces You can use an asterisk at the
end of the name as wildcard to match one or more trailing
characters
Default
No access lists are defined
Command Mode
Access-list configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
Use this command following the ipx access-list command to specify conditions under which
packet cannot pass the named access list
For additional information on IPX SAP service types see the access-list SAP filtering command
P2R-234 Network Protocols Command Reference Part deny SAP filtering
Example
The following example creates SAP access list named MyServer that denies MyServer to be sent
in SAP advertisements
ipx access-list sap MyServer deny 1234 MyServer
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list SAP filtering
ipx access-group
ipx access-list
permit SAP filtering
show ipx access-list
Novell IPX Commands P2R-235 deny standard
deny standard
To conditions set for named IPX access list use the deny access-list configuration command To
remove deny condition from an access list use the no form of this command
deny source-network
no deny source-network -network ode-mask
Syntax Description
source-network Number of the network from which the packet is being sent
This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely
identifies network cable segment It can be number in the ito range FFFFFFFE network number of matches the local
network network number of-i matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
.source-node Optional Node on source-network from which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet
of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
source-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to source-node This is 48-bit
value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx Place ones in the bit positions you
want to mask
destination-network Optional Number of the network to which the packet is being
This is sent an eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely
identifies network cable segment It can be number in the
range ito FFFFFFFE network number of matches the local
network network number of-i matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
.destination-node Optional Node on destination-network to which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet
of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
destination-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to destination-node This is
48-bit value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit
hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx Place ones in the bit
positions you want to mask
Default
No access lists are defined
P2R-236 Network Protocols Command Reference Part deny standard
Command Mode
Access-list configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
Use this command following the ipx access-list command to specify conditions under which
packet cannot pass the named access list
For additional information on creating IPX access lists see the access-list standard command
Example
The following example creates standard access list namedfred It denies communication with only IPX network number 5678
ipx accesslist standard fred deny 5678 any permit any
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list standard
ipx access-group
ipx access-list permit standard
show ipx access-list
Novell IPX Commands P2R-237 distribute-list in
dstrbuteUst
To filter networks received in updates use the distribute-list in router configuration command To
change or cancel the filter use the no form of this command
distribute-list access-list-number name in no distribute-list access-list-number name in
Syntax Description
access-list-number Standard IPX access list number in the range 800 to 899 or NLSP access list number in the range 1200 to 1299 The list
explicitly specifies which networks are to be received and
which are to be suppressed
name Name of the access list Names cannot contain space or
quotation mark and must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
in Applies the access list to incoming routing updates
inteiface-naine Optional Interface on which the access list should be applied
to incoming updates If no interface is specified the access list
is applied to all incoming updates
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Example
The causes two networksnetwork and following example only network 3to be accepted by an Enhanced IGRP routing process
accesslist 800 permit accesslist 800 permit access-list 800 deny -l
ipx router eigrp 100 network distribute-list 800 in
P2R-238 Network Protocols Command Reference Part distribute-list in
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list NLSP route aggregation summarization access-list standard
deny NLSP route aggregation summarization deny standard
distribute-list out
ipx access-list
permit NLSP route aggregation summarization permit standard
redistribute
Novell IPX Commands P2R-239 distribute-list out
dstrbuteUst out
To suppress networks from being advertised in updates use the distribute-list out router
configuration conunand To cancel this function use the no form of this command
distribute-list access-list-number name out routing-pmcess
no distribute-list access-iist-nunber name out routing-process
Syntax Description
access-list-number Standard IPX access list number in the range 800 to 899 or
NLSP access list number in the range 1200 to 1299 The list
explicitly specifies which networks are to be sent and which are
to be suppressed in routing updates
name Name of the access list Names cannot contain space or
quotation mark and must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
out Applies the access list to outgoing routing updates
inteiface-name Optional Interface on which the access list should be applied
to outgoing updates If no interface is specified the access list is
applied to all outgoing updates
of routing-process Optional Name particular routing process as follows
eigrp autonomous-system-n umber
rip
nlsp
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
When redistributing networks routing process name can be specified as an optional trailing
to the distribute-list argument out command This causes the access list to be applied to only those routes derived from the specified routing process After the process-specific access list is applied
access list any specified by distribute-list out command without process name argument is
Addresses in applied not specified the distribute-list out command are not advertised in outgoing routing updates
P2R-240 Network Protocols Command Reference Part distribute-list out
Example
The following example causes only one networknetwork 3to be advertised by an Enhanced
IGRP routing process
accesslist 800 permit accesslist 800 deny -l
ipx router eigrp 100 network distributelist 800 out
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list NLSP route aggregation summarization access-list standard
deny NLSP route aggregation summarization deny standard
distribute-list in
ipx access-list
permit NLSP route aggregation summarization permit standard
redistribute
Novell IPX Commands P2R-241 distribute-sap-list in
dstrbutesapUst
To filter services received in updates use the distribute-sap-list in router configuration command
To change or cancel the filter use the no form of this command
distribute-sap-list access-list-number name in no distribute-sap-list access-list-number name in
Syntax Description
access-list-number SAP list number in the access range 1000 to 1099 The list
explicitly specifies which services are to be received and which
are to be suppressed
the name Name of access list Names cannot contain space or
quotation mark and must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
in Applies the access list to incoming routing updates
inteiface-narne Optional Interface on which the access list should be applied
to incoming updates If no interface is specified the access list
is applied to all incoming updates
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Example
the In following example the router redistributes Enhanced IGRP into NLSP area Only services for network and the are accepted by NLSP routing process
accesslist 1000 permit accesslist 1000 permit accesslist 1000 deny -1
ipx router nlsp areal redistribute eigrp distribute-sap-list 1000 in
P2R-242 Network Protocols Command Reference Part distribute-sap-list in
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list SAP filtering
deny SAP filtering
distribute-list out
ipx access-list
permit SAP filtering redistribute
Novell IPX Commands P2R-243 distribute-sap-list out
cflstributesapUst out
To services from suppress being advertised in SAP updates use the distribute-sap-list out router
configuration command To cancel this function use the no form of this command
out distribute-sap-list access-iist-nuinber name routing-process no umber out distribute-sap-list access-list-n name routing-process
Syntax Description
access-list-number SAP list in access number the range 1000 to 1099 The list
explicitly specifies which networks are to be sent and which are
to be suppressed in routing updates
name Name of the access list Names cannot contain space or
quotation mark and must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
out Applies the access list to outgoing routing updates
inteiface-namne Intei-face which the Optional on access list should be applied
to If outgoing updates no intei-face is specified the access list is
applied to all outgoing updates
routing-process Name of Optional particular routing process as follows
eigrp autonomous-system-number
nlsp
rip
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
When redistributing networks name be routing process can specified as an optional trailing argument to the distribute-sap-list out command This the causes access list to be applied to only those routes derived from the specified routing process After the process-specific access list is
applied any access list specified out command by distribute-sap-list without process name is Addresses argument applied not specified in the distribute-sap-list out command are not advertised in outgoing routing updates
P2R-244 Network Protocols Command Reference Part distribute-sap-list out
Example
The following example causes only services from network to be advertised by an Enhanced IGRP
routing process
access-list 1010 permit accesslist 1010 deny
ipx router eigrp 100 network distributesaplist 1010 out
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list SAP filtering
deny SAP filtering
distribute-sap-list in
ipx access-list
permit SAP filtering redistribute
Novell IPX Commands P2R-245 ipx access-group
px accessgroup
To apply generic input and filters to an the output interface use ipx access-group interface
configuration command To remove filters use the no form of this command
ipx access-group access-iisr..number name out no ipx access-group access-list-nunber na.ne out
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list For standard access lists
access-list-number is number from 800 to 899 For extended
access lists access-list-number is number from 900 to 999
name Name of the access list Names contain cannot space or mark and quotation must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
in Filters inbound All Optional packets incoming packets defined with either standard or extended access lists are filtered
by the entries in this access list
out Filters outbound Optional packets All outgoing packets defined with either standard or extended access lists and
forwarded the interface through are filtered by the entries in this
access list This is the default when you do not specify an input
in or output out keyword in the command line
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Generic filters control which data packets an interface receives or sends out based on the packets source and destination addresses IPX protocol type and source and destination socket numbers You use the standard access-list and extended access-list commands to specify the filtering conditions
You can apply only one input filter and one filter interface output per or subinterface
do When you not specify an or filter in the input in output out command line the default is an output filter
You cannot an filter configure output on an interface where autonomous is switching already
configured Similarly you cannot configure autonomous on interface switching an where an output filter is You already present cannot configure an filter on an interface if input autonomous switching is already configured on interface any Likewise you cannot configure input filters if autonomous
is switching already enabled on any interface
P2R-246 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx access-group
Examples
The following example applies access list 801 to Ethernet interface Because the command line
does not specify an input filter or output filter with the keywords in or out the software assumes that
it is an output filter
interface ethernet
ipx access-group 801
The following exanple applies access list 901 to Ethernet interface The access list is an input filter
access list as specified by the keyword in
interface ethernet ipx access-group 901 in
To remove the input access list filter in the previous example you must specify the in keyword when
you use the no form of the command The following example correctly removes the access list
interface ethernet
no ipx access-group 901 in
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list extended
access-list standard
deny extended deny standard
ipx access-list
permit extended permit standard
priority-list protocol
Novell IPX Commands P2R-247 ipx access-list
px accessUst
To define IPX an access list by name use the ipx access-list global configuration command To
remove named IPX access list use the no form of this command
access-list ipx standard extended sap summary name
no access-list ipx standard extended sap summary name
Caution Named lists will be access not recognized by any software release prior to Cisco lOS Release 11.3
Syntax Description
standard Specifies standard IPX access list
extended Specifies an extended IPX access list
sap Specifies SAP access list
addresses that summarize summary Specifies area routes using NLSP route aggregation
filtering
name Name of the list access Names cannot contain space or quotation mark and must with they begin an alphabetic character to prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
Default
There is no default named IPX access list
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
Use this command to configure named IPX access list as opposed to numbered IPX access list
This command will take into access-list you configuration mode where you must define the denied or permitted access conditions with the deny and permit commands
Specifying standard extended sap or summary with the ipx access-list command determines the
prompt you get when you enter access-list configuration mode
Named access lists not are compatible with Cisco lOS releases prior to Release 11.3
P2R-248 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx access-list
Examples
The following example creates standard access list namedfred It permits communication with
only IPX network number 5678
ipx access-list standard fred permit 5678 any deny any
The following example creates an extended access list named sal that denies all SPX packets
ipx access-list extended sal
deny spx any all any all log permit any
The following example creates SAP access list named MySener that allows oniy MyServer to be
sent in SAP advertisements
ipx access-list sap MyServer permit 1234 MyServer
The following example creates summary access list namedfinance that allows the redistribution of
all explicit routes every 64 ticks
ipx access-list summary finance permit -l ticks 64
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list extended
access-list NLSP route aggregation summarization
access-list SAP filtering access-list standard deny extended
deny NLSP route aggregation summarization
deny SAP filtering deny standard permit extended
permit NLSP route aggregation summarization
permit SAP filtering permit standard
show ipx access-list
Novell IPX Commands P2R-249 ipx accounting
px accounfing
To enable IPX accounting use the ipx accounting interface configuration command To disable IPX
accounting use the no form of this command
ipx accounting
no ipx accounting
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
IPX allows to collect information accounting you about IPX packets and the number of bytes that switched are through the Cisco lOS software You collect information based on the source and destination IPX address IPX accounting tracks only IPX traffic that is routed out an interface on
which IPX is it accounting configured does not track traffic generated by or terminated at the router itself
The Cisco lOS software maintains two databases active accounting an database and checkpoint database The active database contains accounting data tracked until the database is cleared When
the active database is its cleared contents are copied to the checkpoint database Using these two
databases allows to monitor both current traffic and traffic together you that has previously traversed the router
IPX statistics accounting will be accurate even if IPX access lists are being used or if IPX fast
is enabled switching Enabling IPX accounting significantly decreases performance of fast switched interface
IPX does not statistics if accounting keep autonomous switching is enabled In fact IPX accounting
is disabled if autonomous or SSE switching is enabled
Example
The following example enables IPX accounting on Ethernet interface
interface ethernet
ipx accounting
P2R-250 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx accounting
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx accounting
ipx accounting-list
ipx accounting-threshold
ipx accounting-transits
show ipx accounting
Novell IPX Commands P2R-251 ipx accounting-list
ipx accountingUst
To filter networks for which IPX accounting information is kept use the ipx accounting-list global
configuration command To remove the filter use the no form of this command
ipx accounting-list number mask
no ipx accounting-list number mask
Syntax Description
number Network number This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number
that uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be
number in the range to FFFFFFFD
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
mask Network mask
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The source and destination addresses of each IPX packet traversing the router are compared with the
network numbers in the filter If there is match accounting information about the IPX packet is
entered into the active accounting database If there is no match the IPX packet is considered to be
transit and be packet may counted depending on the setting of the ipx accounting-transits global configuration command
Example
The adds all following example networks with IPX network numbers beginning with to the list of
networks for which accounting information is kept
ipx accountinglist 0000.0000.0000
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx accounting
ipx accounting
ipx accounting-threshold
ipx accounting-transits
show ipx accounting
P2R-252 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx accounting-threshold
px accountHng4hreshod
To set the maximum number of accounting database entries use the ipx accounting-threshold
global configuration command To restore the default use the no form of this command
ipx accounting-threshold threshold
no ipx accounting-threshold threshold
Syntax Description
threshold Maximum number of entries source and destination address
pairs that the Cisco lOS software can accumulate
Default
512 entries
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The accounting threshold defines the maximum number of entries source and destination address
pairs that the software accumulates The threshold is designed to prevent IPX accounting from
consuming all available free memory This level of memory consumption could occur in router that
is switching traffic for many hosts To determine whether overflows have occurred use the show ipx accounting EXEC command
Example
The following example sets the IPX accounting database threshold to 500 entries
ipx accounting-Shreshoid 500
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx accounting
ipx accounting
ipx accounting-list
ipx accounting-transits
show ipx accounting
Novell IPX Commands P2R-253 ipx accounting-transits
px accounflng4rants
To set the maximum number of transit entries that will be stored in the IPX accounting database use the ipx accounting-transits global configuration command To disable this function use the no form of this command
ipx accounting-transits count
no ipx accounting-transits
Syntax Description
count Number of transit entries that will be stored in the IPX
accounting database
Default
entries
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Transit entries are those that do not match of the any networks specified by ipx accounting-list global configuration commands If have defined you not networks with ipx accounting-list
commands IPX tracks all traffic accounting through the interface all transit entries up to the accounting threshold limit
Example
The following maximum example specifies of 100 transit records to be stored in the IPX accounting database
ipx accounLingcransjs 100
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx accounting
ipx accounting-list
ipx accounting-threshold
show ipx accounting
P2R-254 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx advertise-default-route-only
ipx
To advertise only the default RIP route via the specified network use the ipx
advertise-default-route-only interface configuration command To advertise all known RIP routes
out the interface use the no form of this command
ipx advertise-default-route-only network
no ipx advertise-default-route-only network
Syntax Description
network Number of the network via which to advertise the default route
Default
All known routes are advertised out the interface
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
If the you specify ipx advertise-default-route-only command only known default RIP route is
advertised the other networks will be out interface no advertised If you have large number of
routes in the routing table for example on the order of 1000 routes none of them will be advertised
out the interface However if the default route is known it will be advertised Nodes on the interface
still the can reach any of the 1000 networks via default route
Specifying the ipx advertise-default-route-only command results in significant reduction in CPU
processing overhead when there are many routes and many interfaces It also reduces the load on downstream routers
This command applies only to RIP NLSP and Enhanced IGRP are not affected when you enable this
command They continue to advertise all routes that they know about
all the default Note Not routers recognize and support route Use this command with caution if you
if are not sure all routers in your network support the default route
Example
The following example enables the advertising of the default route only
interface ethernet
ipx network 1234 ipx advertise-default-route-only 1234
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx default-route
Novell IPX Commands P2R-255 ipx backup-server-query-interval
px backupserverqueryntervaH
To change the time between successive queries of each Enhanced IGRP neighbors backup server
table use the ipx backup-server-query-interval global configuration command To restore the
default time use the no form of this command
ipx backup-server-query-interval interval
no ipx backup-server-query-interval
Syntax Description
interval Minimum time in seconds between successive queries of each
Enhanced IGRP neighbors backup server table The default is
15 seconds
Default
15 seconds
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
lower interval may use more CPU resources but may cause lost server information to be retrieved from other servers tables sooner
Example
The following example changes the server query time to seconds
ipx backup-server-query--inserval
P2R-256 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx bandwidth-percent eigrp
ipx bandwidthpercent eigrp
To the of bandwidth that be configure percentage may used by Enhanced IGRP on an interface use the ipx bandwidth-percent eigrp interface configuration command To restore the default value use the no form of this command
ipx bandwidth-percent eigrp as-number percent
no ipx bandwidth-percent eigrp as-number
Syntax Description
as-number Autonomous system number
percent Percentage of bandwidth that Enhanced IGRP may use
Default
50 percent
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.2
Enhanced IGRP will use up to 50 percent of the bandwidth of link as defined by the bandwidth
interface configuration command This command may be used if some other fraction of the
bandwidth is desired Note that values greater than 100 percent may be configured this may be useful if the bandwidth is set artificially low for other reasons
Example
The allows Enhanced IGRP following example to use up to 75 percent 42 kbps of 56 kbps serial
link in autonomous system 209
interface serial bandwidth 56
ipx bandwidth-percent eigrp 209 75
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
bandwidth
ipx router
Novell IPX Commands P2R-257 ipx broadcast-fastswitching
px broadcast4astswitch Hng
To enable the router to fast switch IPX directed broadcast packets use the
ipx broadcast-fastswitching global configuration command To disable fast switching of IPX
directed broadcast packets use the no form of the command
ipx broadcast4astswitching
no ipx broadcast4astswitching
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
The default behavior is to process-switch directed broadcast packets
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
directed broadcast is one with network layer destination address of the form net.ffff.ffff.ffff The
ipx broadcast-fastswitching command permits the router to fast switch IPX directed broadcast This be packets may useful in certain broadcast-based applications that rely on helpering
that the Note router never uses autonomous switching for eligible directed broadcast packets even
if autonomous switching is enabled on the output interface Also note that routing and service
updates are always exempt from this treatment
Example
The following example enables the router to fast switch IPX directed broadcast packets
ipx broadcastfasswitching
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx helperaddress
P2R-258 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx default-output-rip-delay
px
To the set default interpacket delay for RIP updates sent on all interfaces use the
ipx command To default-output-rip-delay global configuration return to the initial default delay value use the no form of this command
ipx default-output-rip-delay delay
no ipx default-output-rip-delay
Syntax Description
delay in between Delay milliseconds packets in multiple-packet
RIP update The default delay is 55 ms Novell recommends delay of 55 ms
Default
55 ms
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
The is the between the individual interpacket delay delay packets sent in multiple-packet routing The update ipx default-output-rip-delay command sets default interpacket delay for all interfaces
The uses the the system delay specified by ipx default-output-rip-delay command for periodic and
when is set for triggered routing updates no delay periodic and triggered routing updates on an
interface When set for you delay triggered routing updates the system uses the delay specified by the command for ipx default-output-rip-delay only the periodic routing updates sent on all interfaces
To set for delay triggered routing updates see the ipx triggered-rip-delay or ipx
default-triggered-rip-delay commands
Novell recommends delay of 55 ms for compatibility with older and slower IPX machines These machines lose RIP may updates because they process packets more slowly than the router sends
them The this delay imposed by command forces the router to pace its output to the
slower-processing needs of these IPX machines
default The delay on NetWare 3.11 server is about 100 ms
This command is also useful on limited bandwidth point-to-point links or X.25 and Frame Relay multipoint interfaces
Example
The following example sets default interpacket delay of 55 ms for RIP updates sent on all interfaces
ipx default-output-rip-delay 55
Novell IPX Commands P2R-259 ipx default-output-rip-delay
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx default-triggered-rip-delay
ipx output-rip-delay
ipx triggered-rip-delay
P2R-260 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx default-output-sap-delay px defautoutputsapday
To set default interpacket delay for SAP updates sent on all interfaces use the ipx
default-output-sap-delay global configuration command To return to the initial default delay
value use the no form of this command
ipx default-output-sap-delay delay
no ipx default-output-sap-delay
Syntax Description
in delay Delay milliseconds between packets in multiple-packet
SAP update The default delay is 55 ms Novell recommends
delay of 55 ms
Default
55 ms
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
The interpacket delay is the delay between the individual packets sent in multiple-packet SAP
update The ipx default-output-sap-delay command sets default interpacket delay for all
interfaces
The system uses the delay specified by the ipx default-output-sap-delay command for periodic and
triggered SAP updates when no delay is set for periodic and triggered updates on an interface When
you set delay for triggered updates the system uses the delay specified by the ipx
default-output-sap-delay command only for the periodic SAP updates sent on all interfaces
To set delay for triggered updates see the ipx triggered-sap-delay or ipx
default-triggered-sap-delay commands
Novell recommends delay of 55 ms for compatibility with older and slower IPX servers These
servers may lose SAP updates because they process packets more slowly than the router sends them
The this command forces the to its the delay imposed by router pace output to slower-processing needs of these servers
The default delay on NetWare 311 server is about 100 ms
This command is also useful on limited bandwidth point-to-point links or X.25 interfaces
Example
The following example sets default interpacket delay of 55 ms for SAP updates sent on all
interfaces
ipx defauitoutput--sap-deiay 55
Novell IPX Commands P2R-261 ipx defauItoutput-sap-deIay
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx default-triggered-sap-delay
ipx output-sap-delay
ipx triggered-sap-delay
P2R-262 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx default-route
ipx defautroute
To forward to the default network all packets for which route to the destination network is unknown use the default-route ipx global configuration command To disable the use of the default
network use the no form of this command
ipx default-route
no ipx default-route
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Enabled All packets for which route to the destination is unknown are forwarded to the default which network is -2 OxFFFFFFFE
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
When you use the no ipx default-route Cisco lOS command software no longer uses -2 as the
default network Instead the software -2 interprets as regular network and packets for which route to the destination network is unknown are dropped
Example
The disables the following example forwarding of packets towards the default network
no ipx default-route
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx advertise-default-route-only
Novell IPX Commands P2R-263 ipx default-triggered-rip-delay
ipx defaut4riggeredripdeHay
To set the default interpacket delay for triggered RIP updates sent on all interfaces use the ipx
default-triggered-rip-delay global configuration command To return to the system default delay
use the no form of this command
ipx default-triggered-rip-delay delay
no ipx default-triggered-rip-delay
Syntax Description
delay Delay in milliseconds between packets in multiple-packet
RIP update The default delay is 55 ms Novell recommends
delay of 55 ms
Default
55 ms
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
The interpacket delay is the delay between the individual packets sent in multiple-packet routing
update triggered routing update is one that the system sends in response to trigger event such
as request packet interface up/down route up/down or server up/down
The ipx default-triggered-rip-delay command sets the default interpacket delay for triggered
routing updates sent on all interfaces On single interface you can override this global default delay
for triggered routing updates using the ipx triggered-rip-delay interface command
The global default delay for triggered routing updates overrides the delay value set by the ipx
output-rip-delay or ipx default-output-rip-delay command for triggered routing updates
If the delay value set by the ipx output-rip-delay or ipx default-output-rip-delay command is
high then we strongly recommend low delay value for triggered routing updates so that updates
triggered by special events are sent in more timely manner than periodic routing updates
Novell recommends delay of 55 ms for compatibility with older and slower IPX machines These machines than the sends may lose RIP updates because they process packets more slowly router
them The delay imposed by this command forces the router to pace its output to the
slower-processing needs of these IPX machines
The default delay on NetWare 3.11 server is approximately 100 ms
When you do not set the interpacket delay for triggered routing updates the system uses the delay
specified by the ipx output-rip-delay or ipx default-output-rip-delay command for both periodic
and triggered routing updates
P2R-264 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx defauIt-triggered-ripdelay
When the you use no form of the ipx default-triggered-rip-delay command the system uses the set the delay by ipx output-rip-delay or ipx default-output-rip-delay command for triggered RIP updates if set the uses the initial default Otherwise system delay as described in the Default section
This command is also useful on limited bandwidth point-to-point links or X.25 and Frame Relay multipoint interfaces
Example
The following example sets an interpacket of 55 ms for delay triggered routing updates sent on all interfaces
ipx default-triggered-rip-delay 55
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx default-outputrip-delay
ipx output-rip-delay
ipx triggered-rip-delay
Novell IPX Commands P2R-265 ipx default-triggered-sap-delay
px defaut4riggeredsapday
To set the default interpacket delay for triggered SAP updates sent on all interfaces use the ipx
default-triggered-sap-delay global configuration command To return to the system default delay
use the no form of this command
ipx default-triggered-sap-delay delay
no ipx default-triggered-sap-delay
Syntax Description
delay Delay in milliseconds between packets in multiple-packet
SAP update The default delay is 55 ms Novell recommends
delay of 55 ms
Default
55 ms
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
The interpacket delay is the delay between the individual packets sent in multiple-packet SAP
update triggered SAP update is one that the system sends in response to trigger event such as
request packet interface up/down route up/down or server up/down
The ipx default-triggered-sap-delay command sets the default interpacket delay for triggered SAP
updates sent on all interfaces On single interface you can override this global default delay for
triggered updates using the ipx triggered-sap-delay interface command
The default global delay for triggered updates overrides the delay value set by the ipx
output-sap-delay or ipx default-output-sap-delay command for triggered updates
the If delay value set by the ipx output-sap-delay or ipx default-output-sap-delay command is
high then we strongly recommend low delay value for triggered updates so that updates triggered
by special events are sent in more timely manner than periodic updates
Novell recommends delay of 55 ms for compatibility with older and slower IPX servers These lose SAP because servers may updates they process packets more slowly than the router sends them
The this command delay imposed by forces the router to pace its output to the slower-processing needs of these IPX servers
The default delay on NetWare 3.11 server is approximately 100 ms
When do the you not set interpacket delay for triggered SAP updates the system uses the delay the specified by ipx output-sap-delay or ipx default-output-sap-delay command for both periodic and triggered SAP updates
P2R-266 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx default-triggered-sap-delay
When the form of the you use no ipx default-triggered-sap-delay command the system uses the
set the delay by ipx output-sap-delay or ipx default-output-sap-delay command for triggered SAP
updates if set Otherwise the system uses the initial default delay as described in the Default section
This command is also useful on limited bandwidth point-to-point links or X.25 and Fiame Relay
multipoint interfaces
Example
The following example sets an interpacket delay of 55 ms for triggered SAP updates sent on all interfaces
ipx defauittriggered-sap-deiay 55
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx default-output-sap-delay
ipx output-sap-delay
ipx triggered-sap-delay
Novell IPX Commands P2R-267 ipx delay
px deay
To set the tick count use the ipx delay interface configuration command To reset the default
increment in the delay field use the no form of this command
ipx delay ticks
no ipx delay
Syntax Description
ticks Number of IBM clock ticks of delay to use One clock tick is 1/18 of second approximately 55 ms
Default
The default is determined from the delay delay configured on the interface with the delay command It is 334 interface delay 333 Therefore unless you change the delay by value greater than 334 you will not notice difference
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The ipx delay command sets the count used in the IPX RIP delay field which is also known as the
ticks field
IPX WAN links determine their If do delay dynamically you not specify the ipx delay command on
an interface and have not the interface you changed delays with the interface delay interface
all interfaces have configuration command LAN delay of and all WAN interfaces have delay of The preferred method of adjusting delays is to use the ipx delay command not the interface command The show interface delay ipx EXEC command display only the delay value configured with the ipx delay command
With if the IPXWAN you change interface delay with the interface delay command the ipx delay command uses that when delay calculating delay to use Also when changing delays with
the affect the IPXWAN changes only links calculated delay on the side coniidered to be the master
Leaving the delay at its default value is sufficient for most interfaces
Example
The following example changes the delay for serial interface to 10 ticks
interface serial
ipx delay 10
P2R268 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx delay
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
delay
ipx maximum-paths
ipx output-network-filter
ipx output-rip-delay
Novell IPX Commands P2R-269 ipx down
Hpx down
To administratively shut down an IPX network use the ipx down interface configuration command
To restart the network use the no form of this command
ipx down network
no ipx down
Syntax Description
network Number of the network to shut down This is an eight-digit
hexadecimal number that uniquely identifies network cable
segment It can be number in the range to FFFFFFFD You do
not need to specify leading zeros in the network number For
example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 100
The ipx down command administratively shuts down the specified network The network still exists
in the but is active When the configuration not shutting down network sends out update packets
its that it is This informing neighbors shutting down allows the neighboring systems to update their
routing SAP and other tables without having to wait for routes and services learned via this network
to time out
To shut down interface in an manner that is considerate of ones neighbor use ipx down before
using the shutdown command
Example
The following example administratively shuts down network AA on Ethernet interface
interface ethernet
ipx down AA
P2R-270 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx eigrp-sap-split-horizon
px eigrpsapspUthorzon
To configure Enhanced IGRP SAP split horizon use the ipx eigrp-sap-split.horizon global
configuration command To revert to default use the no form of this command
ipx eigrp..sap-split..horizon
no ipx eigrp-sap-split-horizon
Syntax Description
This command has no argument or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
When split horizon is enabled Enhanced IGRP SAP update and packets are not sent back to the same
interface where the SAP is received from This reduces the number of Enhanced IGRP packets on
the network
horizon blocks Split information about SAPs from being advertised by router about any inteilace
from which that information originated Tpically this behavior optimizes communication among
multiple routers particularly when links are broken However with nonbroadcast networks such as
Frame Relay and SMDS situations can arise for which this behavior is less than ideal For these
situations you may wish to disable split horizon
Note When the ipx sap.incrementa1 sp1it.horizon interface configuration command is
configured it takes precedence over the ipx eigrp-sap-split-horizon command
Example
The following example disables split horizon on the router
no ipx eigrp-sap-split-horizon
Related Command
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx sap-incremental split-horizon
ipx split-horizon eigrp
show ipx eigrp neighbors
Novell IPX Commands P2R-271 ipx gns-reply-disable
px
To disable the of IPX Get Server sending replies to Nearest GNS queries use the ipx
gns-reply-disable interface configuration command To return to the default use the no form of this command
ipx gns-reply-disable
no ipx gns-reply-disable
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Replies are sent to IPX GNS queries
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Example
The following example disables the sending of replies to GNS queries on Ethernet interface
interface ethernet
ipx gns-reply-disable
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx gnsresponse-de1ay
P2R-272 Network Protocols command Reference Part ipx gns-responsedeIay px gnsresponsedeHay
To change the delay when responding to Get Nearest Server GNS requests use the ipx
gns..response-delay global or interface configuration command To return to the default delay use
the no form of this command
ipx gnsresponse-de1ay
no ipx gnsresponse-delay
Syntax Description
milliseconds Optional Time in milliseconds that the Cisco lOS software
waits after receiving GNS request from an IPX client before
responding with server name to that client The default is zero
which indicates no delay
Default
no delay
Command Mode
Global configuration globally changes the delay for the router
Interface configuration overrides the globally configured delay for an interface
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
This command can be used in two modes global configuiation or interface configuration In both
modes the command syntax is the same delay in responding to GNS requests might be imposed
so that in certain topologies any local Novell IPX servers respond to the GNS requests before our
software does It is desirable to have these end-host server systems get their reply to the client before
the router does because the client typically takes the first response not the best response In this case
the from the local best response is the one server
NetWare 2x has problem with dual-connected servers in parallel with router If you are using this
version of NetWare you should set GNS delay value of 500 ms is recommended
In situations in which servers are always located across routers from their clients there is no need
for delay to be imposed
Example
The following example sets the delay in responding to GNS requests to 500 ms 0.5 second
ipx gnsresponse--deiay 500
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx gns-reply-disable
ipx rip-response-delay
Novell IPX Commands P2R-273 ipx gns-round-robin
px gnsroundrobn
To rotate using round-robin selection method set of through eligible servers when responding to Get Nearest Server GNS requests use the ipx gus-round-robin global configuration command To
use the most recently learned server use the no form of this command
ipx gns-round-robin
no ipx gns-round-robin
Syntax Description
The command has no arguments or keywords
Default
The most recently learned eligible server is used
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
In the normal server selection for service process requests are responded to with the most recently learned closest server If you enable the round-robin method the Cisco 105 software maintains
list of the nearest servers to services eligible provide specific It uses this list when responding to GNS requests Responses to requests are distributed in round-robin fashion across all active IPX intel-faces on the router
Eligible servers are those that the nearest satisfy requirement for given request and that are not
filtered either by SAP filter or by GNS filter
Example
The to following example responds GNS requests using round-robin selection method from list
of eligible nearest servers
ipx gns-round--robin
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx output-gus-filter
ipx output-sap-delay
P2R-274 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx hello-interval eigrp
px heHo-1nterva eigrp
To Enhanced configure the interval between IGRP hello packets use the ipx hello-interval eigrp
interface configuration command To restore the default interval use the no form of this command
ipx hello-interval eigrp autonomous-system-number seconds
no ipx hello-interval eigrp autonomous-system-number seconds
Syntax Description
autonomous-system-number Enhanced IGRP autonomous system number It can number from ito 65535
seconds Interval between hello packets in seconds The default interval
is seconds which is one-third of the default hold time
Default
For low-speed NBMA networks 60 seconds
For all other networks seconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The default of 60 seconds applies only to low-speed nonbroadcast multiaccess NBMA media
Low speed is considered to be rate of Ti or slower as specified with the banthvidth interface
configuration command Note that for purposes of Enhanced IGRP Frame Relay and SMDS
networks may or may not be considered to be NBMA These networks are considered NBMA if the
interface has not been configured to use physical multicasting otherwise they are considered not to be NBMA
Example
The following example changes the hello interval to 10 seconds
interface ethernet
ipx network 10 ipx hellointerval eigrp 10
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx hold-down eigrp
Novell IPX Commands P2R-275 ipx helper-address
px heperaddress
To forward broadcast packets to specified server use the ipx helper-address interface command configuration To disable this function use the no form of this command
ipx helper-address network.node
no ipx helper-address nelwork.node
Syntax Description
network Network on which the target IPX server resides This is an hexadecimal number eight-digit that uniquely identifies
network cable It can be number in the segment range
to FFFFFFFD network number of-i indicates all-nets You do need flooding not to specify leading zeros in the network number For example for the network number
000000AA you can enter AA
.node number of the Node target Novell server This is 48-bit value dotted represented by triplet of four-digit hexadecimal
numbers xxxx.xxxxxXxx node number of FFFF.FFFF.FFFF
matches all servers
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared prior to Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Routers normally block all broadcast requests and do not forward them to other network segments This is done to prevent the degradation of performance over the entire network The ipx helper-address command allows broadcasts to be forwarded to other networks This is useful when network segment does not have an end-host of capable servicing particular type of broadcast This command lets request you forward the broadcasts to server network or networks that can process them Incoming broadcast that unrecognized packets match the access list created with the ipx helper-list command if it is present are forwarded
You can specify multiple ipx helper-address commands on given interface
The Cisco lOS software all-networks flooded broadcasts supports sometimes referred to as all-nets These flooding are broadcast that are forwarded all messages to networks To configure the all-nets define the flooding IPX helper addiess for an interface as follows
ipx helperaddress -1 FFFF FFFF FFFF
On systems configured for IPX routing this address is helper displayed as follows via the show ipx interface command
FFFFFFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
P2R-276 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx helper-address
Although our software takes care to keep broadcast traffic to minimum some duplication is
unavoidable When ioops exist all-nets flooding can propagate bursts of excess traffic that will
the count reaches its limit Use all-nets and eventually age out when hop 16 hops flooding carefully
when that additional restrictions list only necessary Note you can apply by defining helper
To forward type 20 packets to only those nodes specified by the ipx helper-address command use
the ipx helper-address command in conjunction with the ipx type-20-helpered global
configuration command
nodes the the command To forward type 20 packets to all on network use ipx type-20-propagation
See the ipx type-20-propagation command for more information
Example
The following example forwards all-nets broadcasts on Ethernet interface except type 20
propagation packets are forwarded to IPX server 00b423cd lOa on network bb
inLerface ethernet
ipx helper-address bb 00b4 23cd llOa
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx helper-list
ipx type-20-propagation
Novell IPX Commands P2R-277 ipx helper-list
ipx heOperUst
To list to assign an access an interface to control broadcast traffic including type 20 propagation use the packets ipx helper-listinterface configuration command To remove the access list from an interface use the no form of this command
ipx helper-list access-iist-number name
no ipx helper-list access-list-number nane
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list All outgoing packets defined with
either standard extended or access lists are filtered by the entries
in this access list For standard access lists access-list-number
is number from 800 to 899 For extended access lists it is
number from 900 to 999
name Name of the access list Names cannot contain space or mark and quotation must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
Default
No access list is preassigned
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared prior to Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The ipx helper-list command list in specifies an access to use forwarding broadcast packets One
use of this command is to client nodes from prevent discovering services they should not use
Because the destination address of broadcast is packet by definition the broadcast address this
command is useful only for filtering based on the source address of the broadcast packet
The helper list if is to both all-nets present applied broadcast packets and type 20 propagation packets
The helper list on the input interface is to before via applied packets they are output either the helper address or type 20 propagation packet mechanism
Example
The following example assigns access list 900 to Ethernet interface to control broadcast traffic
interface ethernet ipx he1per-1ist 900
P2R-278 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx helper-list
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list extended
access-list standard deny extended deny standard
ipx access-list
ipx helper-address
ipx type-20-propagation permit extended permit standard
Novell IPX Commands P2R-279 px hold-down eigrp
px hoddown grp
To the of time lost specify length Enhanced IGRP route is placed in the hold-down state use the
ipx hold-down eigrp interface configuration command To restore the default time use the no form of this command
ipx hold-down eigrp autonomous-system-number seconds no hold-down ipx eigrp autonomous-system-n umber seconds
Syntax Description
autonomous-system-number Enhanced IGRP autonomous system number It can be
number from to 65535
seconds Hold-down time in seconds The default hold time is seconds
Default
seconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
When an Enhanced IGRP route is it is into lost placed hold-down state for period of time The
of the hold-down state is to the of purpose ensure validity any new routes for the same destination
The amount of time lost Enhanced IGRP is in route placed the hold-down state is configurable Set
the amount of time to value than the default of longer seconds if your network requires longer time for the unreachable route information to propagate
Example
The the following example changes hold-down time for autonomous system from to 45 seconds
interface ethernet ipx network 10 ipx hold-down eigrp 45
P2R-280 Network Protocols command Reference Part ipx hold-time eigrp
px hod4me eigrp
To specify the length of time neighbor should consider Enhanced IGRP hello packets valid use the
ipx hold-time eigrp interface configuration command To restore the default time use the no form
of this command
ipx hold-time eigrp autonomous-system-number seconds
no ipx hold-time eigrp autonomous-system-number seconds
Syntax Description
autonomous-system-number Enhanced IGRP autonomous system number It can be
number from to 65535
seconds Hold time in seconds The hold time is advertised in hello
packets and indicates to neigh1ors the length of time they
should consider the sender valid The default hold time is
15 seconds which is times the hello interval
Default
For low-speed NBMA networks 180 seconds
For all other networks 15 seconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
Cisco lOS Release 10.0 This command first appeared in
If the current value for the hold time is less than two times the interval between hello packets the
hold time will be reset to three times the hello interval
If router does not receive hello packet within the specified hold time routes through the router
are considered available
the network Increasing the hold time delays route convergence across
multiaccess media The default of 180 seconds applies only to low-speed nonbroadcast NBMA
bandwidth interface Low speed is considered to be rate of Tl or slower as specified with the
configuration command
Example
The following example changes the hold time to 45 seconds
interface ethernet
ipx network 10 ipx hold-Lime eigrp 45
Novell IPX Commands P2R-281 ipx hold-time eigrp
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx hello-interval eigrp
P2R-282 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx input-network-filter
px inputnetwork4Uter
To control which networks added to the Cisco are lOS softwares routing table use the ipx
input-network-filter interface configuration command To remove the filter from the interface use
the no form of this command
ipx input-network-filter access-list-number name
no ipx input-network-filter access-list-n umber name
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number the of access list All incoming packets defined with
either standard or extended access lists are filtered by the entries
in this access list For standard access lists access-list-number
is number from 800 to 899 For extended access lists it is
number from 900 to 999
na/ne Name of the list Names access cannot contain space or
quotation mark and must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The ipx input-network-filter command controls which networks are added to the routing table based on the networks learned in incoming IPX routing updates RIP updates on the interface
You can issue only one ipx input-network-filter command on each intel-face
Examples
In the following example access list 876 controls which networks are added to the routing table
when IPX routing updates are received on Ethernet interface Routing updates for network lb will
be accepted Routing updates for all other networks are implicitly denied and are not added to the
routing table
access-list 876 permit lb interface ethernet
ipx input-network-filter 876
The is following example variation of the preceding that explicitly denies network and explicitly
allows updates for all other networks
accesslist 876 deny la accesslist 876 permit -l
Novell IPX commands P2R-283 ipx input-network-filter
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list extended access-list standard deny extended deny standard
ipx access-list
ipx output-network..filter
ipx router-filter permit extended permit standard
P2R-284 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx input-sap-filter
ipx nputsap4Uter
To control which services are added to the Cisco lOS softwares SAP table use the
ipx input-sap-filter interface configuration command To remove the filter use the no form of this command
ipx input-sap-filter access-iist-iuunber name
no ipx input-sap-filter access-iist-nwnber name
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the SAP access list All incoming packets are filtered by the entries in this access list The argument
access-list-number is number from 1000 to 1099
Name of the list Names contain name access cannot space or
quotation mark and they must begin with an alphabetic
character to prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The ipx input-sap-filter command filters all incoming service advertisements received by the route
This is done prior to accepting information about service
You can issue only one ipx input-sap-filter command on each interface
When configuring SAP filters for NetWare 3.11 and later servers use the servers internal network
and node number the node number is always 0000.0000.000 as its address in the access-list SAP
filtering command Do not use the network.node address of the particular interface board
Example
The following example denies service advertisements about the server at address
3c.0800.89a1.1527 but accepts information about all other services on all other networks
access-list 1000 deny 3c0B00.89a1.1527 access-list 1000 permit
interface ethernet
ipx input-sap-filter 1000
Novell IPX Commands P2R-285 ipx input-sap-filter
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list SAP filtering
deny SAP filtering
ipx access-list
ipx output-sap-filter
ipx router-sap-filter
permit SAP filtering
P2R-286 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx internal-network px internanetwork
To set an internal network number for use by NLSP and IPXWAN use the ipx internal-network
global configuration command To remove an internal network number use the no form of this command
ipx internal-network network-number
no ipx internal-network umber
Syntax Description
network-number Number of the internal network
Default
No internal network number is set
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
An internal network number is network number assigned to the router This network number must
be unique within the internetwork
You must configure an internal network number on each device on an NLSP-capable network for
NLSP to operate
When you set an internal network number the Cisco lOS software advertises the specified network
out all interfaces It accepts packets destined to that network at the address internal-network.0000.0000.000
Example
The following example assigns internal network number eOOl to the local router
ipx routing ipx internal-network eOOl
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router nlsp
ipx routing
Novell IPX Commands P2R-287 ipx ipxwan
px pxwan
To enable the serial IPXWAN protocol on interface use the ipx ipxwan interface configuration command To disable the IPXWAN protocol use the no form of this command
umber ipx ipxwan network-n unnumbered local-server-name retiy-nterval retmyiinitl
no ipx ipxwan
Syntax Description
local-node Optional Primary network number of the router This is an
IPX network number that is unique across the entire
internetwork On NetWare 3.x servers the primary network
number is called the internal network number The device with
the higher number is determined to be the link master value of the Cisco lOS causes software to use the configured
internal network number
network-number Optional IPX network number to be used for the link if this
router is the one determined to be the link master The number
is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely identifies
network cable It be number in segment can the range to
FFFFFFFD value is equivalent to specifying the keyword unnumbered
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
unnumbered Optional Specifies that no IPX network number is defined for
the link This is equivalent to specifying value of for the
network-number argument
local-server-name Optional Name of the local router It can be up to 47 characters long and can contain uppercase letters digits underscores hyphens and at signs On NetWare 3.x
servers this is the router name For our routers this is the name
of the router as configured via the hostname command that is the name that precedes the standard prompt which is an angle
bracket for EXEC mode or pound sign for privileged EXEC mode
retmy-interval Optional Retry interval in seconds This interval defines how
often the software will the retry IPX WAN start-up negotiation if
failure Retries will start-up occurs occur until the retry limit
defined by the retmy-limit argument is reached It can be value
from to 600 The default is 20 seconds
retmy-limnit Optional Maximum number of times the software retries the
IPXWAN start-up negotiation before taking the action defined
by the ipx ipxwan error command It can be value from
through 100 The default is
P2R-288 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx ipxwan
Default
IPXWAN is disabled
If you enable IPXWAN the default is unnumbered
Command Mode
Interface conflguratibn
Usage Guidelines
This Cisco command first appeared in lOS Release 10.0 The unnumbered keyword and
retiy-interval argument first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
If you omit all optional arguments and keywords the ipx ipxwan command defaults to ipx ipxwan
unnumbered router-name which is equivalent to ipx ipxwan local-server-name where
router-name is the name of the router as configured with the hostname global configuration
command For this configuration the show ipx interface command displays ipx ipxwan local -server-name
If you enter value of for the network-number argument the output of the show running-config
EXEC command does not show the but rather reports this value as unnumbered
The name of each device on each side of the link must be different
is end-to-end IPXWAN start-up options negotiations protocol When link comes up the first IPX
packets sent across are IPXWAN packets negotiating the options for the link When the IPXWAN
options have been successfully determined normal IPX traffic starts The three options negotiated
are the link IPX network number internal network number and link delay ticks characteristics The
side of the link with the higher local-node number internal network number gives the IPX network
number and delay to use for the link to the other side Once IPXWAN finishes no IPXWAN packets
are sent unless link characteristics change or the connection fails For example if the IPX delay is
changed from the default setting an IPXWAN restart will be forced
To enable the IPXWAN protocol on serial interface you must not have configured an IPX network
number using the ipx network interface configuration command on that interface
To control the delay on link use the ipx delay interface configuration command If you issue this
command when the serial link is already up the state of the link will be reset and renegotiated
Examples
The following example enables IPXWAN on serial interface
interface serial encapsulation ppp ipx ipxwan
The following example enables IPXWAN on serial interface on device CHICAGO-AS When the
link comes up CHICAGO-AS will be the master because it has larger internal network number It
will give the IPX number 100 to NYC-AS to use as the network number for the link The link delay
in ticks will be determined by the exchange of packets between the two access servers
Novell IPX Commands P2R-289 ipx ipxwan
On the local access server CHICAGO-AS
interface serial no ipx network encapsulation ppp ipx ipxwan 6666 100 CHICAGO-AS
On the remote router NYC-AS
interface serial no ipx network encapsulation ppp ipx ipxwan 1000 101 NYC-AS
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
encapsulation ppp hostname
ipx delay
ipx internal-network
ipx ipxwan error
ipx ipxwan static
ipx network
show ipx interface
P2R-290 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx ipxwan error
px Hpxwan error
To define how to handle IPX when IPX fails WAN to negotiate properly at link startup use the ipx
ipxwan error interface configuration command To restore the default use the no form of this command
ipx ipxwan error resume shutdown
no ipx ipxwan error resume shutdown
Syntax Description
reset Optional Resets the link when negotiations fail This is the default action
resume Optional When negotiations fail IPXWAN ignores the failure takes and no special action resumes the start-up negotiation
attempt
shutdown Optional Shuts down the link when negotiations fail
Default
The link is reset
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 103
Use the command to define what action take if the ipx ipxwan error to IPX WAN startup negotiation
fails
Example
In the the serial link will be shut if following example down the IPXWAN startup negotiation fails
after three attempts spaced 20 seconds apart
interface serial encapsulation ppp ipx ipxwan ipx ipxwan error shutdown
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx ipxwan
ipx ipxwan static
Novell IPX Commands P2R-291 ipx ipxwan static
px ipxwan stafic
To negotiate static routes on link configured for IPXWAN use the ipx ipxwan static interface
configuration command To disable static route negotiation use the no form of this command
ipx ipxwan static
no ipx ipxwan static
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Static routing is disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
When the you specify ipx ipxwan static command the interface negotiates static routing on the link
If the router at the other side of the link is not configured to negotiate for static routing the link will
not initialize
Example
The following example enables static routing with IPXWAN
interface serial
encapsulation ppp ipx ipxwan ipx ipxwan static
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx ipxwan
ipx ipxwan error
P2R-292 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx link-delay
px Unkday
To specify the link delay use the ipx link-delay interface configuration command To return to the
default link delay use the no form of this command
ipx link-delay microseconds
no ipx link-delay microseconds
Syntax Description
microseconds Delay in microseconds
Default
No link delay delay of
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This conmand first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The link delay you specify replaces the default value or overrides the value measured by IPXWAN
when it starts The value is also supplied to NLSP for use in metric calculations
Example
The following example sets the link delay to 20 microseconds
ipx link-delay 20
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx ipxwan
ipx spx-idle-time
Novell IPX Commands P2R-293 ipx linkup-request
Hpx Unkuprequest
To enable the sending of general RIP and/or SAP query when an interface comes up use the
ipx linkup-request interface configuration command To disable the sending of general RIP and/or
SAP query when an interface comes up use the no form of this command
ipx linkup-request rip sap
no ipx linkup-request rip sap
Syntax Description
rip Enables the sending of general RIP query when an interface comes up
sap Enables the sending of general SAP query when an interface comes up
DefauR
General RIP and SAP queries are sent
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
Under normal operation when using serial or other point-to-point links the router sends RIP and SAP information twice when an interface comes up The RIP and SAP information is sent as soon
the link is as up and is sent again when the router receives general RIP query from the other end of
the connection By disabling the ipx linkup-request command the router sends the RIP and SAP information once instead of twice
Example
The following example configures the router to disable the general query for both RIP and SAP on
serial interface
interface serial
no ipx linkup-request rip no ipx linkup-request sap
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx update interval
ipx update sap-after-rip
P2R-294 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx maximum-hops
px maximumhops
To set the maximum count allowed for IPX hop packets use the ipx maximum-hop global
return to the default configuration command To number of hops use the no form of this command
ipx maximum-hops hops no ipx maximum-hops hops
Syntax Description
hops Maximum number of hops considered to be reachable by
non-RIP routing protocols Also maximum number of routers
that an IPX packet can traverse before being dropped It can be
value from 16 to The 254 default is 16 hops
Default
16 hops
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Packets whose hop count is equal to or greater than that specified by the ipx maximum-hops command are dropped
In RIP the Cisco lOS software advertises periodic updates never any network with hop count
greater than 15 However using protocols other than RIP the software might learn routes that are farther away than 15 hops The ipx maximum-hops command defines the maximum number of
that the software will well the hops accept as reachable as as maximum number of hops that an IPX
traverse before it is the software packet can dropped by Also the software will respond to specific
RIP request for network that is reachable at distance of greater than 15 hops
Exam pie
The following command configures the software to accept routes that are up to 64 hops away
ipx maximum-hops 64
Novell IPX Commands P2R-295 ipx maximum-paths
px maxmumpaths
To set the maximum number of equal-cost paths the Cisco lOS software uses when forwarding
packets use the ipx maximum-pathsglobal configuration command To restore the default value
use the no form of this command
ipx maximum-pathspaths
no ipx maximum-paths
Syntax Description
paths Maximum number of equal-cost paths which the Cisco lOS
software will use It can be number from ito 512 The default
value is
Default
path
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco 105 Release 10.0
The ipx maximum-pathscommand increases throughput by allowing the software to choose among several equal-cost parallel paths Note that when paths have differing costs the software chooses
lower-cost routes in preference to higher-cost routes
When per-host load sharing is disabled IPX performs load sharing on packet-by-packet basis in round-robin fashion regardless of whether you are using fast switching or process switching That
is the first packet is sent along the first path the second packet along the second path and so on
When the final path is reached the next packet is sent to the first path the next to the second path and so on
Limiting the number of equal-cost paths can save memory on routers with limited memory or with
very large configurations Additionally in networks with large number of multiple paths and
systems with limited ability to cache out-of-sequence packets performance might suffer when traffic
is split between many paths
When you enable per-host load sharing IPX performs load sharing by transmitting traffic across
multiple equal-cost paths while guaranteeing that packets for given end host always take the same
path Per-host load sharing decreases the possibility that successive packets to given end host will
arrive out of order
With per-host load balancing the number of equal-cost paths set by the ipx maximum-paths
command must be greater than one otherwise per-host load sharing has no effect
Example
In the following example the software uses up to three parallel paths
ipx maximum-paths
P2R-296 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx maximum-paths
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online find to documentation of related commands
ipx delay
ipx per-host-load-share
show ipx route
Novell IPX Commands P2R-297 ipx netbios input-access-filter px netbos nputaccess4Uter
To control incoming IPX NetBIOS FindName messages use the ipx netbios input-access-filter this command interface configuration command To remove the filter use the no form of
ipx netbios input-access-filter host bytes name
no ipx netbios input-access-filter host bytes name
Syntax Description
host Indicates that the following argument is the name of NetBIOS
access filter previously defined with one or more netbios
access-list host commands
bytes Indicates that the following argument is the name of NetBIOS
access filter previously defined with one or more netbios
access-list bytes commands
name Name of NetBIOS access list
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
You can issue only one ipx netbios input-access-filter host and one ipx netbios input-access-filter
bytes command on each interface
These filters apply only to IPX NetBIOS FindName packets They have no effect on LLC2 NetBIOS
packets
Example
The following example filters packets arriving on Token Ring interface using the NetBIOS access
list named engineering
netbios access-list host engineering permit eng netbios access-list host engineering deny manu
interface tokenring ipx netbios input-access-filter engineering
P2R-298 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx netbios input-access-filter
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx netbios output-access-filter
netbios access-list
show ipx interface
Novell IPX Commands P2R-299 ipx netbios output-access-filter
px netbos outputaccess4Uter
the netbios To control outgoing NetBIOS FindName messages use ipx output-access-filter the form of this command interface configuration command To remove the filter use no
ipx netbios output-access-filter host bytes name
no ipx netbios output-access-filter host bytes name
Syntax Description
host Indicates that the following argument is the name of NetBIOS defined with netbios access filter previously one or more
access-list host commands
Indicates that the is the name of NetBIOS bytes following argument netbios access filter previously defined with one or more
access-list bytes commands
name Name of previously defined NetBIOS access list
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
netbios You can issue only one ipx netbios output-access-filter host and one ipx
output-access-filter bytes command on each interface
LLC2 NetBIOS These filters apply only to IPX NetBIOS FindName packets They have no effect on
packets
Example
The following example filters packets leaving Token Ring interface using the NetBIOS access list
named engineering
netbios access-list bytes engineering permit 20 AA04
interface token
ipx netbios output-access-filter bytes engineering
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx netbios input-access-filter
netbios access-list
show ipx interface
P2R-300 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx network
ipx network
To enable IPX routing on interface and to particular optionally select the type of encapsulation framing use the ipx network interface configuration command To disable IPX routing use the no form of this command
network network ipx encapsulation-type
no ipx network network encapsulationtype
Syntax Description
network Network number This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that
identifies uniquely network cable segment It can be number in the
range to FFFFFFFD
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number For
for the example network number 000000AA you can enter AA
of encapsulation Optional 1ipe encapsulation framing It can be one of the
encapsulation-type following values
Ethernet arpa for interfaces onlyUse Novells Ethernet II
encapsulation This encapsulation is recommended for networks that
handle both TCP/IP and IPX traffic
hdlc serial interfaces for onlyUse HDLC encapsulation
novell-ether for Ethernet interfaces onlyUse Novells Ethernet_802 encapsulation This encapsulation consists of
standard 802.3 Media Access Control header followed MAC directly the IPX header with by checksum of FFFF It is the default
encapsulation used all versions of NetWare by up to and including Version 3.11
novell-fddi for FDDI interfaces onlyUse Novells FDDI_RAW encapsulation This encapsulation consists of standard FDDI MAC
header followed directly by the IPX header with checksum of OxFFFF
sap for Ethernet interfacesUse Novells Ethernet 802.2
encapsulation.This encapsulation consists of standard 802.3 MAC header followed by an 802.2 LLC header This is the default
encapsulation used by NetWare Version 3.12 and 4.0 Token Ring interfacesThis encapsulation consists of standard
802.5 MAC header followed by an 802.2 LLC header
FDDI interfacesThis encapsulation consists of standard FDDI MAC header followed by an 802.2 LLC header
snap for Ethernet interfacesUse Novell EthernetSnap encapsulation This encapsulation consists of standard 802.3 MAC header followed by an 802.2 SNAP LLC header Token and FDDI Ring interfacesThis encapsulation consists of
standard 802.5 or FDDI MAC header followed by an 802.2 SNAP LLC header
secondary Indicates additional Optional an secondary network configured after
the first primary network
Novell IPX Commands P2R-301 ipx network
Default
IPX routing is disabled
Encapsulation types
For Ethernet novelhether Token For Ring sap
For FDDI snap
If you use NetWare Version 4.0 and Ethernet you must change the default encapsulation type from noveI1ether to sap
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
network network The ipx network command allows you to configure single logical on physical cable or more than one logical network on the same physical network network segment Each
network on given interface must have different encapsulation type
be the network The first network you configure on an interface is considered to primary Any include the additional networks are considered to be secondary networks these must secondary
keyword
Note In future Cisco lOS software releases primary and secondary networks will not be supported
in order NLSP does not support secondary networks You must use subinterfaces to use multiple
encapsulations with NLSP
Note When enabling NLSP and configuring multiple encapsulations on the same physical LAN
interface you must use subinterfaces You cannot use secondary networks
interface all the networks the You can configure an IPX network on any supported as long as on same four IPX physical interface use distinct encapsulation type For example you can configure up to
networks on single Ethernet cable because Ethernet supports four encapsulation types
and the number The interface processes only packets with the correct encapsulation correct network The IPX networks using other encapsulations can be present on the physical network only effect on determine the router is that it uses some processing time to examine packets to whether they have
the correct encapsulation
All logical networks on an interface share the same set of configuration parameters For example if
you change the IPX RIP update time on an interface you change it for all networks on that interface
When define networks the IPX treats each you multiple logical on same physical network
encapsulation as if it were separate physical network This means for example that IPX sends RIP
updates and SAP updates for each logical network
The ipx network command is useful when migrating from one type of encapsulation to another If
you are using it for this purpose you should define the new encapsulation on the primary network
P2R-302 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx network
To delete all networks on an interface use the following command
no ipx network
the network with the Deleting primary following command also deletes all networks on that
interface The number is the argument number of the primary network
no ipx network number
To delete network on an of the secondary interface use one following commands The argument number is the number of secondary network
no ipx network number no network ipx number encapsulation encapsulation-type
Novells is in FDDI_RAW encapsulation common bridged or switched environments that connect Ethernet-based Novell end hosts via FDDI backbone Packets with FDDI_RAW encapsulation are classified as Novell packets and are not when automatically bridged you enable both bridging and IPX cannot routing Additionally you configure FDDI_RAW encapsulation on an interface configured for IPX autonomous or SSE switching Similarly you cannot enable IPX autonomous or
SSE on an interface with switching configured FDDI_RAW encapsulation
With FDDI_RAW encapsulation that do not platforms use CBUS architecture support fast switching Platforms using CBUS architecture support only process switching of novell-fddi packets received on an FDDI interface
Examples
The following example uses subinterfaces to create four logical networks on Ethernet interface
Each subinterface has different encapsulation Any interface configuration parameters that you on individual specify an subinterface are applied to that subinterface only
ipx routing interface ethernet
interface ethernet 0.1 ipx network encapsulation novell-ether
interface ethernet 0.2
ipx network encapsulation snap
interface ethernet 0.3
ipx network encapsulation arpa
interface ethernet 0.4
ipx network encapsulation sap
The following uses and networks example primary secondary to create the same four logical
networks as shown in this section interface previously Any configuration parameters that you
specify on this interface are to all the applied logical networks For example if you set the routing
update timer to 120 seconds this value is used on all four networks
ipx routing ipx network encapsulation novell-ether
ipx network encapsulation snap secondary ipx network encapsulation arpa secondary ipx network encapsulation sap secondary
Novell IPX Commands P2R-303 ipx network
The following example enables IPX routing on FDDI interfaces 0.2 and 03 On FDDI interface 0.2
is Novells the encapsulation type is SNAP On FDDI interface 0.3 the encapsulation type FDDI_RAW
ipx routing
interface fddi 0.2
ipx network f02 encapsulation snap
interface fddi 03
ipx network f03 encapsulation novellfddi
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx routing
P2R3O4 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx nhrp authentication
ipx nhrp authentication
To configure the authentication string for an interface using Next Hop Resolution Protocol NHRP use the ipx nhrp authentication interface configuration command To remove the authentication
string use the no form of this command
ipx nhrp authentication string
no ipx nhrp authentication
Syntax Description
string Authentication string configured for the source and destination
stations that controls whether NHRP stations allow
intercommunication The be string can up to eight characters long
Default
No authentication is the Cisco lOS software string configured adds no authentication option to
NHRP packets it generates
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
All routers configured with NHRP on fabric for an interface must share the same authentication
string
Example
In the following example the authentication string spec ialxx must be configured in all devices using
NHRP on the interface before NHRP communication occurs
ipx nhrp authentication speciaixx
Novell IPX Commands P2R-305 ipx nhrp holdtime
px nhrp hoHdtme
To change the number of seconds that NHRP nonbroadcast multiaccess NBMA addresses are advertised valid in authoritative the holdtime interface as NHRP responses use ipx nhrp
configuration command To restore the default value use the no form of this command
ipx nhrp holdtime seconds-positive
no ipx nhrp holdtime
Syntax Description
seconds-positive Time in seconds that NBMA addresses are advertised as valid in
positive authoritative NHRP responses
seconds-negative Optional Time in seconds that NBMA addresses are
advertised as valid in negative authoritative NHRP responses
Default
7200 seconds hours for both arguments
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
The holdtime ipx nhrp command affects authoritative responses only The advertised holding time
is the of time the length Cisco lOS software tells other routers to keep information that it is provided
in authoritative NHRP responses The cached IPX-to-NBMA address mapping entries are discarded
after the holding time expires
The NHRP cache can contain static and dynamic entries The static entries never expire Dynamic
entries expire regardless of whether they are authoritative or nonauthoritative
If you want to change the valid time period for negative NHRP responses you must also include
value for positive NHRP responses as the arguments are position-dependent
Examples
The following example advertises NHRP NBMA addresses as valid in positive authoritative NHRP
responses for one hour
ipx nhrp hoidLime 3600
The following example advertises NHRP NBMA addresses as valid in negative authoritative NHRP
for hour in responses one and positive authoritative NHRP responses for two hours
ipx nhrp hoidtime 7200 3600
P2R-306 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx nhrp interest
px nhrp nterest
To control which IPX packets can trigger sending Next Hop Resolution Protocol NHRP Request the use ipx nhrp interest interface configuration command To restore the default value use the no
form of this command
ipx nhrp interest access-list-number
no ipx nhrp interest her
Syntax Description
access-list-number Standard or extended IPX access list number from 800 through 999
Default
All non-NHRP packets can trigger NHRP requests
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Use this command with the access-list command to control which IPX packets trigger
NHRP Requests
Example
In the following example any NetBIOS traffic can cause NHRP requests to be sent but no other IPX
packets will cause NHRP requests
ipx nhrp interest 901 access-list 901 permit 20
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list extended
access-list standard
Novefl IPX Commands P2R-307 ipx nhrp map
px nhrp map
To statically configure the IPX-to-NBMA address mapping of IPX destinations connected to
nonbroadcast multiaccess NBMA network use the ipx nhrp map interface configuration conmand To remove the static entry from NHRP cache use the no form of this command
ipx nhrp map ipx-address nbma-address no ipx nhrp map ipx-address nbma-address
Syntax Description
ipx-address IPX address of the destinations reachable through the NBMA
network This address is mapped to the NBMA address
nbna-address NBMA address that is directly reachable through the NBMA
network The address format varies depending on the medium
you are using For example ATM has network-service access point NSAP address and SMDS has an E.164 address This
address is mapped to the IPX address
Default
No static IPX-to-NBMA cache entries exist
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
You will probably have to configure at least one static mapping in order to reach the Next Hop
Server Repeat this command to statically configure multiple IPX-to-NBMA address mappings
Example
The following example statically configures this station in an SMDS network to be served by two Next Hop Servers l.0000.0c1459ef and l0000.0c1459d0 The NBMA address for
l.00000c1459ef is statically configured to be c141000l.000l and the NBMA address for
l.0000.0c14.59d0 is c141000l.0002
interface serial
ipx nhrp nhs l0000.0c14.59ef ipx nhrp nhs l.0000.0c14.59d0 ipx nhrp map l.0000.Ocl4.59ef cl4l.000l.000l ipx nhrp map l.0000.0c14.59d0 c141.000l.0002
Related Commands
the You can use master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx nhrp
P2R-308 Network Protocols Command Reference Part px nhrp max-send
ipx nhrp maxsend
To the maximum which change frequency at NHRP packets can be sent use the ipx nhrp max-send
interface configuration command To restore this frequency to the default value use the no form of
this command
ipx nhrp max-send pkt-count every interval
no ipx nhrp max-send
Syntax Description
Number of which be transmitted pkt-count packets can in the range to 65535
every interval Time in seconds in the range 10 to 65535 Default is 10 seconds
Default
pkt-count packets
interval 10 seconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
The sbftware maintains per interface quota of NHRP packets that can be transmitted NHRP traffic
whether or cannot be sent at that exceeds locally generated forwarded rate this quota The quota
is replenished at the rate specified by interval
Example
In the following example only one NHRP packet can be sent out serial interface each minute
interface serial ipx nhrp max-send every 60
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nhrp interest
ipx nhrp use
Novell IPX Commands P2R-309 ipx nhrp network-id
px nhrp networkid
To enable the Next Resolution Hop Protocol NHRP on an interface use the ipx nhrp network-id
interface configuration command To disable NHRP on the interface use the no form of this command
ipx nhrp network-id number
no ipx nhrp network-id
Syntax Description
number Globally unique 32bit network identifier for nonbroadcast multiaccess network The NBMA range is to 4294967295
Default
NHRP is disabled on the interface
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
In general all NHRP stations within fabric must be configured with the same network identifier
Example
The following example enables NHRP on the interface
ipx nhrp network-id
P2R-310 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx nhrp nhs
px nhrp nhs
To specify the address of one or more NHRP Next Hop Servers use the ipx nhrp nhs interface
configuration command To remove the address use the no form of this command
ipx nhrp nhs nhs-address met-address
no ipx nhrp nhs nhs-address
Syntax Description
nhs-address Address of the Next Hop Server being specified
net-address Optional IPX address of network served by the Next Hop Server
Default
No Next Hop Servers are explicitly configured so normal network layer routing decisions forward
NHRP traffic
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Use this command to specify the address of Next Hop Server and the networks it serves Normally
NHRP consults the network layer forwarding table to determine how to forward NHRP packets
When Next Hop Servers are configured the next hop addresses specified with the ipx nhrp nhs
command override the forwarding path specified by the network layer forwarding table that would
usually be used for NHRP traffic
For Next that is any Hop Server configured you can specify multiple networks that it serves by
repeating this command with the same nhs-address address but different net-address IPX network numbers
Example
In the following example the Next Hop Server with address 1.0000.OcOO.1234 serves IPX network
ipx nhrp nhs 1.0000OcOO.1234
Novell IPX Commands P2R-311 ipx nhrp record
px nhrp record
To re-enable the use of forward record and reverse record options in NHRP Request and Reply the record interface command packets use ipx nhrp configuration To suppress the use of such
options use the no form of this command
ipx nhrp record
no ipx nhrp record
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Forward record and reverse record options are enabled by default
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Forward record and reverse record options provide loop detection and are used in NHRP Request and Reply packets Using the no form of this command disables this method of ioop detection For
another method of loop detection see the ipx nhrp responder command
Example
The following example suppresses forward record and reverse record options
no ipx nhrp record
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nhrp responder
P2R-312 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx nhrp responder
px nhrp responder
To designate which interfaces primary IPX address that the Next Hop Server uses in NHRP Reply
packets when the NHRP requestor uses the Responder Address option use the ipx nhrp responder
interface configuration command To remove the designation use the no form of this command
ipx nhrp responder type number
no ipx nhrp responder
Syntax Description
type Interface type whose primary IPX address is used when Next Hop
Server complies with Responder Address option Valid options are
atm serial and tunnel
number Interface number whose primary IPX address is used when Next Hop
Server complies with Responder Address option
Default
The Next Hop Server uses the IPX address of the interface where the NHRP Request was received
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 111
If an NHRP requestor wants to know which Next Hop Server generates an NHRP Reply packet it
can request that information through the Responder Address option The Next Hop Server that
generates the NHRP Reply packet then complies by inserting its own IPX address in the Responder
Address option of the NHRP Reply The Next Hop Server uses the primary IPX address of the
specified interface
If an NHRP Reply packet being forwarded by Next Hop Server contains that Next Hop Servers
own IPX address the Next Hop Server generates an Error Indication of type NHRP Loop Detected and discards the Reply
Example
In the for the Address will this router following example any NHRF requests Responder cause
acting as Next Hop Server to supply the primary IPX address of interface serial in the NHRP Reply packet
ipx nhrp responder serial
Novell IPX Commands P2R-313 ipx nhrp use
px nhrp use
To configure the software so that NHRP is deferred until the system has attempted to send data traffic
to particular destination multiple times use the ipx nhrp use interface configuration command To
restore the default value use the no form of this command
ipx nhrp use usage-count
no ipx nhrp use usage-count
Syntax Description
Packet in the 65535 usage-count count range to
Default
usage-count The first time data packet is sent to destination for which the system determines
NHRP can be used an NHRP request is sent
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
When the software attempts to transmit data packet to destination for which it has determined
that NHRP address resolution can be used an NHRP request for that destination is normally
transmitted right away Configuring the usage-count causes the system to wait until that many data
packets have been sent to particular destination before it attempts NHRP The usage-count for
particular destination is measured over 1-minute intervals the NHRP cache expiration interval
The usage-count applies per destination So if usage-count is configured to be and data packets
are sent toward 10.0.0.1 and packet toward 10.0.0.2 then an NHRP request is generated for
10.0.0.1 only
If the system continues to need to forward data packets to particular destination but no NHRP
response has been received retransmission of NHRP requests are performed This retransmission
occurs only if data traffic continues to be sent to destination
The ipx nhrp interest command controls which packets cause NHRP address resolution to take the place ipx nhrp use command controls how readily the system attempts such address resolution
Example
In the following example if in the first minute four packets are sent to one IPX address and five
packets are sent to second IPX address then single NHRP request is generated for the second
IPX address If in the second minute the same traffic is generated and no NHRP responses have been
received then the system retransmits its request for the second IPX address
ipx nhrp use
P2R-314 Network Protocols command Reference Part ipx nhrp use
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nhrp interest
ipx nhrp maxsend
Novell IPX Commands P2R-315 ipx nlsp csnp-interval
px nHsp csnpntervaO
To configure the NLSP complete sequence number PDU CSNP interval use the
ipx nlsp csnp-interval interface configuration command To restore the default value use the no
form of this command
ipx nlsp csnp-interval seconds
no ipx nlsp ljtag csnp-interval seconds
Syntax Description
Names the The be tag Optional NLSP process tag can any
combination of printable characters
seconds Time in seconds between the transmission of CSNPs on
multiaccess networks This interval applies to the designated
router only The interval can be number in the range to 600
The default is 30 seconds
Default
30 seconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The ipx nlsp csnp-interval command applies only to the designated router for the specified interface
only This is because only designated routers send CSNP packets which are used to synchronize the database
CSNP does not apply to serial point-to-point interfaces However it does apply to WAN connections
if the WAN is viewed as multiaccess meshed network
Example
The following example configures Ethernet interface to transmit CSNPs every 10 seconds
interface ethernet ipx network 101 ipx nlsp enable ipx nlsp csnp-interval 10
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nlsp hello-interval
ipx nlsp retransmit-interval
P2R-316 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx nlsp enable
px nsp enabHe
To enable NLSP routing on the primary network configured on this interface or subinterface use the
ipx nlsp enable interface configuration command To disable NLSP routing on the primary network
configured on this interface or subinterface use the no form of this command
ipx nlsp enable
no ipx nlsp enable
Syntax Description
Names the The be tag Optional NLSP process tag can any combination of printable characters
Default
NLSP is disabled on all interfaces
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 103
When you enable NLSP routing the current settings for RIP and SAP compatibility modes as
specified with the ipx nlsp rip and ipx nlsp sap interface configuration commands take effect
automatically
When the router enables the you specify an NLSP tag NLSP on specified process An NLSPpmcess
is routers databases working together to manage route information about an area NLSP
version 1.0 routers are always in the same area Each router has its own adjacencies link-state and databases These databases forwarding operate collectively as single process to discover select
and maintain route information about the area NLSP version 1.1 routers that exist within single
area also use single process
version 1.1 that interconnect NLSP routers multiple areas use multiple processes to discover select
and maintain route information about the areas they interconnect These routers manage an
adjacencies link-state and area address database for each area to which they attach Collectively these databases are still referred to as aprocess The forwarding database is shared among processes
within in router The sharing of entries the forwarding database is automatic when all processes
interconnect NLSP veision 1.1 areas
Configure multiple NLSP processes when router interconnects multiple NLSP areas
Note NLSP version 1.1 routers refer to routers that support the route aggregation feature while
NLSP version 1.0 routers refer to routers that do not
Novell IPX Commands P2R-317 ipx nlsp enable
Examples
The following example enables NLSP routing on Ethernet interface
interface ethernet
ipx nlsp enable
The following example enables NLSP routing on serial interface
interface serial
ipx ipxwan 2442 unnumbered locall
ipx nlsp enable
The enables following example NLSP routing for process area3 on Ethernet interface
interface ethernet
ipx nlsp area3 enable
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nlsp rip
ipx nlsp sap
P2R-318 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx nlsp hello-interval
px nHsp heHointerva
To the configure interval between the transmission of hello packets use the ipx nlsp hello-interval
interface configuration command To restore the default value use the no form of this command
ipx nlsp hello-interval seconds
no ipx nlsp hello-interval seconds
Syntax Description
tag Optional Names the The be NLSP process tag can any combination of printable characters
seconds in Time seconds between the transmission of hello packets on
the interface It can be number in the range ito 1600 The
default is 10 seconds for the designated router and 20 seconds
for nondesignated routers
Default
10 seconds for the designated router
20 seconds for nondesignated routers
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The router sends hello at interval designated packets an equal to one-half the configured value
Use this command to improve the speed at which failed router ot link is detected router is
declared to be down if hello has not been received from it for the time determined by the holding
time the hello interval multiplied by the holding time multiplier by default 60 seconds for
routers and 30 seconds for nondesignated designated routers You can reduce this time by lowering
the hello-interval setting at the cost of increased traffic overhead
You also this command reduce link may use to overhead on very slow links by raising the hello
interval This will reduce the traffic the link on at the cost of increasing the time required to detect failed router or link
Example
The serial interface to transmit hello 30 seconds following example configures packets every
interface serial ipx ipxwan 2442 unnumbered locall ipx nlsp enable ipx nlsp hello-interval 30
Novell IPX Commands P2R-319 ipx nlsp hello-interval
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nlsp csnp-interval
ipx nlsp hello-multiplier
ipx nlsp retransmit-interval
P2R-320 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx nlsp hello-multiplier
px nsp heUomutipUer
To the hello used on specify multiplier an interface use the ipx nlsp hello-multiplier interface configuration restore the default command To value use the no form of this command
ipx nlsp hello-multiplier multiplier
no nlsp hello-multiplier
Syntax Description
tag Optional Names the NLSP The be process tag can any combination of printable characters
Value multiplier by which to multiply the hello interval It can be
number in the range to 1000 The default is
Default
The default multiplier is
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
You use the hello modifier in with the hello interval conjunction to determine the holding time value
sent in hello The time is to the hello packet holding equal interval multiplied by the hello multiplier
The time tells the router how holding neighboring long to wait for another hello packet from the sending router If the router does not receive neighboring another hello packet in the specified time then the neighboring router declares that the sending router is down
You can use this method of the time determining holding when hello packets are lost with some and NLSP are frequency adjacencies failing unnecessarily You raise the hello multiplier and lower
the hello interval to make the hello correspondingly protocol more reliable without increasing the time required to detect link failure
Example
In the following example serial interface will advertise hello 15 packets every seconds The
multiplier is These values determine that the hello packet holding time is 75 seconds
interface serial
ipx nlsp hellointerval 15 ipx nlsp hello-multiplier
Related Commands
can use the master indexes search online You or to find documentation of related commands
ipx nlsp hello-interval
Novell IPX Commands P2R-321 ipx nlsp Isp-interval
ipx nHsp spIntervaH
link-state use the To configure the time delay between successive NLSP packet LSP transmissions
command To restore the default time use the no ipx nisp Isp-interval interface configuration delay form of the command
ipx nlsp Isp-interval interval
no ipx nlsp isp-interval
Syntax Description
The be tag Optional Names the NLSP process tag can any
combination of printable characters
successive transmissions interval Time in milliseconds between LSP 55 and 5000 The The interval can be number in the range
default interval is 55 milliseconds
Default
55 milliseconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
This command allows you to control how fast LSPs can be flooded out an interface
In topologies with large number of NLSP neighbors and interfaces router may have difficulty
with the CPU load imposed by LSP transmission and reception This command allows you to reduce
the LSP transmission rate and by implication the reception rate of other systems
Example
LSPs 100 milliseconds The following example causes the system to transmit every 10 packets per second on Ethernet interface
interface Ethernet
ipx nlsp isp-interval 100
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nisp retransmit-interval
P2R-322 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx nlsp metric
px nsp metric
To the cost for configure NLSP an interface use the ipx nlsp metric interface configuration
command To restore the default cost use the no form of this command
ipx nlsp metric metric-n umber
no ipx nlsp metric metric-n umber
Syntax Description
Names the tag Optional NLSP process The tag can be any combination of printable characters
metric-number Metric value for the interface It can be number from to 63
Default
The default varies based on the throughput of the link connected to the interface
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Use the metric command ipx nlsp to cause NLSP to prefer some links over others link with
lower metric is more preferable than one with higher metric
Tpically it is not necessary to configure the metric however it may be desirable in some cases when there are wide differences in link bandwidths For example using the default metrics single ISDN link 64-kbps will be preferable to two 1544-kbps Ti links
Example
The following example configures metric of 10 on serial interface
interface serial
ipx network 107 ipx nlsp enable ipx nlsp metric 10
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nlsp enable
Novell IPX Commands P2R-323 ipx nlsp multicast
px nsp muhficast
To configure an interface to use multicast addressing use the ipx nlsp multicast interface
configuration command To configure the interface to use broadcast addressing use the no form of
this command
ipx nlsp multicast
no ipx nlsp multicast
Syntax Description
The be tag Optional Names the NLSP process tag can any
combination of printable characters
Default
Multicast addressing is enabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
This command allows the router interface to use NLSP multicast addressing If an adjacent neighbor
broadcasts the affected does not support NLSP multicast addressing the router will revert to using on interface
is the The router will also revert to using broadcasts if multicast addressing not supported by
hardware or driver
Example
The following example disables multicast addressing on Ethernet interface
interface ethornetO
no ipx nisp muiticast
P2R-324 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx nlsp priority
ipx nsp priority
To the election of the configure priority specified interface for designated router election use the ipx
nlsp priority interface configuration command To restore the default priority use the no form of this command
ipx nlsp priority priority-number
no ipx nlsp priority priority-number
Syntax Description
Names the tag Optional NLSP process The tag can be any
combination of printable characters
priority-number Election priority of the designated router for the specified interface This be can number in the range to 127 This value
is unitless The default is 44
Default
44
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Use the ipx nlsp priority command to control which router is elected designated router The device
with the highest priority number is selected as the designated router
The designated router increases its own priority by 20 in order to keep its state as of the designated
router more stable To have particular router be selected as the designated router configure its
priority to be at least 65
Example
The following example sets the designated router election priority to 65
interface ethernet
ipx network 101 ipx nlsp enable ipx nlap priority 65
Novell IPX Commands P2R-325 ipx nlsp retransmit-interval px nsp retransmitntervaH
To configure the link-state packet LSP retransmission interval on WAN links use the ipx nlsp
retransmit-interval interface configuration command To restore the default interval use the no
form of this command
ipx nlsp retransmit-interval seconds
no ipx nlsp retransmit-interval seconds
Syntax Description
tag Optional Names the NLSP process The tag can be any
combination of printable characters
seconds LSP retransmission interval in seconds This can be number
in the range to 30 The default is seconds
Default
seconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
This command sets the maximum amount of time that can pass before an LSP will be sent again
retransmitted on WAN link if no acknowledgment is received
Reducing the retransmission interval can improve the convergence rate of the network in the face of
lost WAN links The cost of reducing the retransmission interval is the potential increase in link
utilization
Example
The following example configures the LSP retransmission interval to seconds
ipx nisp retransmi-intervai
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nlsp csnp-interval
ipx nlsp hello-interval
P2R-326 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx nlsp rip
px nsp rp
To configure RIP when is the compatibility NLSP enabled use ipx nlsp rip interface configuration command To restore the default use the no form of this command
ipx nlsp rip off auto
no ipx nlsp rip off auto
Syntax Description
tag Optional Names the NLSP process The tag can be any combination of printable characters
on Optional Always generates and sends RIP periodic traffic
off Optional Never generates and sends RIP periodic traffic
auto Optional Sends RIP periodic traffic only if another RIP router
in sending periodic RIP traffic This is the default
Defau It
RIP traffic is sent if another periodic only router in sending periodic RIP traffic
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The ipx nlsp rip command is networks meaningful only on on which NLSP is enabled RIP and SAP are on default other always by on interfaces Because the default mode is auto no action is
normally required to fully support RIP compatibility on an NLSP network
Example
In the the interface following example never generates or sends RIP periodic traffic
inLerface ethernet
ipx nisp rip off
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nlsp enable
ipx nlsp sap
Novell IPX Commands P2R-327 ipx nlsp sap
px nsp sap
To configure SAP compatibility when NLSP in enabled use the ipx nlsp sap interface configuration
command To restore the default use the no form of this command
ipx nlsp sap off auto
no ipx nlsp sap off auto
Syntax Description
The be tag Optional Names the NLSP process tag can any
combination of printable characters
on Optional Always generates and sends SAP periodic traffic
off Optional Never generates and sends SAP periodic traffic
auto Optional Sends SAP periodic traffic only if another SAP
router in sending periodic SAP traffic This is the default
Default
SAP periodic traffic is sent only if another router in sending periodic SAP traffic
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
which NLSP is enabled Because the The ipx nlsp sap command is meaningful only on networks on SAP default mode is auto no action is normally required to fully support compatibility on an NLSP network
Example
traffic In the following example the interface never generates or sends SAP periodic
interface ethernet
ipx nlsp sap of
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nlsp enable
ipx nlsp rip
P2R328 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx output-gns-filter
px outputgns4Hter
To control which servers are included in the Get Nearest Server GNS responses sent by the Cisco lOS the software use ipx output-gns-filter interface configuration command To remove the
filter from the interface use the no form of this command
ipx output-gns-filter access- list -number name
no ipx output-gns-filter access- list-number name
Syntax Description
access-list-n umber Number of the SAP access list All outgoing GNS packets are
filtered by the entries in this access list The argument
access-list-number is number from 1000 to 1099
name Name of the list Names access cannot contain space or and quotation mark they must begin with an alphabetic
character to prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
You can issue only one ipx outputgns-filter command on each interface
Exam pie
The excludes the server at address following example 3c.0800.89a1.1527 from GNS responses sent
on Ethernet interface but allows all other servers
accesslist 1000 deny 3c0800.89a1.1527 access-list 1000 permit ipx routing
interface ethernet ipx network 2B ipx output-gns-filter 1000
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access..list SAP filtering
deny SAP filtering
ipx access-list
ipx gns-round-robin
permit SAP filtering
Novell IPX Commands P2R-329 ipx output-network-filter
px outputnetwork4Uter
To control the list of networks included in routing updates sent out an interface use the ipx
the filter from the output-network-filter interface configuration command To remove interface use
the no form of this command
ipx output-network-filter access-list-nunber name
no ipx output-network-filter access-list-number name
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list All outgoing packets defined with
either standard or extended access lists are filtered by the entries
in this access list For standard access lists access-list-number
is number from 800 to 899 For extended access lists it is
number from 900 to 999
name Name of the access list Names cannot contain space or
quotation mark and they must begin with an alphabetic
character to prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The ipx output-network-filter command controls which networks the Cisco lOS software
advertises in its IPX routing updates RIP updates
command each interface You can issue only one ipx output-network-filter on
Example
networks in In the following example access list 896 controls which are specified routing updates 2b be the network advertised sent out the serial interface This configuration causes network to only
in Novell routing updates sent on the specified serial interface
accesslisL 896 permit 2b
interface serial
ipx oucpuLnetwork-f liter 896
P2R-330 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx output-network-filter
Related Commands
You the can use master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list extended access-list standard deny extended deny standard
ipx access-list
ipx input-network-filter
ipx router-filter permit extended permit standard
Novell IPX Commands P2R-331 ipx output-rip-delay
px outputrpdeHay
To set the interpacket delay for RIP updates sent on single interface use the ipx output-rip-delay
interface configuration command To return to the default value use the no form of this command
ipx output-rip-delay delay
no ipx output-rip-delay
Syntax Description
delay Delay in milliseconds between packets in multiple-packet
RIP update The default delay is 55 ms Novell recommends
delay of 55 ms
Default
55 ms
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The interpacket delay is the delay between the individual packets sent in multiple-packet routing
update The ipx output-rip-delay command sets the interpacket delay for single interface
The system uses the interpacket delay specified by the ipx output-rip-delay command for periodic and triggered routing updates when no delay is set for tiiggered routing updates When you set
delay for triggered routing updates the system uses the delay specified by the ipx output-rip-delay
command for only the periodic routing updates sent on the interface
To set delay for triggered routing updates see the ipx triggered-rip-delay or ipx
default-triggered-rip-delay commands
You can also set default RIP interpacket delay for all interfaces See the ipx
default-output-rip-delay command for more information
Novell recommends delay of 55 ms for compatibility with older and slower IPX machines These
machines may lose RIP updates because they process packets more slowly than the router sends
them The delay imposed by this command forces the router to pace its output to the
slower-processing needs of these IPX machines
The default delay on NetWare 3.11 server is about 100 ms
This command is also useful on limited bandwidth point-to-point links or X.25 and Frame Relay
multipoint interfaces
Example
The following example establishes 55-ms interpacket delay on serial interface
interface serial
ipx network 106A
ipx output-rip--delay 55
P2R-332 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx output-rip-delay
Related Commands
can use the master indexes search online You or to find documentation of related commands
ipx default-output-rip-delay
ipx default-triggered-rip-delay
ipx triggered-rip-delay
ipx update sap-after-rip
Novell IPX Commands P2R-333 ipx output-sap-delay
px outputsapday
To set the interpacket delay for Service Advertising Protocol SAP updates sent on single
interface use the ipx output-sap-delay interface configuration command To return to the default
delay value use the no form of this command
ipx output-sap-delay delay
no ipx output-sap-delay
Syntax Description
in delay Delay in milliseconds between packets multiple-packet
SAP update The default delay is 55 ms Novell recommends
delay of 55 ms
Default
55 ms
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The interpacket delay is the delay between the individual packets sent in multiple-packet SAP
update The ipx output-sap-delay command sets the interpacket delay for single interface
command for The system uses the interpacket delay specified by the ipx output-sap-delay periodic
and triggered SAP updates when no delay is set for triggered updates When you set delay for command triggered updates the system uses the delay specified by the ipx output-sap-delay only
for the periodic updates sent on the interface
To set delay for triggered updates see the ipx triggered-sap-delay or ipx
default-triggered-sap-delay commands
You can also set default SAP interpacket delay for all interfaces See the ipx
default-output-sap-delay command for more information
Novell recommends delay of 55 ms for compatibility with older and slower IPX servers These
lose SAP because than the router sends them servers may updates they process packets more slowly
The delay imposed by the ipx output-sap-delay command forces the router to pace its output to the
slower-processing needs of these servers
The default delay on NetWare 3.11 server is about 100 ms
This command is also useful on limited bandwidth point-to-point links or X.25 and Frame Relay
multipoint interfaces
P2R-334 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx output-sap-delay
Example
The establishes 55-ms between following example delay packets in multiple-packet SAP updates on Ethernet interface
interface ethernet ipx network 106A ipx output-sap-delay 55
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx default-output-sap-delay
ipx default-triggered-sap-delay
ipx linkup-request
ipx triggered-sap-delay
Novell IPX Commands P2R-335 ipx output-sap-filter
px outputsap4Uter
To control which services are included in SAP updates sent by the Cisco lOS software use the ipx
output-sap-filter interface configuration command To remove the filter use the no form of this command
ipx output-sap-filter access-iist-number name
no ipx output-sap-filter access-iist-number name
Syntax Description
access-list-n wnber Number of the SAP access list All outgoing service
advertisements are filtered by the entries in this access list The
argument access-list-number is number from 1000 to 1099
Name of the list Names contain access cannot space or
quotation mark and must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
DefauR
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The Cisco lOS software applies output SAP filters prior to sending SAP packets
You can issue only one ipx output-sap-filter command on each interface
When configuring SAP filters for NetWare 3.11 and later servers use the servers internal network
and node number the node number is always 0000.0000.0001 as its address in the SAP access-list
command Do not use the nel-work.node address of the particular interface board
Example
The following example denies service advertisements about server 0000.0000.000 on network aa
from being sent on network 4d via Ethernet interface All other services are advertised via this
network All services included those from server aa.0000.0000.0001 aie advertised via networks 3c and 2b
accesslist 1000 deny aa.0000.00000001 access-list 1000 permit -l
interface ethernet ipx network 3c
P2R-336 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx output-sap-fitter
interface ethernet ipx network 4d
ipx outputsap--filLer 1000
interface serial
ipx network 2b
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list SAP filtering
deny SAP filtering
ipx access-list
ipx gns-round-robin
ipx input-sap-filter
ipx router-sap-filter
permit SAP filtering
Novell IPX Commands P2R-337 ipx pad-process-switched-packets px padprocessswtchedpackèts
To control whether odd-length packets are padded so as to be sent as even-length packets on an
interface use the ipx pad-process-switched-packets interface configuration command To disable
padding use the no form of this command
ipx pad-process-switched-packets
no ipx pad-process-switched-packets
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Enabled on Ethernet interfaces
Disabled on Token Ring FDDI and serial interfaces
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Use this command only under the guidance of customer engineer or other service representative
The ipx pad-process-switched-packets command affects process-switched packets only so you must disable fast before the command has effect switching ipx pad-process-switched-packets any
Some IPX end hosts reject Ethernet packets that are not padded Certain topologies can result in such
packets being forwarded onto remote Ethernet network Under specific conditions padding on
intermediate media be used for this can as temporary workaround problem
Example
The following example configures the Cisco lOS software to pad odd-length packets so that they are
sent as even-length packets on FDDI interface
interface fddi
ipx network 2A no ipx route-cache ipx pad-process-switched-packets
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx route-cache
P2R-338 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx per-host-load-share
ipx perhostioadshare
To enable per-host load sharing use the ipx per-host-load-share global configuration command To
disable per-host load sharing use the no form of the command
ipx per-host-load-share
no ipx per-host-load-share
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Use this command to enable per-host load sharing Per-host load sharing transmits traffic across
multiple equal-cost paths while guaranteeing that packets for given end host always take the same
path
When you do not enable per-host load sharing the software uses round-robin algorithm to
accomplish load sharing Round-robin load sharing transmits successive packets over alternate
equal-cost paths regardless of the destination host With round-robin load sharing successive
packets destined for the same end host might take different paths Thus round-robin load sharing
increases the possibility that successive packets to given end host might arrive out of order or be
dropped but ensures true load balancing of given workload across multiple links
In contrast per-host load sharing decreases the possibility that successive packets to given end host
will arrive out of order but there is potential decrease in true load balancing across multiple links
True load sharing occurs only when different end hosts utilize different paths equal link utilization
cannot be guaranteed
With per-host load balancing the number of equal-cost paths set by the ipx maximum-paths load has effect command must be greater than one otherwise per-host sharing no
Example
The following command globally enables per-host load sharing
ipx perhost-1oad share
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx maximum-paths
Novell IPX Commands P2R-339 ipx ping-default
px pngdefaut
To select the that the Cisco lOS software ping type transmits use the ipx ping-default global
configuration command To return to the default ping type use the no form of this command
ipx ping-default cisco novell diagnostic no ipx ping-default cisco novell diagnostic
Syntax Description
cisco Transmits Cisco pings
novell Transmits standard Novell pings
diagnostic Transmits diagnostic request/response for IPX pings
Default
Cisco pings
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first in appeared Cisco lOS Release 10.3 The diagnostic ping feature was added to this command in Cisco lOS Release 12.0
This command can transmit Cisco standard pings Novell pings as defined in the NLSP specification and IPX diagnostic pings
The IPX feature addresses diagnostic ping diagnostic related issues by accepting and processing unicast or broadcast diagnostic packets It makes enhancements to the current IPX ping command to other stations ping using the diagnostic packets and display the configuration information in the
response packet
Note When is sent from one station the ping to another response is expected to come back
immediately when is set ipx ping-default to diagnostics the response could consist of more than
one packet and each node is expected to within 0.5 seconds of of the respond receipt request Due to
the absence of an end-of-message there is and the must wait for flag delay requester all responses
to amve Therefore in verbose mode there be brief of 0.5 seconds before may delay the response data is displayed
The ipx ping-default command the be used using diagnostic keyword can to conduct reachability test and should not be used to measure accurate roundtrip delay
P2R-340 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx ping-default
Sample Display
The following is sample output of IPX ping-default when diagnostic is enabled
Router ipx pingdefault diagnostic Protocol ipx Target IPX address 20.0000.0000.0001 Verbose En Timeout in seconds
Type escape sequence to abort Sending 31byte IPX Diagnostic Echoes to 20.0000.0000.0001 timeout is seconds
Diagnostic Response from 20.0000.0000.0001 in ms Major Version Minor Version
SPX Diagnostic Socket 4002 Number of components Component ID IPX SPX Component ID Router Driver Component ID Router Number of Local Networks Local Network Type LAN Board Network Addressl 20 Node Addressl 00000000.0001 Local Network Type LAN Board Network Address2 30 Node Address2 0060.7Occ.bc65
Note Verbose mode must be enabled to get diagnostic information
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ping user trace user
Novell IPX Commands P2R-341 ipx ripmax-packetsize
px rpmaxpacketze
To the maximum size configure packet of RIP updates sent out the interface use the ipx
interface rip-max-packetsize configuration command To restore the default packet size use the no form of this command
ipx rip-max-packetsize bytes
no ipx rip-max-packetsize bytes
Syntax Description
bytes size in The Maximum packet bytes default is 432 bytes which
allows for 50 routes at bytes each plus 32 bytes of IPX
network and RIP header information
Default
432 bytes
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The maximum size is for the IPX packet including the IPX network and RIP header information
Do not allow the maximum size to exceed the allowed maximum packet size of packets for the interface
Example
The following example sets the maximum RIP update packet to 832 bytes
ipx rip-rnax-packesjze 832
Related Commands
You the can use master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx sap-max-packetsize
P2R-342 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx rip-multiplier
px ripmuflpUer
To configure the interval at which networks RIP entry ages out use the ipx rip-multiplier
interface configuration command To restore the default interval use the no form of this command
ipx rip-multiplier nultiplier
no ipx rip-multiplier multiplier
Syntax Description
used calculate the interval which out RIP multiplier Multiplier to at to age entries This be number The routing table can any positive
value you specify is multiplied by the RIP update interval to
determine the aging-out interval The default is three times the
RIP update interval
Default
Three times the RIP update interval
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 103
All routers on the same physical cable should use the same multipliei value
Example
the In the following example in configuration where RIP updates are sent once every minutes
interval at which RIP entries age out is set to 10 minutes
interface ethernet
ipx rip-multiplier
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx update sap-after-rip
Novell IPX Commands P2R-343 ipx rip-response-delay
px rpresponsedellay
To the change delay when responding to Routing Information Protocol RIP requests use the ipx
rip-response-delay interface configuration command To return to the default delay use the no form of this command
ipx rip-response-delay ins
no ipx rip-response-delay
Syntax Description
ms Delay time in milliseconds for RIP responses
Default
No delay in answering ms
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 113
This command slows down the Cisco router and allows another router to answer first and become
the router of choice in delay responding to RIP requests can be imposed so that in certain
local Novell IPX topologies any router or any third-party IPX router can respond to the RIP requests before the Cisco router responds
time is the Optimal delay same as or slightly longer than the time it takes the other router to answer
Example
The following example sets the delay in responding to RIP requests to 55 ms 0.055 second
ipx rip-response-delay 55
Related Commands
the You can use master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx gns-response-delay
ipx output-rip-delay
ipx output-sap-delay
P2R-344 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx route px route
To add static route or static NLSP route summary to the routing table use the ipx route global this command configuration command To remove route from the routing table use the no form of
ipx route network default network.node inteiface
no ipx route
Syntax Description
network Network to which you want to establish static route
This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely
identifies network cable segment It can be number in the
range to FFFFFFFD You do not need to specify leading zeros
in the network number For example for the network number
000000AA you can enter AA
network-mask Optional Specifies the portion of the network address that is When common to all addresses in an NLSP route summary
used with the network argument it specifies the static route summary
The high-order bits of network-mask must be contiguous Fs
while the low-order bits must be contiguous zeros An
arbitrary mix of Fs and Os is not permitted
default Creates static entry for the default route The router
forwards all nonlocal packets for which no explicit route is
known via the specified next hop address network.node or interface
network.node Router to which to forward packets destined for the specified network
The argument network is an eight-digit hexadecimal number
that uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be
in do need to number the range to FFFFFFFD You not specify
leading zeros in the network number For example for the
network number 000000AA you can enter AA
This The argument node is the node number of the target router
is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal numbers mx.wx.x.tvx
inteiface Network interface to which to forward packets destined for the
specified network Interface is serial or serial 0.2 Specifying
an interface instead of network node is intended for use on
IPXWAN unnumbered interfaces The specified interface can be
null interface
ticks Optional Number of IBM clock ticks of delay to the network
for which you are establishing static route One clock tick is 1/18 of second approximately 55 ms Valid values are
through 65534
Novell IPX Commands P2R-345 ipx route
hops Optional Number of hops to the network for which you are
static Valid values establishing route are through 254
floating-static Optional Specifies that this route is floating static route
which is static route that can be overridden by dynamically learned route
Default
No static routes are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first in Cisco lOS Release 10.0 The appeared following arguments and keywords
first in Cisco appeared lOS 10.3 network-mask default inteiface floating-static
The route ipx command forwards packets destined for the specified network network via the
specified router or an interface network node inteiface on that network regardless of whether that router is sending dynamic routing information
static routes are static routes that be Floating can overridden by dynamically learned routes Floating
static routes allow to switch to another you path whenever routing information for destination is
lost One of static is application floating routes to provide back-up routes in topologies where
dial-on-demand routing is used
If configure floating static the Cisco lOS software checks if you route to see an entry for the route
already exists in its routing table If route the dynamic already exists floating static route is placed in reserve as of static part floating route table When the software detects that the dynamic route is
no it the longer available replaces dynamic route with the floating static route for that destination
If the route is later relearned dynamically the dynamic route replaces the floating static route and the
floating static route is again placed in reserve
If interface you specify an instead of network node address the interface must be an IPXWAN unnumbered interface For the IPXWAN interfaces network number need not be preassigned the nodes instead may negotiate the network number dynamically
Note that default static routes by floating are not redistributed into other dynamic protocols
Examples
In the following example router at address 3abc.0000.OcOO.lac9 handles all traffic destined for network Se
ipx routing ipx route 5e 3abc.0000.OcQQ.iac9
The following example defines static NLSP route summary
ipx routing ipx route aaaa0000 ffff0000
P2R-346 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx route
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx default-route
show ipx route
Novell IPX Commands P2R-347 ipx route-cache
px routecache
To enable IPX fast switching use the ipx route-cache interface configuration command To disable
fast switching use the no form of this command
ipx route-cache
no ipx route-cache
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Fast switching is enabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 100
Fast allows switching higher throughput by switching packets using cache created by previous
transit Fast is packets switching enabled by default on all interfaces that support fast switching including Token Ring Frame Relay PPP SMDS and ATM
On ciscoBus-2 interface cards fast switching is done between all encapsulation types On other
interface cards fast is done in all the switching cases except following transfer of packets with sap from encapsulation an Ethernet Token Ring or an FDDI network to standard serial line
You want disable might to fast switching in two situations One is if you want to save memory on the interface cards fast-switching caches require more memory than those used for standard The switching second situation is to avoid congestion on interface cards when high-bandwidth
interface is writing large amounts of information to low-bandwidth interface
Examples
The following example enables fast switching on an interface
interface ethernet
ipx route-cache
The following example disables fast switching on an interface
interface ethernet
no ipx route-cache
P2R-348 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx route-cache
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx cache
ipx source-network-update
ipx watchdog-spoof
show ipx cache
show ipx interface
Novell IPX Commands P2R-349 ipx route-cache inactivity-timeout
px routecache nactMty4imeout
To adjust the period and rate of route cache invalidation because of inactivity use the ipx route-cache inactivity-timeout global configuration command To return to the default values use the no form of this command
route-cache ipx inactivity-timeout period
no ipx route-cache inactivity-timeout
Syntax Description
period Number of minutes that valid cache entry may be inactive
before it is invalidated Valid values are through 65535
value of zero disables this feature
rate The maximum number of Optional inactive entries that may be invalidated minute Valid values per are through 65535 value of zero means no limit
Defaults
The default period is minutes The default rate is cache entries do not age
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 103
IPX fast-switch cache entries that are not in use be invalidated after may configurable period of time If no new these entries activity occurs will be purged from the route cache after one additional minute
Cache entries that have been to the switch when uploaded processor autonomous switching is configured are always exempt from this treatment
This command has no effect if silicon switching is configured
Example
The sets the following example inactivity period to minutes and sets maximum of 10 entries that be can invalidated per minute
ipx route-cache inactivity-timeout 10
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx cache
ipx route-cache
ipx route-cache update-timeout
show ipx cache
P2R-350 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx route-cache max-size px routecache maxze
To set maximum limit on the number of entries in the IPX route cache use the ipx route-cache
max-size global configuration command To return to the default setting use the no form of this command
ipx route-cache max-size size
no ipx route-cache max-size
Syntax Description
size Maximum number of entries allowed in the IPX route cache
Default
The default setting is no limit on the number of entries
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
entries in the cache of router On large networks storing too many route can use significant amount
This situation is networks that memory causing router processing to slow most common on large run network management applications for NetWare If the network management station is
in than Novell responsible for managing all clients and servers very large greater 50000 nodes
network the routers on the local segment can become inundated with route cache entries The ipx
route-cache max-size command allows you to set maximum number of entries for the route cache
entries deleted If the route cache already has more entries than the specified limit the extra are not cache However all route cache entries are subject to being removed via the parameter set for route
aging via the ipx route-cache inactivity-timeout command
Example
The following example sets the maximum route cache size to 10000 entries
ipx route-cache max-size 10000
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx route-cache
ipx route-cache inactivity-timeout
ipx route-cache update-timeout
show ipx cache
Novell IPX Commands P2R-351 ipx routecache update-timeout
px routecache update4meout
To adjust the period and rate of route cache invalidation because of aging use the ipx route-cache
update-timeout global configuration command To return to the default values use the no form of this command
ipx route-cache update-timeout period no ipx route-cache update-timeout
Syntax Description
period Number of minutes since valid cache entry was created before
it be may invalidated value of zero disables this feature
rate Optional The maximum number of aged entries that may be invalidated per minute value of zero means no limit
Default
The default setting is disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.2
IPX fast-switch cache entries that exceed minimum be age may invalidated after configurable
period of time Invalidation occurs unless the cache marked entry was as active during the last minute if Following invalidation no new activity occurs these entries will be purged from the route cache after one additional minute
This capability is useful when autonomous primarily switching or silicon switching is enabled In
both cases activity is not recorded for entries in the route cache because data is being switched by the Switch Processor or Silicon Switch Processor SP SSP In this case it may be desirable to invalidate periodically limited number of older cache entries each minute
If the end hosts have become inactive the cache entries will be purged after one additional minute
If the end hosts are still active the route cache and autonomous or SSP cache entries will be revalidated instead of being purged
Example
The following sets the timeout example update period to minutes and sets maximum of 10 entries that be can invalidated per minute
ipx route-cache update-timeout 10
P2R-352 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx route-cache update-timeout
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx cache
ipx route-cache
ipx route-cache inactivity-timeout
show ipx cache
Novell IPX Commands P2R-353 ipx router px router
To specify the routing protocol to use use the ipx router global configuration command To disable
particular routing protocol on the router use the no form of this command
ipx router eigrp autonomous-system-number nisp rip
no ipx router eigrp autonomous-system-number nlsp rip
Syntax Description
eigrp Enables the Enhanced IGRP routing protocol The argument
autonomous-system-n umber autonomous-system-number is the Enhanced IGRP autonomous
system number It can be number from to 65535
The nlsp Enables the NLSP routing protocol optional argument tag
names the NLSP process to which you are assigning the NLSP
protocol If the router has only one process defining tag is
optional maximum of three NLSP processes may be
configured on the router at the same time The tag can be any
combination of printable characters
rip Enables the RIP routing protocol It is on by default
Default
RIP is enabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0 The nlsp keyword and tag argument first
appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
You must explicitly disable RIP by issuing the no ipx router rip command if you do not want to use
this routing protocol
You Enhanced IGRP To do each different can configure multiple processes on router so assign
autonomous system number
Note NLSP version 1.1 routers refer to routers that support the route aggregation feature while
NLSP version 10 routers refer to routers that do not
When NLSP the for you specify an tag you configure NLSP routing protocol particular NLSP
process An NLSP pmcess is routers databases working together to manage route information
about an area NLSP version 1.0 routers are always in the same area Each router has its own
adjacencies link-state and forwarding databases These databases operate collectively as single
process to discover select and maintain route information about the area NLSP version 1.1 routers
that exist within single area also use single process
P2R-354 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx router
NLSP version 1.1 routers that interconnect multiple areas use multiple processes to discover select
and maintain route information about the areas they interconnect These routers manage an
adjacencies link-state and area address database for each area to which they attach Collectively
these databases are still referred to as process The forwarding database is shared among processes
within router The sharing of entries in the forwarding database is automatic when all processes
interconnect NLSP version 1.1 areas
Configure multiple NLSP processes when router interconnects multiple NLSP areas
Examples
The following example enables Enhanced IGRP
ipx router eigrp
This handles for The following example enables NLSP on process area process routing NLSP
area
ipx router niep areal
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
network
redistribute
Novell IPX Commands P2R-355 ipx router-filter
px router4flter
To filter the routers from which packets are accepted use the ipx router-filter interface
configuration command To remove the filter from the interface use the no form of this command
ipx router-filter access-list-number name
no ipx router-filter
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list All incoming packets defined with
either standard or extended access lists are filtered by the entries
in this access list For standard access lists access-list-number
is number from 800 to 899 For extended access lists it is
number from 900 to 999
name Name of the list access Names cannot contain space or
quotation mark and must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
You can issue only one ipx router-filter command on each interface
Example
In the list following example access 866 controls the routers from which packets are accepted For
Ethernet interface only packets from the router at 3c.0000.OOcO047d are accepted All other
packets are implicitly denied
accesslist 866 permit 3c.0000.OOcO047d
interface ethernet
ipx router-filter 866
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list extended access-list standard deny extended deny standard
ipx access-list
ipx input-network-filter
P2R-356 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx router-filter
ipx output-network-filter permit extended permit standard
Novell IPX Commands P2R-357 ipx router-sap-filter
px routersap4Uter
To filter Service Protocol received from Advertising SAP messages particular router use the
ipx router-sap-filter interface configuration command To remove the filter use the no form of this command
ipx router-sap..filter access- list-number name
no ipx router-sap-filter access-lisr-numnber name
Syntax Description
access-list-number Number of the access list All incoming service advertisements
are filtered by the entries in this access list The argument
access-list-number is number from 1000 to 1099
name Name of the access list Names cannot contain space or
quotation mark and must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
You can issue only one ipx router-sap-filter command on each interface
Example
In the following example the Cisco lOS software will receive service advertisements only from router aa.0207.0104.0874
accesslist 1000 permit aa.0207.01040874 accesslist 1000 deny
interface ethernet ipx routersap-filter 1000
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list SAP filtering
deny SAP filtering
ipx access-list
ipx input-sap-filter
ipx output-sap-filter
P2R-358 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx router-sap-filter
ipx sap permit SAP filtering show ipx interface
Novell IPX Commands P2R-359 ipx routing
px roufing
To enable IPX use the command To disable routing ipx routing global configuration IPX routing
use the no form of this command
ipx routing
no ipx routing
Syntax Description
node Optional Node number of the router This is 48-bit value
represented by dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal
numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx It must not be multicast address
If you omit node the Cisco lOS software uses the hardware
MAC address currently assigned to it as its node address This is the MAC address of the first Ethernet Token Ring or FDDI
interface card If no satisfactory interfaces are present in the
router such as only serial interfaces you must specify node
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The command enables ipx routing IPX Routing Information Protocol RIP and Service Advertising Protocol SAP services
If you omit the argument node and if the MAC address later changes the IPX node address
to the automatically changes new address However connectivity may be lost between the time that the MAC address changes and the time that the IPX clients and servers learn the routers new address
If to DECnet you plan use and IPX routing concurrently on the same interface you should enable DECnet router then first enable IPX routing without specifying the optional MAC node number If enable IPX before you enabling DECnet routing routing for IPX will be disrupted
Example
The following example enables IPX routing
ipx routing
Related Commands
You the can use master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx network
P2R-360 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx sap
ipx sap
To specify static Service Advertising Protocol SAP entries use the ipx sap global configuration
command To remove static SAP entries use the no form of this command
ipx sap service-type name network.node socket hop-count
no ipx sap service-type name network.node socket hop-count
Syntax Description
service-type SAP service-type number Table 49 earlier in this chapter lists
some IPX SAP services
name Name of the server that provides the service
network.node Network number and node address of the server
The argument network is an eight-digit hexadecimal number
that uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be
number in the range ito FFFFFFFD You do not need to specify
leading zeros in the network number For example for the
network number 000000AA you can enter AA
The argument node is the node number of the target Novell
server This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet of
four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
socket Socket number for this service Table 47 earlier in this chapter
lists some IPX socket numbers
hop-count Number of hops to the server
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The ipx sap command allows you to add static entries into the SAP table Each entry has SAP entries in the SAP service associated with it Static SAP assignments always override any identical
table that are learned dynamically regardless of hop count The router will not announce static SAP
entry unless it has route to that network
Novell IPX Commands P2R361 ipx sap
Example
In the the following example route to JOES_SERVER is not yet learned so the system displays an informational The message JOES_SERVER service will not be announced in the regular SAP
until the Cisco lOS software updates learns the route to it either by means of RIP update from
neighbor or an ipx sap command
ipx sap 107 MAILSERV 160.0000.OcOl.2b72 8104 ipx sap FILESERV 165.0000.0c01.3dlb 451
ipx sap 143 JOES_SERVER Al.0000.0c01.1234 8170 no route to Al JOES SERVER wont be announced until route is learned
Related Commands
the You can use master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx input-sap-filter
ipx output-sap-filter
ipx router-sap-filter
show ipx servers
P2R-362 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx sap-incremental
px sapncrementaH
To send Service Advertising Protocol SAP updates only when change occurs in the SAP table
use the ipx sap-incremental interface configuration command To send periodic SAP updates use the no form of this command
ipx sap-incremental eigrp autonomous-system-number
no ipx sap-incremental eigrp autonomous-system-n umber
Syntax Description
IPX eigrp Enhanced IGRP autonomous system number It can be
autonomous-system-number number from to 65535
rsup-only Optional Indicates that the system uses Enhanced IGRP on
this interface to carry reliable SAP update information only
RIP routing updates are used and Enhanced IGRP routing
updates are ignored
Default
Enabled on serial interfaces Disabled on LAN media Ethernet Token Ring FDDI
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
To use the ipx sap-incremental command you must enable Enhanced IGRP This is the case even
if you want to use only RIP routing You must do this because the incremental SAP feature requires
the Enhanced IORP reliable transport mechanisms
With this if IPX Enhanced IGRP is functionality enabled an peer found on the interface SAP
updates will be sent only when change occurs in the SAP table Periodic SAP updates are not sent
When no IPX Enhanced IGRP peer is present on the interface periodic SAPs are always sent
regardless of how this command is set
If the local send you configure router to incremental SAP updates on an Ethernet and if the local device has least Enhanced IGRP at one IPX neighbor and any servers clients or routers that do not
have IPX Enhanced IGRP configured on the Ethernet interface these devices will not receive
complete SAP information from the local router
If the incremental sending of SAP updates on an interface is configured and no IPX Enhanced IGRP
peer is found SAP updates will be sent periodically until peer is found Then updates will be sent
only when changes occur in the SAP table
To take advantage of Enhanced IGRPs incremental SAP update mechanism while using the RIP
routing protocol instead of the Enhanced IGRP routing protocol specify the rsup-only keyword
SAP updates are then sent only when changes occur and only changes are sent Use this feature only when you want to use RIP routing Cisco lOS software disables the exchange of route information
via Enhanced IGRP for that interface
Novell IPX Commands P2R-363 ipx sapincrementaI
Example
The following example sends SAP updates on Ethernet interface only when there is change in
the SAP table
interface ethernet
ipx sap-incremental eigrp 200
P2R-364 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx sap-incremental split-horizon
ipx sapincrementaH spUthorizon
To configure incremental SAP split horizon use the ipx sap-incremental split-horizon interface
configuration command To disable split horizon use the no form of this command
ipx sap-incremental split-horizon
no ipx sap-incremental split-horizon
Syntax Description
This command has no argument or keywords
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 12.0
Caution For IPX incremental SAP split horizon to work properly IPX Enhanced IGRP should
be turned on Otherwise warning message like the following will be displayed
%IPX EIGRP noL running
When split horizon is enabled Enhanced IGRP incremental SAP update packets are not sent back
to the same interface from where the SAP is received This reduces the number of Enhanced IGRP
packets on the network
Split horizon blocks information about SAPs from being advertised by router to the same interface
from where that SAP is received Typically this behavior optimizes communication among multiple nonbroadcast such routers particularly when links are broken However with networks as Frame
Relay and SMDS situations can arise for which this behavior is less than ideal For these situations
you may wish to disable split horizon
Note IPX incremental SAP split horizon is off for WAN interfaces and subinterfaces and on for
LAN interfaces The global default stays off The interface setting takes precedence if the interface
setting is modified or when both the global and interface settings are unmodified The global setting
is used only when global setting is modified and the interface setting is unmodified
Example
The following example disables split horizon on serial interface
inLerface serial
nn ipx sapincremental splithorizon
Novell IPX Commands P2R-365 ipx sap-incremental split-horizon
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx eigrp-sap-split-horizon
ipx split-horizon eigrp
show ipx eigrp neighbor server
P2R-366 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx sap-max-packetsize
ipx sapmaxpacketsize
To configure the maximum packet size of Service Advertising Protocol SAP updates sent out the
interface use the ipx sap-max-packetsize interface configuration command To restore the default
packet size use the no form of this command
ipx sap-max-packetsize bytes
no ipx sap-max-packetsize bytes
Syntax Description
Maximum bytes packet size in bytes The default is 480 bytes which
allows for servers 64 bytes each plus 32 bytes of IPX network and SAP header information
Default
480 bytes
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The maximum size is for the IPX packet including the IPX network and SAP header information For allow 10 SAP example to servers per packet you would configure 32 10 64 or 672 bytes
for the maximum packet size
You are responsible for guaranteeing that the maximum packet size does not exceed the allowed
maximum size of packets for the interface
Exam pie
The following example sets the maximum SAP update packet size to 672 bytes
ipx sap-max-packetsize 672
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx rip-max-packetsize
Novell IPX Commands P2R-367 ipx sap-multiplier
px sapmuflpUer
To the interval at which networks configure or servers Service Advertising Protocol SAP entry
ages out use the ipx sap-multiplier interface configuration command To restore the default
interval use the no form of this command
ipx sap-multiplier multiplier
no ipx sap-multiplier multiplier
Syntax Description
multiplier Multiplier used to calculate the interval at which to age out SAP
routing table entries This can be any positive number The
value you specify is multiplied by the SAP update interval to
determine the aging-out interval The default is three times the
SAP update interval
Default
Three times the SAP update interval
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
All routers the on same physical cable should use the same multiplier value
Exam pie
In the in where SAP following example configuration updates are sent once every minute the interval which at SAP entries age out is set to 10 minutes
interface ethernet ipx sap-multiplier 10
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx sap-max-packetsize
P2R-368 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx sap-queue-maximum
ipx sapqueue-maximum
To configure the maximum length of the queue of pending input Service Advertising Protocol SAP
GNS requests and SAP query packets use the ipx sap-queue-maximum global configuration
command To return to the default value use the no form of this command
ipx sap-queue-maximum umber
no ipx sap-queue-maximum
Syntax Description
Maximum number length of the queue of pending SAP requests By
default there is no limit to the number of pending SAP requests
that the Cisco lOS software stores in this queue
Default
No maximum queue size
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The Cisco lOS software maintains list of SAP requests to process including all pending GNS
queries from clients attempting to reach servers When the network is restarted the software can be
inundated with hundreds of requests for servers Most of these can be repeated requests from the
same clients The ipx sap-queue-maximum command allows you to configure the maximum length
allowed for the pending SAP requests queue Packets received when the queue is full are dropped
Example
The following example sets the length of the queue of pending SAP requests to 20
ipx sap-queue-maximum 20
Novell IPX Commands P2R-369 ipx source-network-update
px sourcenetworkupdate
To network repair corrupted numbers use the ipx source-network-update interface configuration
command To disable this feature use the no form of this command
ipx source-network-update
no ipx source-network-update
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
In some early implementations of IPX client software it was possible for the clients network number to become The command corrupted ipx source-network-update repairs this number by the network setting source field of any packet on the local network that has hop count of zero
You must disable fast switching with the no ipx route-cache command before using the ipx source-network-update command
Caution The ipx source-network-update command interferes with the proper working of OS/2 Requestors Do not use this command in network that has OS/2 Requestors
Caution Do not use the ipx source-network-update command on interfaces on which NetWare NetWare
lx or 4.0 or later servers are using internal network numbers
Example
The following example repairs corrupted network numbers on serial interface
interface serial
no ipx route-cache
ipx source-network--update
Related Commands
You the can use master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx route-cache
P2R-370 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx split-horizon eigrp
px spUthorzon eigrp command To To configure split horizon use the ipx split-horizon eigrp interface configuration
disable split horizon use the no form of this command
ipx split-horizon eigrp autonomous-system-number umber no ipx split-horizon eigrp autonomous-system-n
Syntax Description
autonomous-system-number Enhanced IGRP autonomous system number It can be number from ito 65535
Default
Enabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Enhanced IGRP and are not sent for When split horizon is enabled update query packets IGRP destinations that have next hops on this interface This reduces the number of Enhanced
packets on the network
from advertised the Cisco lOS software to Split horizon blocks information about routes being by
which that information this behavior optimizes any inteiface from originated Typically when links broken with communication among multiple routers particularly are However situations arise for this behavior nonbroadcast networks such as Frame Relay and SMDS can which disable horizon is less than ideal For these situations you may wish to split
Example
The following example disables split horizon on serial interface
interface serial
no ipx split-horizon eigrp 200
Novell IPX Commands P2R-371 ipx spx-idle-time
px spxde4me
To set the amount of time to wait before the of SPX starting spoofing keepalive packets following inactive data the transfer use ipx spx4dle-time interface configuration command To disable the
culTent delay time set by this command use the no form of this command
ipx spx-idle-time delay-in-seconds
no ipx spx4dle-time
Syntax Description
delay-in-seconds The of time amount in seconds to wait before spoofing SPX
keepalives after data transfer has stopped
Default
60 seconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
This command sets the time in seconds elapsed after which spoofing of keepalive packets occurs
following the end of data transfer that is after the and acknowledgment sequence numbers of the data being transferred have stopped increasing By default SPX keepalive packets are sent from to clients servers every 15 to 20 seconds
If turn on SPX and do you spoofing you not set an idle time the default of 60 seconds is assumed
This means that the dialer idle time begins when SPX spoofing begins For example if the dialer idle time is the time before minutes elapse SPX spoofing begins is minutes minutes of dialer idle time plus minute of SPX spoofing idle time
For this command to take effect must first the you use ipx spx-spoof interface configuration command to enable SPX spoofing for the interface
Example
The following example enables spoofing on serial interface and sets the idle timer to 300 seconds
interface serial
ipx spx-spoof no ipx route-cache ipx spx-idle-tjme 300
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes search or online to find documentation of related commands
ipx spx-spoof
show ipx spx-spoof
P2R-372 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx spx-spoof
ipx spxspoof
client servers SPX on To configure the Cisco lOS software to respond to or keepalive packets
link will idle when data has behalf of remote system so that dial-on-demand DDR go stopped command To disable use being transferred use the ipx spx-spoof interface configuration spoofing
the no form of this command
ipx spx-spoof
no ipx spx-spoof
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
interface Fast You can use the ipx spx-spoof command on any serial dialer or point-to-point must be disabled on the interface otherwise SPX spoofing switching and autonomous switching
will not be permitted
to clients 15 to 20 seconds after client session SPX keepalive packets are sent from servers every and after which has been idle for certain period of time following the end of data transfer only
set the unsolicited acknowledgments are sent The idle time may vary depending on parameters by
client and server
link On Because of acknowledgment packets session would never go idle on DDR these can incur for the customer large phone pay-per-packet or byte networks keepalive packets these calls from made configuring the connection charges for idle time You can prevent being by
remote clients behalf This is sometimes software to respond to the servers keepalive packets on
referred to as spoofing the server
the time in seconds after which spoofing You can use the ipx spx-idle-time command to set elapsed
the end of data transfer If turn on SPX spoofing and you of keepalive packets occurs following you
seconds is assumed This means that the dialer idle time do not set an idle time the default of 60
For if the dialer idle time is minutes the elapse time begins when SPX spoofing begins example minute of is minutes minutes of dialer idle time plus SPX before the line goes idle-spoofing
spoofing idle time
Example
serial interface The following example enables spoofing on
interface serial
ipx spx-spoof no ipx route-cache
Novell IPX Commands P2R373 ipx spx-spoof
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx throughput
show ipx spx-spoof
P2R-374 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx throughput
px throughput
To configure the throughput use the ipx throughput interface configuration command To revert to
the current bandwidth setting for the interface use the no form of this command
ipx throughput bits-per-second
no ipx throughput bits-per-second
Syntax Description
bits-per-second Throughput in bits per second
Default
Current bandwidth setting for the interface
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 103
The value you specify with the ipx throughput command overrides the value measured by
IPXWAN when it starts This value is also supplied to NLSP for use in its metric calculations
Example
The following example changes the throughput to 1000000 bits per second
ipx throughput 1000000
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx ipxwan
Novell IPX Commands P2R-375 ipx triggered-rip-delay
px triggeredrpdeay
To set the interpacket delay for triggered RIP sent updates on single interface use the ipx
triggered-rip-delay interface configuration command To return to the default delay use the no form of this command
ipx triggered-rip-delay delay
no ipx triggered-rip-delay
Syntax Description
delay in between Delay milliseconds packets in multiple-packet default RIP update The delay is 55 ms Novell recommends delay of 55 ms
Default
55 ms
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
The is interpacket delay the delay between the individual sent in packets multiple-packet routing update triggered routing is one that the sends in update system response to trigger event such as request packet interface up/down route up/down or server up/down
The ipx triggered-rip-delay command sets the for interpacket delay triggered routing updates sent on single interface The delay value set this command overrides the by delay value set by the ipx output-rip-delay or ipx default-output-rip-delay command for triggered routing updates sent on the interface
If the delay value set by the ipx or output-rip-delay ipx default-output-rip-delay command is then high we strongly recommend low value for delay triggered routing updates so that updates triggered by special events are sent in more timely manner than periodic routing updates
Novell recommends delay of 55 ms for compatibility with older and slower IPX machines These machines lose RIP because may updates they process packets more slowly than the router sends them The delay imposed by this command forces the router to its pace output to the slower-processing needs of these IPX machines
The default delay 3.11 on NetWare server is about 100 ms When you do not set the interpacket for delay triggered routing updates the system uses the delay specified by the ipx or output-rip-delay ipx default-output-rip-delay command for both periodic and triggered routing updates
P2R-376 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx triggered-rip-delay
When you use the no form of the ipx triggered-rip-delay command the system uses the global
default delay set by the ipx default-triggered-rip-delay command for triggered RIP updates if it is
set If it is not set the system uses the delay set by the ipx output-rip-delay or ipx
default-output-rip-delay command for triggered RIP updates if set Otherwise the system uses the
initial default delay as described in the Default section
This command is also useful on limited bandwidth point-to-point links or X.25 and Frame Relay
multipoint interfaces
Example
The following example sets an interpacket delay of 55 ms for triggered routing updates sent on interface FDDI
interface FDDI
ipx triggered-rip-delay 55
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx default-output-rip-delay
ipx default-triggered-rip-delay
ipx output-rip-delay
Novell IPX Commands P2R-377 ipx triggered-sap-delay
px trggeredsapday
To set the interpacket delay for triggered Service Protocol Advertising SAP updates sent on single interface use the ipx triggered-sap-delay interface configuration command To return to the default
delay use the no form of this command
ipx triggered-sap-delay delay
no ipx triggered-sap-delay
Syntax Description
delay in between Delay milliseconds packets in multiple-packet SAP default update The delay is 55 ms Novell recommends delay of 55 ms
Default
55 ms
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
The interpacket delay is the between the individual delay packets sent in multiple-packet SAP
update triggered SAP update is one that the sends in system response to trigger event such as request packet interface up/down route up/down or server up/down
The ipx triggered-sap-delay command sets the interpacket delay for triggered updates sent on single interface The delay value set this command overrides by the delay value set by the ipx output-sap-delay or ipx default-output-sap-delay command for triggered updates sent on the interface
If the delay value set the by ipx output-sap-delay or ipx default-output-sap-delay command is high then we strongly recommend low value for delay triggered updates so that updates triggered by special events are sent in more timely manner than periodic updates
Novell recommends of 55 for delay ms compatibility with older and slower IPX servers These servers lose SAP because may updates they process packets more slowly than the router sends them The delay imposed by this command forces the router to its pace output to the slower-processing needs of these IPX servers
The default 3.11 delay on NetWare server is about 100 ms
When you do not set the for the interpacket delay triggered updates system uses the delay specified by the ipx output-sap-delay or ipx default-output-sap-delay command for both periodic and triggered SAP updates
P2R-378 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx triggered-sap-delay
the the When you use the no form of the ipx triggered-sap-delay command system uses global
command for SAP if it default delay set by the ipx default-triggered-sap-delay triggered updates
is set If it is not set the system uses the delay set by the ipx output-sap-delay or ipx
if the uses default-output-sap-delay command for triggered SAP updates set Otherwise system
the initial default delay as described in the Default section
X.25 and Frame This command is also useful on limited bandwidth point-to-point links or Relay
multipoint interfaces
Example
of 55 for SAP sent on interface The following example sets an interpacket delay ms triggered updates FDDIO
interface FDDI ipx triggered-sapde1ay 55
Related Commands commands You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related
ipx default-output-sap-delay
ipx default-triggered-sap-delay
ipx linkup-request
ipx output-sap-delay
ipx update sap-after-rip
Novell IPX Commands P2R-379 ipx type-20-helpered
px type2Ohpered
To forward IPX 20 type propagation packet broadcasts to specific network segments use the ipx
type-20-helpered global configuration command To disable this function use the no form of this command
ipx type-20-helpered
no ipx type-20-helpered
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 103
The ipx command disables the and type-20-helpered input output of type 20 propagation packets as done the by ipx type-20-propagation interface configuration command
The ipx type-20-propagation command broadcasts type 20 packets to all nodes on the network and
imposes limit of routers for hop-count eight broadcasting these packets These functions are in compliance with the Novell IPX router specification In contrast the ipx type-20-helpered
command broadcasts 20 to type packets only those nodes indicated by the ipx helper-address interface configuration command and extends the hop-count limit to 16 routers
Use of the ipx type-20-helpered command does not comply with the Novell IPX router need specification however you may to use this command if you have mixed internetwork that contains routers Software Release running 9.1 and routers running later versions of Cisco lOS software
Example
The following example forwards IPX 20 type propagation packet broadcasts to specific network segments
interface ethernet
ipx network aa ipx type-20-helpered ipx helperaddress bb.ffff.ffff.ffff
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx helper-address
ipx type-20-propagation
P2R-380 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx type-20-input-checks px type2Onputchecks
To restrict the acceptance of IPX type 20 propagation packet broadcasts use the ipx the type-20-input.checks global configuration command To remove these restrictions use no
form of this command
ipx type-20-input-checks
no ipx type-20-input-checks
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
By default the Cisco lOS software is configured to block type 20 propagation packets When type 20
packet handling is enabled on multiple interfaces you can use the ipx type2O-input-checks
command to impose additional restrictions on the acceptance of type 20 packets Specifically the
the network that is the route software will accept type 20 propagation packets only on single primary
back to the source network Similar packets received via other networks will be dropped This
behavior can be advantageous in redundant topologies because it reduces unnecessary duplication
of type 20 packets
Example
20 broadcasts The following example imposes additional restrictions on incoming type
ipx type-2 0-input-checks
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx type-20-output-checks
ipx type-20-propagation
Novell IPX Commands P2R-381 ipx type-20-output-checks
px type2Ooutputchecks
To restrict the of IPX 20 forwarding type propagation packet broadcasts use the ipx
type-20-output-checks global configuration command To remove these restrictions use the no form of this command
ipx type-20-output-checks
no ipx type-20-output-checks
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Global configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
By default the Cisco lOS software is to block 20 configured type propagation packets When type 20 packet is enabled handling on multiple interfaces you can use the ipx type2O.output-checks
command to additional restrictions impose on outgoing type 20 packets Specifically the software
will forward these to packets only networks that are not routes back to the source network The software uses the current table to determine This routing routes behavior can be advantageous in
redundant because it reduces topologies unnecessary duplication of type 20 packets
Example
The following example imposes restrictions on outgoing type 20 broadcasts
ipx type-2Q-output-checks
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx type-2Oinput.checks
ipx type-20-propagation
P2R-382 Network Protocols command Reference Part ipx type-20-propagation
ipx type2Opropagation
To forward IPX type 20 propagation packet broadcasts to other network segments use the
ipx type-20-propagation interface configuration command To disable both the reception and
forwarding of type 20 broadcasts on an interface use the no form of this command
ipx type-20-propagation
no ipx type-20.propagation
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Routers normally block all broadcast requests To allow input and output of type 20 propagation
packets on an interface use the ipx type-20-propagation command Note that type 20 packets are
subject to loop detection and control as specified in the IPX router specification
Additional input and output checks may be imposed by the ipx type-20-input-checks and
ipx type-20-output-checks commands
broadcasts defined the IPX type 20 propagation packet are subject to any filtering by ipx helper-list command
Examples
The following example enables both the reception and forwarding of type 20 broadcasts on Ethernet
interface
interface ethernet
ipx type-2 0-propagation
The following example enables the reception and forwarding of type 20 broadcasts between
networks 123 and 456 but does not enable reception and forwarding of these broadcasts to and from network 789
interface ethernet
ipx network 123 ipx type-20-propagation
interface ethernet
ipx network 456
ipx type-2 0-propagation
interface ethernet
ipx network 789
Novell IPX Commands P2R-383 ipx type-20-propagation
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx helper-list
ipx type-20-input-checks
ipx type-2O.output-checks
P2R-384 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx update interval
px update nterva
To the adjust RIP or SAP update interval use the ipx update interval interface configuration
command To restore the default values use the no form of this command
ipx update interval rip sap value changes-only
no ipx update interval rip sap
Syntax Description
the rip Adjusts interval at which RIP updates are sent The
minimum interval is 10 seconds
sap Adjusts the interval at which SAP updates are sent The
minimum interval is 10 seconds
va/tie The interval specified in seconds
changes-only Specifies the sending of SAP update only when the link comes
up when the link is downed administratively or when service information This changes parameter is supported foi SAP updates only
Default
The default interval is 60 seconds foi both IPX routing updates and SAP updates
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
This command replaces two commands found in previous releases of the Cisco lOS software ipx
sap-interval and ipx update-time
Routeis information about routes broadcast exchange by sending messages when they are started up
and shut down and periodically while they are running The ipx update interval conmiand enables
to the interval this you modify periodic update By default interval is 60 seconds this default is defined by Novell
You should set RIP timers only in configuration in which all routers aie Cisco routers or in which
all other IPX routers allow configurable timers The timers should be the same for all devices connected to the same cable segment
The update value you choose affects the internal IPX timers as follows
IPX routes are marked invalid if no routing updates are heaid within three times the value of the
update interval and are advertised with metric of infinity
IPX routes are removed from the routing table if no routing updates are heard within four times
the value of the update interval
Setting the interval at which SAP updates are sent is most useful on limited-bandwidth links such
as slower-speed serial interfaces
Novell IPX Commands P2R-385 ipx update interval
You should ensure that all IPX servers and routers on given network have the same SAP interval
decide that Otherwise they may server is down when it is really up
It is not possible to change the interval at which SAP updates are sent on most PC-based servers
This means that you should never change the interval for an Ethernet or Token Ring network that has
servers on it
You set the send can router to an update only when changes have occurred Using the changes..only the keyword specifies sending of SAP update only when the link comes up when the link is downed administratively or when the databases change The changes-only keyword causes the
router to do the following
Send full single broadcast update when the link comes up
Send appropriate triggered updates when the link is shut down
Send appropriate triggered updates when specific service information changes
Examples
The following example configures the update timers for RIP updates on two interfaces in router
interface serial
ipx update interval rip 40
interface ethernet
ipx update interval rip 20
The following SAP to be sent serial example configures updates and expected on interface every 300 seconds minutes to reduce periodic update overhead on slow-speed link
interface serial
ipx update interval sap 300
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx linkup-request
ipx output-sap-delay
ipx update sap-after-rip
show ipx interface
P2R-386 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ipx update sap-after-rip
px update sapafterrp
To configure the router to send SAP update immediately following RIP broadcast use the
ipx update sap-after-rip interface configuration command To restore the default value use the no
form of this command
ipx update sap-after-rip
no ipx update sap-after-rip
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
RIP and SAP updates are sent every 60 seconds
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
The ipx update sap-after-rip command causes the router to issue SAP update immediately
following RIP broadcast This ensures that the SAP update follows the RIP broadcast and that the
SAP update is sent using the RIP update interval It also ensures that the receiving router has learned
the route to the service interface via RIP prior to getting the SAP broadcast
Example
The following example configures the router to issue SAP broadcast immediately following RIP
broadcast on serial interface
interface serial
ipx update sap-after-rip
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx linkup-request
ipx update interval
show ipx interface
Novell IPX Commands P2R-387 ipx watchdog-spoof
px watchdogspoof
To have the Cisco lOS software respond to servers watchdog packets on behalf of remote client
use the ipx watchdog-spoof interface configuration command To disable spoofing use the no form
of this command
ipx watchdog-spoof
no ipx watchdog-spoof
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Interface configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 100
You the can use ipx watchdog-spoof command only on serial interface on which dial-on-demand
routing DDR has been enabled Also fast switching and autonomous switching must be disabled on the interface
IPX watchdog packets are keepalive packets that are sent from servers to clients after client session
has been idle for approximately minutes On DDR link this would mean that call would be made of whether there every minutes regardless were data packets to send You can prevent these
calls from made the software being by configuring to respond to the servers watchdog packets on
remote clients behalf This is sometimes referred to as spoofing the server
Example
The following example enables spoofing on serial interface
interface serial
ipx watchdog-spoof no ipx route-cache
Related Commands
the You can use master indexes or seaich online to find documentation of related commands
ipx route-cache
ipx spx-spoof
P2R-388 Network Protocols Command Reference Part log-adjacency-changes
ogadjacencychanges
To generate log message when an NLSP adjacency changes state up or down use the
log-adjacency-changes IPX-router configuration command Use the no form of this command to
disable this function
log-adjacency-changes
no log-adjacency-changes
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Adjacency changes are not logged
Command Mode
IPX-router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
This the command allows monitoring of NLSP adjacency state changes Adjacency state monitoring be can very useful when monitoring large networks Messages are logged using the system eior
message facility Messages are of the form
%CLNS-5--ADJCHANGE NLSP Adjacency to 0000.0000.0034 SerialO Up new adjacency
%CLNS5-ADJCHANGE NLSP Adjacency to 0000.0000.0034 Serial0 Down hold time expired
Messages regarding the use of NLSP multicast and broadcast addressing are also logged For
example if broadcast addressing is in use on Ethernet interface 1.2 and the last neighbor requiring
broadcasts goes down the following messages will be logged
%CLNS-5--ADJCHANGE NLSP Adjacency to 0000.0C34.D838 Ethernetl.2 Down hold time expired
%CLNS-5--MULTICAST NLSP Multicast address in use on Ethernetl.2
If multicast is in and addressing use new neighbor that supports only broadcast addressing comes up the following messages will be logged
%CLNS-5-ADJCHANGE NLSP Adjacency to 0000.0C34.D838 Ethernetl.2 Up new adjacency
%CLNS5-MULTICAST NLSP Broadcast address is in use on Ethernetl.2
Example
The following example instructs the router to log adjacency changes for the NLSP process area
ipx router nlsp areal log-adj acency-changes
Novell IPX Commands P2R-389 Iog-adjacencychanges
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
logging
P2R-390 Network Protocols Command Reference Part log-neighbor-changes
Uognghborchanges
To enable the logging of changes in Enhanced IGRP neighbor adjacencies use the
log-neighbor-changes IPX-router configuration command Use the no form of the command to
disable this function
log-neighbor-changes
no log-neighbor-changes
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
No adjacency changes are logged
Command Mode
IPX-router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.2
Enable the logging of neighbor adjacency changes in order to monitor the stability of the routing
system and to help detect problems Log messages are of the following form
%DUAL-5-NBRCHANGE IPX EIGRP as-number Neighbor address infrerface is sa/e reason
where the arguments have the following meanings
as-number Autonomous system number
address Neighbor address
state Up or down
reason Reason for change
Example
The following configuration will log neighbor changes for Enhanced IGRP process 209
ipx router eigrp 209 log-neighbor-changes
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router
Novell IPX Commands P2R-391 Isp-gen-interval
spgen1ntervaH
To set the minimum interval at which link-state packets LSPs are generated use the
lspgen-interva1 router configuration command To restore the default interval use the no form of
this command
Jsp-gen-interval seconds
no Isp-gen-interval seconds
Syntax Description
seconds Minimum interval in seconds It can be number in the range
to 120 The default is seconds
Default
seconds
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The lsp-gen..interval command controls the rate at which LSPs are generated on per-LSP basis For instance if link is changing state at high rate the default value of the LSP generation interval
limits the of this to seconds the signaling change once every Because generation of an LSP may cause all routers in the area to perform the SPF calculation controlling this interval may have
area-wide this interval reduce impact Raising can the load on the network imposed by rapidly changing link
Example
The following example sets the minimum interval at which LSPs are generated to 10 seconds
1sp-gen-nterva1 10
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router nlsp
spf4nterval
P2R-392 Network Protocols Command Reference Part Isp-mtu
spmtu
To set the maximum size of link-state packet LSP generated by the Cisco lOS software use the
lsp-mtu router configuration command To restore the default MTU size use the no form of this command
lsp-mtu bytes
no 1spmtu bytes
Syntax Description
bytes in It be MTU size bytes can number in the range 512 to
4096 The default is 512 bytes
Default
512 bytes
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
You can increase the LSP if there is of MTU very large amount information generated by single
router because each device is limited to approximately 250 LSPs In practice this should never be
necessary
The LSP must never be than the smallest MTU larger MTU of any link in the area This is because LSPs are flooded throughout the area
The lsp-mtu command limits the size of LSPs generated by this router only the Cisco lOS software
can receive LSPs of any size up to the maximum
Example
The the maximum following example sets LSP size to 1500 bytes
isptutu 1500
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router nlsp
Novell IPX Commands P2R-393 Isp-refresh-interval
sprefreshntervaH
To set the link-state packet LSP refresh interval use the Isp-refresh-interval router configuration
command To restore the default refresh interval use the no form of this command
isp-refresh-interval seconds
no Isp-refresh-interval seconds
Syntax Description
seconds Refresh interval in seconds It can be value in the range to
50000 seconds The default is 7200 seconds hours
Default
7200 seconds hours
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The refresh interval determines the rate at which the Cisco lOS software periodically transmits the
route topology information that it originates This is done in order to keep the information from
becoming too old By default the refresh interval is hours
LSPs must be periodically refieshed before their lifetimes expire The refresh interval must be less
than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-isp-lifetime router configuration command Reducing
the refresh interval reduces the amount of time that undetected link state database corruption can
persist at the cost of increased link utilization This is an extremely unlikely event however because
there are other safeguards against corruption Increasing the interval reduces the link utilization
caused the of refreshed by flooding packets although this utilization is very small
Example
The following example changes the LSP refresh interval to 10800 seconds hours
isprefresh-Interval 10800
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router nlsp
max-Isp-lifetime
P2R-394 Network Protocols Command Reference Part max-Isp-lifetime
maxispUfeflme
To set the maximum time that link-state packets LSPs persist without being refreshed use the
max-Isp-lifetime router configuration command To restore the default time use the no form of this command
max-Isp-lifetime hoursj value
no max-Isp-lifetime
Syntax Description
hours Optional If specified the lifetime of the LSP is set in hours If
not specified the lifetime is set in seconds
value Lifetime of LSP in hours or seconds It can be number in the
range to 32767 The default is 7500 seconds
Default
7500 seconds hours minutes
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The hours enables the keyword route to interpret the maximum lifetime field in hours allowing the
router to LSPs for much time keep longer Keeping LSPs longer reduces overhead on slower-speed
serial links and ISDN links from keeps becoming active unnecessarily
You might need to adjust the maximum LSP lifetime if you change the LSP refresh interval with the
lsp-refresh-interval routei configuration command The maximum LSP lifetime must be greater than the LSP refresh interval
Examples
sets the time that the The following example maximum LSP persists to 11000 seconds more than hours
max-isp-lifetime 11000
The following example sets the maximum time that the LSP persists to 15 hours
maxisp-lifetime hours 15
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router nlsp
Isp-refresh-interval
Novell IPX Commands P2R-395 multicast
muHflcast
multicast command To configure the router to use multicast addressing use the router configuration
form of this command To configure the router to use broadcast addressing use the no
multicast
no multicast
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Multicast addressing is enabled
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
This command allows the router to use NLSP multicast addressing If an adjacent neighbor does not
support NLSP multicast addressing the router will revert to using broadcasts on the affected
interface
will also broadcasts interface where multicast is not The router revert to using on any addressing
supported by the hardware or driver
Example
The following example disables multicast addressing on the router
ipx router nlsp no muiticast
P2R-396 Network Protocols Command Reference Part netbios access-list
netbios accessUst
To define IPX NetBIOS FindName an access list filter use the netbios access-list global
configuration command To remove filter use the no form of the command
netbios access-list host name deny permit string netbios no access-list host name deny permit string
netbios access-list bytes na/ne deny permit offset byte-pattern
no netbios access-list bytes name deny permit offset byte-pattern
Syntax Description
host Indicates that the following argument is the name of NetBIOS
access filter previously defined with one or more netbios
access-list host commands
bytes Indicates that the following argument is the name of NetBIOS
access filter previously defined with one or more netbios
access-list bytes commands
name Name of the access list being defined The name can be an
alphanumeric string
deny Denies access if the conditions are matched
permit Permits access if the conditions are matched
string Character string that identifies one or more NetBIOS host
names It can be up to 14 characters long The argument string
can include the following wildcard characters
_Match one or more characters You can use this wildcard
character only at the end of string
character Match any single
offset Decimal number that indicates the number of bytes into the
packet at which the byte comparison should begin An offset of
indicates the beginning of the NetBIOS packet header which
is at the end of the IPX header
byte-pattern Hexadecimal pattern that represents the byte pattern to match It
can be up to 16 bytes 32 digits long and must be an even
number of digits The argument byte-pattern can include the double asterisk wildcard character to match any digits for that byte
Default
No filters are predefined
Command Mode
Global configuration
Novell IPX Commands P2R-397 netbios access-list
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Keep the following points in mind when configuring IPX NetBIOS access control
Host node names are case-sensitive
Host and lists have byte access can the same names They are independent of each other
When node filtering by name for IPX NetBIOS the names in the access lists are compared with
the destination field for name IPX NetBIOS find name requests
When filtering by byte offset note that these access filters can have significant impact on the transmission packets rate across the bridge because each packet must be examined You should
these lists use access only when absolutely necessary
If node is name not found in an access list the default action is to deny access
These filters apply only to IPX NetBIOS FindName packets They have no effect on LLC2 NetBIOS
packets
To delete an IPX NetBIOS access list specify the minimum number of keywords and arguments
needed to delete the list For propel example to delete the entire list use the following command
no netbios access-list host bytes name
To delete single entry from the list use the following command
netbios access-list host no name permit deny string
Examples
The defines the following example IPX NetBIOS access list engineering
netbios access-list host engineering permit eng-wsl eng-ws2 engws3
The following example removes single entry from the engineering access list
netbios access-list host engineering deny eng-ws3
The following example removes the entire engineering NetBIOS access list
no netbios access-list host engineering
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx netbios input-access-filter
ipx netbios output-access-filter
show ipx interface
P2R-398 Network Protocols Command Reference Part network
network
To enable Enhanced IGRP use the network router configuration command To disable Enhanced
IGRP use the no form of this command
network network-nurnber all
no network network-number all
Syntax Description
neiworknunber IPX network number
all Enables the routing protocol for all IPX networks configured on the router
Default
Disabled
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This cOmmand first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
Use the network command to enable the routing protocol specified in the ipx router command on
each network
Example
The following commands disable RIP on network 10 and enable Enhanced IGRP on networks 10 and 20
ipx router rip no network 10
ipx router eigrp 12 network 10 network 20
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router
Novell IPX commands P2R-399 permit extended
permt extended
To set conditions for named IPX extended access list use the permit access-list configuration
command To remove permit condition from an access list use the no form of this command
permit protocol source-node-mask
source-network-inask.source-node-mask -node destinationn odemask -node
destination-network-mask.destination -node-mask -socket
no permit protocol source-node-mask
source-n etwork-mask.source-node-mask destinationnodemask ode
destination-n etwork-mask.destination-nodemaskll -socket
Syntax Description
protocol Name or number of an IPX protocol type This is sometimes
referred to as the packet type You can also use the word any to
match all protocol types
source-network Optional Number of the network from which the packet is
being sent This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that
uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be number
in the range to FFFFFFFE network number of matches
the local network network number of -1 matches all
networks You can also use the word any to match all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network
number for example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
.source-node Optional Node on source-network from which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet
of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
source-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to source-node This is 48-bit
value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal
numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx Place ones in the bit positions you
want to mask
source-network-mask Optional Mask to be applied to source-network This is an
eight-digit hexadecimal mask Place ones in the bit positions
you want to mask
The mask must immediately be followed by period which
must in turn immediately be follbwed by source-node-mask
source-socket Socket name or number hexadecimal from which the packet is
being sent You can also use the word all to match all sockets
P2R-400 Network Protocols command Reference Part permit extended
destination-network Optional Number of the network to which the packet is being
sent This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely
identifies network cable segment It can be number in the
range to FFFFFFFE network number of matches the local
network network number of -1 matches all networks You
also the word can use any to match all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
.destination-node Optional Node on destination-network to which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet
of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
destination-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to destination-node This is
48-bit value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit
hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx Place ones in the bit
positions you want to mask
destination-network-mask Optional Mask to be applied to destination-network This is an
eight-digit hexadecimal mask Place ones in the bit positions
you want to mask
The mask must immediately be followed by period which
must in turn immediately be followed by
destination-node-mask
destination-socket Optional Socket name or number hexadecimal to which the
packet is being sent
log Optional Logs IPX access control list violations whenever
packet matches particular access list entry The information
logged includes source address destination address source
socket destination socket protocol type and action taken permit/deny
Default
condition under which the named list There is no specific packet passes access
Command Mode
Access-list configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
Use this command following the ipx access-list command to specify conditions under which
packet passes the named access list
For additional information on IPX protocol names and numbers and IPX socket names and
numbers see the access-list extended command
Novell IPX Commands P2R-401 permit extended
Example
The following example creates an extended access list named sal that denies all SPX packets and
permits all others
ipx access-list extended sal
deny spx any all any all log permit any
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access4ist extended deny extended
ipx access-group
ipx access-list
show ipx access-list
P2R-402 Network Protocols Command Reference Part permit NLSP route aggregation summarization
permit NLSP route aggregation summarization
the To allow explicit route redistribution in named NLSP route aggregation access list use permit
the form of this command access-list configuration command To remove permit condition use no
permit network network-mask ticks area-Count
no permit network network-mask ticks area-countil
Syntax Description
network Network number to summarize An IPX network number is an
eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely identifies
network cable segment It can be number in the range to
FFFFFFFE network number of matches the local network
network number of-i matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
network-mask Specifies the portion of the network address that is common to
all addresses in the route summary expressed as an eight-digit
hexadecimal number The high-order bits of network-mask must
be contiguous is while the low-order bits must be contiguous
zeros An arbitrary mix of is and Os is not permitted
default is ticks ticks Optional Metric assigned to the route summary The tick
area-count area-count Optional Maximum number of NLSP areas to which the route
summary can be redistributed The default is areas
Default
No access lists are defined
Command Mode
Access-list configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
conditions under which Use this command following the ipx access-list command to specify without networks that are permitted by the access list entry can be redistributed as explicit networks summarization
addresses that summarize For additional information on creating access lists that deny or permit area command routes see the access-list NLSP route aggregation summarization
Novell IPX Commands P2R-403 permit NLSP route aggregation summarization
Example
The allows networks 12345600 and 12345601 following example to be redistributed explicitly
Other routes in the 12345600 123456FF summarized range to are into single aggregated route All
other routes will be redistributed as explicit routes
ipx access-list summary finance permit 12345600 permit 12345601 deny 12345600 ffffff00 permit -1
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list NLSP route aggregation summarization
deny NLSP route aggregation summarization
ipx access-group
ipx access-list
show ipx access-list
P2R-404 Network Protocols Command Reference Part permit SAP filtering
permit SAP filtering
To set conditions for named IPX SAP filtering access list use the permit access-list configuration
command To remove permit condition from an access list use the no form of this command
permit network ode-mask no permit neiwork
Syntax Description
network Network number This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number
that uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be
number in the network number of range to FFFFFFFE
matches the local network network number ofi matches all
networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
.node Optional Node on network This is 48-bit value represented
by dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
network-mask.node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to network and node Place ones
in the bit positions to be masked
Service which filter This is hexadecimal service-type Optional type on to
number value of means all services
server-name Optional Name of the server providing the specified service This be of ASCII type can any contiguous string printable
characters Use double quotation marks to enclose strings
asterisk the containing embedded spaces You can use an at
end of the name as wildcard to match one or more trailing
characters
Default
No access lists are defined
Command Mode
Access-list configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
Use this command following the ipx access-list command to specify conditions under which
list packet passes the named access
For additional information on IPX SAP service types see the access-list SAP filtering command
Novell IPX Commands P2R-405 permit SAP filtering
Example
The creates SAP list following example access named MyServer that allows only MyServer to be sent in SAP advertisements
ipx access-list sap MyServer permit 1234 MyServer
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list SAP filtering
deny SAP filtering
ipx access-group
ipx access-list
show ipx access-list
P2R-406 Network Protocols Command Reference Part permit standard
permit standard
To set conditions for named IPX access list use the permit access-list configuration command To
remove permit condition from an access list use the no form of this command
permit source-network -node-mask
no permit source-network
Syntax Description
source-network Number of the network from which the packet is being sent
This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely
identifies network cable segment It can be number in the
matches the local range ito FFFFFFFE network number of
network network number of -1 matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number
For example for the network number 000000AA you can enter AA
.source-node Optional Node on source-network from which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet
of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
source-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to source-node This is 48-bit
value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit hexadecimal
numbers xxxx.utuxxxx Place ones in the bit positions you
want to mask
destination-network Optional Number of the network to which the packet is being
sent This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number that uniquely
identifies network cable segment It can be number in the
network number of matches the local range ito FFFFFFFE
network network number of -1 matches all networks
You do not need to specify leading zeros in the network number number enter For example for the network 000000AA you can AA
.destination-node Optional Node on destination-network to which the packet is
being sent This is 48-bit value represented by dotted triplet
of four-digit hexadecimal numbers xxxx.xxxxxx
destination-node-mask Optional Mask to be applied to destination-node This is
48-bit value represented as dotted triplet of four-digit
hexadecimal numbers Ltu.Ltvx.xxxx Place ones in the bit
positions you want to mask
Default
No access lists are defined
Novell IPX Commands P2R-407 permit standard
Command Mode
Access-list configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.3
Use this command following the ipx access-list command to specify conditions under which
packet passes the named access list
For additional information on creating IPX access lists see the access-list standard command
Example
The following example creates standard access list namedfred It permits communication with only IPX network number 5678
ipx access-list standard fred permit 5678 any deny any
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list standard deny standard
ipx access-group
ipx access-list
show ipx access-list
P2R-408 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ping privileged
ping priviHeged
To check host reachability and network connectivity use the ping privileged EXEC command
ping
Syntax Description
ipx Optional Specifies the IPX protocol
network.node Optional Address of the system to ping
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The privileged ping IPX echo command provides complete ping facility for users who have
system privileges
The ping command with ipx pingdefault set to Cisco works only on our routers running Software
Release 8.2 or later
Novell IPX devices that support the echo function defined in version 1.0 of the NLSP specification
if the Novell Standard Echo that is will respond to this command you answer to prompt displayed
command if is Novell If when you use the privileged ping or ipx pingdefault set to you answer to this prompt Novell IPX devices will not respond
this is Ctrl- You enter this To abort ping session type the escape sequence By default by and then the simultaneously pressing the Ctrl Shift and keys letting go pressing key
Table 50 describes the test characters displayed in ping responses
Table 50 Ping Test Characters
Character Meaning
Each exclamation point indicates the receipt of reply from the target
address
Each period indicates the network server timed out while waiting for
reply from the target address
destination unreachable error PDU was received
congestion experienced packet was received
User interrupted the test
Unknown packet type
Packet lifetime exceeded
Novell IPX Commands P2R-409 ping privileged
Sample Display
The following sample display shows input to and output from the ping command
Router ping
Protocol ipx Target IPX address 211.0000.OcOl.f4cf Repeat count Datagram size Timeout in seconds Verbose Novell Standard Echo En Type escape sequence to abort Sending l00-byte IPX echoes to 211.0000.OcOl.f4cf timeout is seconds
Success rate is 100 percent 0/5
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx pingdefault ping user
P2R41O Network Protocols Command Reference Part ping user png user
the command To check host reachability and network connectivity use ping user EXEC
ping ipx host address
Syntax Description
ipx Specifies the IPX protocol
host Host name of system to ping
address Address of system to ping
Command Mode
User EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
basic for The user-level ping packet internet groper function command provides ping facility
the nonverbose form of the users who do not have system privileges This command is equivalent to
privileged ping command It sends five 100-byte ping packets
Cisco lOS The ping command with ipx ping-default set to Cisco works only on our routers running
software Release 8.2 or later Novell IPX devices will not respond to this command
address for host it will return an host or If the system cannot map an name %Unrecognized
address error message
the this is CtrP You enter this To abort ping session type escape sequence By default by
and and then the simultaneously pressing the Ctrl Shift keys letting go pressing key
Table 50 in the ping privileged command section describes the test characters displayed in ping
responses
Sample Display
and from the command The following sample display shows input to output user ping
Router ping ipx 211.0000.OcO1.f4cf
Type escape sequence to abort timeout is Sending 100byte Novell Echoes to 211.0000.OcOl.f4cf seconds
Success rate is percent 0/5
Related Commands
documentation of related commands You can use the master indexes or search online to find
ipx ping-default
ping privileged
Novell IPX Commands P2R-411 prc-interval
prcintervaH
To control the hoiddown between period partial route calculations use the prc-interval router
configuration command To restore the default interval use the no form of this command
prcintervaI seconds
no prc4nterval seconds
Syntax Description
seconds Minimum of time amount between partial route calculations in
seconds It be number in can the range ito 120 The default is seconds
Default
seconds
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
The prc4nterval command controls how often the Cisco lOS software can performs partial route
calculation The PRC calculation is PRC processor-intensive Therefore it may be useful to limit
how often this is done especially on slower router models Increasing the PRC interval reduces the load of the but slows the processor router potentially down rate of convergence
This command is to the analogous spf-interval command which controls the holddown period
between shortest path first calculations
Example
The following example sets the PRC calculation interval to 20 seconds
prc-interval 20
Related Commands
can use the master indexes You or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router nlsp
spf-interval
P2R-412 Network Protocols Command Reference Part redistribute
recflstribute
To redistribute from one routing domain into another and vice versa use one of the following
redistribute router configuration commands To disable this feature use the no form of the commands
For Enhanced IGRP or RIP environments use the following command to redistribute from one
routing domain into another and vice versa
redistribute connected eigrp autonomous-system-number floating-static nlsp rip
static
no redistribute connected eigrp autonomnous-system-nwnber floating-static nlsp rip
static
For NLSP environments use the following command to redistribute from one routing domain into
another and vice versa
redistribute eigrp autonomous-system-number nlsp rip static
access-iist-number name
no redistribute eigrp autonomous-system-number nlsp rip static
access-iist-number name
Syntax Description
connected Specifies connected routes
eigrp Specifies the Enhanced IGRP protocol and the Enhanced IGRP
autonomous-system-number autonomous system number It can be number from
ito 65535
floating-static Specifies floating static route This is static route that can be
overridden by dynamically learned route
nlsp Specifies the NLSP protocol and optionally names the NLSP
process tag The tag can be any combination of printable characters
rip Specifies the RIP protocol You can configure only one RIP
process on the router Thus you cannot redistribute RIP into RiP
static Specifies static routes
access-list access-list-number Specifies an NLSP route summary access list The
access-list-number is number from 1200 to 1299
access-list name Name of the access list Names cannot contain space or
quotation mark and must begin with an alphabetic character to
prevent ambiguity with numbered access lists
Novell IPX Commands P2R-413 redistribute
Defaults
Redistribution is enabled between all domains routing except between separate Enhanced IGRP
processes
Redistribution of floating static routes is disabled
Redistribution between NLSP and Enhanced IGRP is disabled
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Redistribution provides for routing information generated by one protocol to be advertised in another
The connected routes affected this redistribute only by command are the routes not specified by the network command
If have enabled static you floating routes by specifying the floating keyword in the ipx route global command and redistribute configuration you floating static routes into dynamic IPX routing
protocol any nonhierarchical topology causes the floating static destination to be redistributed via back immediately dynamic protocol to the originating router causing routing loop This occurs because dynamic protocol information oveirides floating static routes For this reason
automatic redistribution of static routes is off default If redistribute floating by you floating static
should filters routes you specify to eliminate routing loops
For NLSP environments you can use the NLSP redistribute command to configure IPX route with customized aggregation route summarization Configure IPX route aggregation with
customized route summarization in the following
Enhanced IGRP and NLSP version 1.1 environments
RIP and NLSP version 1.1 environments
Note version 1.1 refer NLSP routers to routers that support the route aggregation feature while
NLSP version 1.0 routers refer to routers that do not
An NLSP is process routers databases working together to manage route information about an
area NLSP version 1.0 routers are in the always same area Each router has its own adjacencies link-state and databases These databases forwarding operate collectively as single process to and maintain discover select route information about the area NLSP version 1.1 routers that exist
within also single area use single process
NLSP version 1.1 routers that interconnect multiple areas use multiple processes to discover select and maintain route information about the areas they interconnect These routers manage an adjacencies link-state and address database area for each area to which they attach Collectively
these databases still are referred to as The database is shared process forwarding among processes within The router sharing of entries in the database is automatic when all forwarding processes interconnect NLSP version 1.1 areas
P2R-414 Network Protocols Command Reference Part redistribute
Examples
The following example does not redistributes RIP routing information
ipx router eigrp 222 no redistribute rip
The following example redistributes Enhanced IGRP routes from autonomous system 100 into
Enhanced IGRP autonomous system 300
ipx router eigrp 300 redistribute eigrp 100
The following example redistributes Enhanced IGRP routes from autonomous system 300 into the area3 NLSP process
ipx router nlsp area3 redistribute eigrp 300
The following example enables route summarization and redistributes routes learned from one
NLSP instance to another Any routes learned via NLSP that are subsumed by route summary
aaaa0000fffJ0000 are not redistributed into NLSP a2 Instead an aggregated route is generated
learned via a2 that subsumed Likewise any routes NLSP are by route summary bbbb0000fffJ0000
are not redistributed into NLSP alan aggregated route is generated
ipx routing ipx internal-network 2000
interface ethernet
ipx network 1001 ipx nlsp al enable
interface ethernet
ipx network 2001 ipx nlsp a2 enable
accesslist 1200 deny aaaa0000 fftf0000 accesslist 1200 permit accesslist 1201 deny bbbb0000 ffff0000 access-list 1201 permit -l
ipx router nlsp al area-address 1000 fffff000 route-aggregation redistribute nlsp a2 access-list 1201
ipx router nlsp a2 area-address 2000 fffff000 route-aggregation redistribute nlsp al access-list 1200
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list NLSP route aggregation summarization
deny NLSP route aggregation summarization
ipx access-list
ipx router
permit NLSP route aggregation summarization
Novell IPX Commands P2R-415 route-aggregation
routeagg regaflon
To enable the generation of aggregated routes in an NLSP area use the route-aggregation router
configuration command To disable generation use the no form of this command
route-aggregation
no route-aggregation
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Defaut
Route summarization is disabled by default
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
When summarization route is disabled all routes redistributed into an NLSP area will be explicit
routes
When route summarization is enabled the router uses the access list associated with the redistribute
command if one exists for the routing process associated with each route as template for route
summarization Explicit routes that match range denied by the access list trigger generation of an
aggregated route instead Routes permitted by the access list are redistributed as explicit routes
If no access list the router instead the exists uses area address if one exists of the routing process
associated with each route as template for route summarization Explicit routes that match the area
address trigger generation of an aggregated route instead
Note Because an Enhanced IGRP or RIP routing process cannot have an area address it is not
possible to generate aggregated routes without the use of an access list
P2R-416 Network Protocols Command Reference Part route-aggregation
Example
The following example enables route summarization between two NLSP areas Route
summarization is based on the area addresses configured for each area
ipx routing ipx internal-network 123
interface ethernet
ipx nlsp area enable
interface ethernet
ipx nlsp area2 enable
ipx router nlsp areal area-address 1000 fffff000 route-aggregation
ipx router nlsp area2 areaaddress 2000 fffff000 route-aggregation
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx router nlsp redistribute
Novell IPX Commands P2R-417 show ipx access-list show px accessUst
To display the contents of all current IPX access lists use the show ipx access-list EXEC command
show ipx access-list name
Syntax Description
access-list-number Optional Number of the IPX access list to display This is number from
800 to 899 900 to 999 1000 to 1099 or 1200 to 1299
name Optional Name of the IPX access list to display
Default
Displays all standard extended SAP and NLSP route aggregation summary IPX access lists
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 113
The show ipx access-list command provides output identical to the show access-lists command
that it is IPX and allows list except specific you to specify particular access
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show ipx access-list command when all access lists are
requested
Router show ipx access-list IPX extended access list 900 deny any IPX sap access list London deny FFFFFFFF 107 deny FFFFFFFF 301C permit FFFFFFFF
The following is sample output from the show ipx access-list command when the name of specific
access list is requested
Rnuter show ipx access-list London
IPX sap access list London deny FFFFFFFF 107 deny FFFFFFFF 301C permit FFFFFFFF
P2R-418 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx accounting
show px accounfing
the show To display the active or checkpoint accounting database use ipx accounting EXEC command
show ipx accounting
Syntax Description
checkpoint Optional Displays entries in the checkpoint database
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Sample Display command The following is sample output from the show ipx accounting
Router show ipx accounting
Source Destination Packets Bytes 0000C003 .0000 0c05 .6030 0000C003 .0260 8c9b 4e33 72 2880 0000COO1.0260 8c8d.da75 0000C003 .0260 8c9b 4e33 14 624
0000C003 .0260 8c9b 4e33 0000C001 .0260 8c8d.da75 62 3110 0000COO1 .0260 8c8d e7c6 0000C003 .0260 8c9b.4e33 20 1470 0000C003 .0260.8c9b4e33 0000COO1.0260 8c8d e7c6 20 1470
Accounting data age is
Table 51 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 51 Show IPX Accounting Field Descriptions
Field Description
Source Source address of the packet
Destination Destination address of the packet
the Packets Number of packets transmitted from the source address to
destination address
the Bytes Number of bytes transmitted from the source address to
destination address
Time since the database has been cleared It can be in one Accounting data age is .. accounting of the following formats mm hhmm ddhh and ww dd where in is
minutes Ii is hours is days and ii is weeks
Novell IPX Commands P2R-419 show ipx accounting
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx accounting
ipx accounting
ipx accounting-list
ipx accounting-threshold
ipx accounting-transits
P2R-420 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx cache
show px cache
To display the contents of the IPX fast-switching cache use the show ipx cache EXEC command
show ipx cache
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 100
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show ipx cache command
Router show ipx cache
Novell routing cache version is Destination Interface MAC Header 1006A Ethernet 00000C0062E600000C003EB0064 14BB Ethernet 00000C003E2A00000C003EB0064
Table 52 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 52 Show IPX Cache Field Descriptions
Field Description
Novell cache version is routing .. Number identifying the version of the fast-switching cache table It
increments each time the table changes
Destination Destination network for this packet Valid entries are marked by an
asterisk
Interface Route interface through which this packet is transmitted
MAC Header Contents of this packets MAC header
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx cache
ipx route-cache
Novell IPX Commands P2R-421 show ipx eigrp interfaces show px grp Hnterfaces
To display information about interfaces configured for Enhanced IGRP use the show ipx eigrp interfaces EXEC command
show ipx eigrp interfaces number
Syntax Description
type Optional Interface type
number Optional Interface number
as-number Optional Autonomous system number
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.2
Use the show ipx eigrp interfaces command to determine on which interfaces Enhanced IGRP is
active and to find out information about Enhanced IGRP relating to those interfaces
If an interface is specified only that interface is displayed Otherwise all interfaces on which
Enhanced IGRP is running are displayed
If an autonomous system is specified only the routing process for the specified autonomous system
is displayed Otherwise all Enhanced IGRP processes are displayed
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show ipx eigrp interfaces command
Router show ipx eigrp interfaces IPX EIGRP interfaces for process 109
Xmit Queue Mean Pacing Time Multicast Pending Interface Peers Un/Reliable SRTT Un/Reliable Flow Timer Routes Di0 0/0 11/434 Et0 0/0 337 0/10 SE0l.l6 0/0 10 1/63 103 Tu0 0/0 330 0/16
Table 53 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 53 Show IPX Enhanced IGRP Interfaces Field Descriptions
Field Description
109 process Autonomous system number of the process
Interface Interface name
Peers Number of neighbors on the interface
Xmit Queue Count of unreliable and reliable packets queued for transmission
P2R-422 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx eigrp interfaces
Table 53 Show IPX Enhanced IGRP Interfaces Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
Mean SRTT Average round-trip time for all neighbors on the interface
Pacing Time Number of milliseconds to wait after transmitting unreliable and
reliable packets
Multicast Flow Timer Number of milliseconds to wait for acknowledgment of multicast
packet by all neighbors before transmitting the next multicast packet
Pending Routes Number of routes still to be transmitted on this interface
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
show ipx eigrp neighbors
Novell IPX Commands P2R-423 show ipx eigrp neighbors
show px grp nghbors
To display the neighbors discovered by Enhanced IGRP use the show ipx eigrp neighbors EXEC command
show ipx eigrp neighbors servers intemface name
Syntax Description
servers Optional Displays the server list advertised by each neighbor
This is displayed only if the ipx sap incremental command is
enabled on the interface on which the neighbor resides
autonomous-system-number Optional Autonomous system number It can be number from ito 65535
inteiface Optional Interface type and number
regexp name Optional Displays the IPX servers whose names match the
regular expression
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
The regular expression regexp feature was added in Cisco lOS Release 12.0
Sample Display
The is following sample output from the show ipx eigrp neighbors command
Router show ipx eigrp neighbors
IPX EIGRP Neighbors for process Address Interface Hold Uptime SRTT RTO Seq eec ms Cnt Num 200.0000.0c34.d83b EtO/2 11 000018 200 10 total IPX servers for this peer Type Name Address Port Hops server 20370000000000010001 server2 2037.0000.0000.00010001 200.0000.0c34d83c EtO/2 11 000018 200 10 total IPX servers for this peer Type Name Address Port Hops server 2037.0000.0000.00010001
Table 54 describes the fields shown in the display
P2R-424 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx eigrp neighbors
Table 54 Show IPX Enhanced IGRP Neighbors Field Descriptions
Field Description
process 200 Autonomous system number specified in theipx router configuration command
Handle An arbitrary and unique number inside this router that
identifies the neighbor
Address IPX address of the Enhanced IGRP peer
Interface Interface on which the router is receiving hello packets from the peer
Hold Length of time in seconds that the Cisco lOS software will wait to
hear from the peel before declaring it down If the peer is using the
default hold time this number will be less than 15 If the peer
configures nondefault hold time it will be reflected here
Uptime Elapsed time in hours minutes and seconds since the local router
first heard from this neighbor
Cnt Number of IPX Enhanced IGRP packets Update Query and Reply
that the Cisco lOS software is waiting to send
Seq Num Sequence number of the last Update Query or Reply packet that was
received from this neighbor
SRTT Smooth round-trip time This is the number of milliseconds it takes for
an IPX Enhanced IGRP packet to be sent to this neighbor and for the
local router to receive an acknowledgment of that packet
RTO Retransmission timeout in milliseconds This is the amount of time
the Cisco lOS software waits before retransmitting packet from the
retransmission queue to neighbor
RTO Retransmission timeout in milliseconds This is the amount of time
the Cisco 105 software waits before retransmitting packet from the
retransmission queue to neighbor
Cnt Number of IPX Enhanced IGRP packets Update Query and Reply
that the Cisco 105 software is waiting to send
Seq Num Sequence number of the last Update Query or Reply packet that was
received from this neighbor
Type Contains codes from the Codes field to indicates how service was learned
Name Name of server
Address Network address of server
Port Source socket number
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx sapincremental
Novell IPX Commands P2R-425 show ipx eigrp topology
show px eigrp topoogy
To display the Enhanced IGRP topology table use the show ipx eigrp topology EXEC command
show ipx eigrp topology umber
Syntax Description
network-n umber Optional IPX network number whose topology table entry to
display
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show ipx eigrp topology command
Router show ipx eigrp topology
IPX EIGRP Topology Table for process 109 Codes Passive Active Update Query Reply Reply status 42 successors FD is via 160.0000.0c00.8ea9 345088/319488 Ethernet0 160 successor via Connected Ethernet via l60.0000.0c00.8ea9 307200/281600 Ethernet0 165 successors FD is 307200 via Redistributed 287744/0 via l60.0000.OcOO.8ea9 313344/287744 EthernetO 164 successors flags FD is 200 via l60.0000.OcOO.8ea9 307200/281600 Ethernetl via l60.0000OcOl.2b7l 332800/307200 Etherneti Al12 successors FD is via Connected Ethernet2 via 160.0000.OcOO.8ea9 332800/307200 EthernetO AAABBB successors FD is 10003 via Redistributed 287744/0 via 160.0000.OcOO.8ea9 313344/287744 EthernetO All2 successors replies state FU is via l60.0000.OcOl.2b7i 307200/281600 Ethernetl via 160.0000.OcOO.8ea9 332800/307200 Ethernetl
Table 55 describes the fields shown in the output
P2R-426 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx eigrp topology
Table 55 Show IPX Enhanced IGRP Topology Field Descriptions
Field Description
Codes State of this topology table ently Passive and Active refer to the
Enhanced IGRP state with respect to this destination Update Query
and Reply refer to the type of packet that is being sent
Passive No Enhanced IGRP computations are being performed for this
destination
Active Enhanced IGRP computations are being performed for this
destination
Update Indicates that an update packet was sent to this destination
Query Indicates that query packet was sent to this destination
Reply Indicates that reply packet was sent to this destination
Reply status Flag that is set after the Cisco lOS software has sent query and is
waiting for reply
42 160 and so on Destination IPX network number
successors Number of successors This number corresponds to the number of next
hops in the IPX routing table
FD Feasible distance This value is used in the feasibility condition check
If the neighbors reported distance the metric after the slash is less
than the feasible distance the feasibility condition is met and that path
is feasible successor Once the router determines it has feasible
successor it does not have to send query for that destination replies Number of replies that are still outstanding have not been received
with respect to this destination This information appears only when
the destination is in Active state
state Exact Enhanced IGRP state that this destination is in It can be the
number or This information appears only when the
destination is Active
via IPX address of the peer who told the Cisco lOS software about this
destination The first ii of these entries where is the number of
successors are the current successors The remaining entries on the
list are feasible successors
345088/3 19488 The first number is the Enhanced IGRP metric that represents the cost
to the destination The second number is the Enhanced IGRP metric
that this peer advertised
EthernetO Interface from which this information was learned
The following is sample output from the show ipx eigrp topology command when you specify an IPX network number
Router show ipx eigrp topology 160
IPX-EIGRP topology entry for 160 State is Passive Query origin flag is Successors Routing Descriptor nlocks Next hop is Connected Ethernet0 from 0.0000.0000.0000 Composite metric is 0/0 Send flag is OxO Route is Internal Vector metric Minimum bandwidth is 10000 Kbit Total delay is 1000000 nanoseconds Reliability is 255/255 Load is 1/255
Novell IPX Commands P2R-427 show ipx eigrp topology
Minimum MTU is 1500 Hop count is Next hop is 164.0000.0c00.8ea9 Etherneti from 164.0000.0c00.8ea9 Composite metric is 307200/281600 Send flag is 0x0 Route is External This is an ignored route Vector metric Minimum bandwidth is 10000 Kbit Total delay is 2000000 nanoseconds Reliability is 255/255 Load is 1/255 Minimum MTU is 1500
Hop count is External data Originating router is 0000.OcOO.8ea9 External protocol is RIP metric is delay Administrator tag is Ox00000000 Flag is Ox00000000
Table 56 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 56 Show IPX Enhanced IGRP Topology Field DescriptionsSpecific Network
Field Description
160 IPX network number of the destination
that State is .. State of this entry It can be either Passive or Active Passive means
no Enhanced IGRP computations are being performed for this
destination and Active means that they are being performed
be Query origin flag Exact Enhanced IGRP state that this destination is in It can the
number or This information appears only when the destination
is Active
Successors Number of successors This number corresponds to the number of next
hops in the IPX routing table
is Indicates how this destination learned It be one of the Next hop .. was can following
ConnectedThe destination is on network directly connected to this
router
RedistributedThe destination was learned via RIP or another
Enhanced IGRP process
IPX host addressThe destination was learned from that peer via this
Enhanced IGRP process
EthernetO Interface from which this information was learned
from Peer from whom the information was learned For connected and
redistributed routers this is 0.0000.0000.0000 For information learned
via Enhanced IGRP this is the peers address Currently for information
learned via Enhanced IGRP the peers IPX address always matches the
address in the Next hop is field
Composite metric is Enhanced IGRP composite metric The first number is this devices
metric to the destination and the second is the peers metric to the
destination
Send flag Numeric representation of the flags field described in Table 54 It is
when nothing is being sent when an Update is being sent when
Query is being sent and when Reply is being sent Currently is not used
P2R428 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx eigrp topology
Table 56 Show IPX Enhanced IGRP Topology Field Descriptions-Specific Network continued
Field Description
Route is of .. Type router It can be either internal or external Internal routes are
those that in an Enhanced IGRP originated autonomous system and external are routes that did not Routes learned via RIP are always external
This is an ignored route Indicates that this is path being ignored because of filtering
Vector metric This section describes the components of the Enhanced IGRP metric
Minimum bandwidth Minimum bandwidth of the network used to reach the next hop
Total delay Delay time to reach the next hop
Reliability Reliability value used to reach the next hop
Load Load value used to reach the next hop
Minimum Minimum size of MTU MTU the network used to reach the next hop
Hop count Number of hops to the next hop
External data This section describes the original protocol from which this route was
redistributed It appears only for external routes
router Network Originating address of the router that first distributed this route into Enhanced IGRP
External External protocol from which this route was learned The metric will
metric match the protocol delay external hop count displayed by the show ipx route command
for this destination The delay is the external delay
Administrator tag Not currently used
Flag Not currently used
Related Commands
can the master indexes You use or search online to find documentation of related commands
show ipx route
Novell IPX Commands P2R-429 show ipx interface show px nterface
To display the status of the IPX interfaces configured in the Cisco lOS software and the parameters
configured on each interface use the show ipx interface EXEC command
show ipx interface number
Syntax Description
type Optional Interface type It can be one of the following types asynchronous dialer Ethernet IEEE 8023 FDDI loopback
null serial Token Ring or tunnel
number Optional Interface number
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show ipx interface command
RouterS show ipx interface ethernet
Ethernetl is up line protocol is up IPX address is C03.0000.0c05.6030 NOVELL-ETHER line-up RIPPQ SAPPQ Delay of this Novell network in ticks is IPXWAN processing not enabled on this interface IPX SAP update interval is minutes IPX type 20 propagation packet forwarding is disabled Outgoing access list is not set IPX Helper access list is not set
SAP Input filter list is not set SAP Output filter list is not set SAP Router filter list is not set SAP GNS output filter list is not set Input filter list is not set Output filter list is not set Router filter list is not set
Netbios Input host access list is not set Netbios Input bytes access list is not set Netbios Output host access list is not set Netbios Output bytes access list is not set Update time is 60 seconds IPX accounting is enabled IPX fast switching is configured enabled IPX SSE switching is disabled
P2R43O Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx interface
The following is sample output from the show ipx interface command when NLSP is enabled
Router show ipx interface ethernet
EthernetO is up line protocol is up IPX address is E001.0000.0c02.8cf9 SAP lineup RIPPQ SAPPQ Delay of this IPX network in Licks is throughput link delay IPXWAN processing not enabled on this interface IPX SAP update interval is minutes IPX type 20 propagation packet forwarding is disabled Outgoing access list is not set IPX Helper access list is not set
SAP Input filter list is not set SAP Output filter list is not set SAP Router filter list is not set SAP GNS output filter list is not set Input filter list is not set Output filter list is not set Router filter list is not set
Netbios Input host access list is not set Netbios Input bytes access list is not set Netbios Output host access list is not set Netbios Output bytes access list is not set Update time is 60 seconds IPX accounting is enabled IPX fast switching is configured enabled IPX SSE switching is disabled IPX NLSP is running on primary network E001 RIP compatibility mode is AUTO OFF SAP compatibility mode is AUTO OFF Level Hello interval 20 sec Level Designated Router Hello interval 10 sec Level CSNP interval 30 sec Level LSP retransmit interval sac LSP pacing interval 1000 mSec Level adjacency count is Level circuit ID is 0000.0C02.BCF9.02
Table 57 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 57 Show IPX Interface Field Descriptions
Field Description
line is of Etherneti is .. protocol .. 1pe interface and whether it is currently active and inserted into the network up or inactive and not inserted down
IPX address is .. Network and node address of the local router interface followed by
the type of encapsulation configured on the interface and the
interfaces status Refer to the ipx network command for list of
possible values
NOVELL-ETHER Type of encapsulation being used on the interface if any
line-up Indicates whether IPX routing is enabled or disabled on the interface
The lime-up indicates that IPX routing has been enabled with theipx
routing command The line-down indicates that it is not enabled
The word in square brackets provides more detail about the status of
IPX routing when it is in the process of being enabled or disabled
RIPPQ Number of packets in the RIP queue
SAPPQ Number of packets in the SAP queue
Novell IPX Commands P2R-431 show ipx interface
Table 57 Show IPX Interface Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
Secondary address is .. Address of secondary network configured on this interface if any
followed by the type of encapsulation configured on the interface and
the interfaces status Refer to the ipx routing command for list of
possible values This line is displayed only if you have configured secondary address with the ipx routing command
Delay of this IPX network in Value of the ticks field configured with the ipx delay command
ticks
throughput Throughput of the interface configured with the ipx spx-idle-time
interface configuration command
link delay Link delay of the interface configured with the ipx link-delay
interface configuration command
IPXWAN processing.. Indicates whether IPXWAN processing has been enabled on this
interface with the ipx ipxwan command
IPX SAP update interval Indicates the frequency of outgoing SAP updates configured with the
ipx update interval command
IPX type 20 propagation packet Indicates whether forwarding of IPX type 20 propagation packets
forwarding.. used by NetBIOS is enabled or disabled on this interface as
configured with the ipx type-20-propagation command
Outgoing access list Indicates whether an access list has been enabled with the
ipx access-group command
IPX Helper access list Number of the broadcast helper list applied to the interface with the
ipx helper-list command
SAP Input filter list Number of the input SAP filter applied to the interface with the
ipx input-sap-filter command
SAP Output filter list Number of the output SAP filter applied to the interface with the
ipx output-sap-filter command
SAP Router filter list Number of the router SAP filter applied to the interface with the
ipx router-sap-filter command
SAP GNS filter list output Number of the Get Nearest Server GNS response filter applied to the
interface with the ipx output-gns-filter command
Input filter list Number of the input filter applied to the interface with the
ipx input-network-filter command
filter list Output Number of the output filter applied to the interface with the
ipx output-network-filter command
Router filter list Number of the router entry filter applied to the interface with the
ipx router-filter command
Netbios Input host access list Name of the IPX NetBIOS input host filter applied to the interface
with the ipx netbios input-access-filter host command
Netbios Input bytes access list Name of the IPX NetBIOS input bytes filter applied to the interface
with the ipx netbios input-access-filter bytes conirnand
Netbios Output host access list Name of the IPX NetBIOS output host filter applied to the interface
with the ipx netbios input-access-filter host command
Netbios Output bytes access list Name of the IPX NetBIOS output bytes filter applied to the interface
with the ipx netbios input-access-filter bytes command
Update time How often the Cisco lOS software sends RIP updates as configured
with the ipx update sap-after-rip command
P2R-432 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx interface
Table 57 Show IPX Interface Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
Watchdog spoofing .. Indicates whether watchdog spoofing is enabled of disabled for this
interface as configured with the ipx watchdog-spoof command This
information is displayed only on serial interfaces
IPX accounting Indicates whether IPX accounting has been enabled with the ipx accounting command
IPX fast switching Indicates whether IPX fast switching is enabled default or disabled
IPX autonomous switching for this interface as configured with ipx route-cache command If
IPX autonomous switching is enabled it is configured with the ipx route-cache cbus command
IPX SSE switching Indicates whether IPX SSE switching is enabled for this interface as
configured with the ipx route-cache sse command
IPX is NLSP running on primary Indicates that NILSP is running and the number of the primary IPX
network E0O1 network on which it is running
RIP compatibility mode State of RIP compatibility configured by theipx nlsp rip interface
configuration command
SAP compatibility mode State of SAP compatibility configured by the ipx nlsp sap interface
configuration command
Level Hello interval Interval between transmission of hello packets for nondesignated
routers configured by the ipx nlsp hello-interval interface
configuration command
Level Designated Router Hello Interval between transmission of hello packets for designated routers
interval configured by the ipx nlsp hello-interval interface configuration command
Level CSNP interval CSNP interval as configured by the ipx nlsp csnp-interval interface
configuration command
Level LSP retransmit interval LSP retransmission interval as configured by the
ipx nlsp retransmit-interval interface configuration command
LSP pacing interval LSP transmission interval as configured by the ipx nlsp Isp-interval
interface configuration command
Level adjacency count Number of Level adjacencies in the adjacency database
Level circuit ID System ID and pseudonode number of the designated router In this
example 0000.0C02.8CF9 is the system ID and 02 is the pseudonode number
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
access-list SAP filtering
access-list standard
ipx accounting
ipx delay
ipx helper-list
ipx input-network-filter
ipx input-sap-filter
ipx ipxwan
ipx netbios input-access-filter
ipx netbios output-access-filter
Novell IPX Commands P2R-433 show ipx interface
ipx network
ipx output-gns-filter
ipx output-network-filter
ipx output-rip-delay
ipx output-sap-filter
ipx route-cache
ipx router-filter
ipx router-sap-filter
ipx routing
ipx update sap-after-rip
ipx watchdog-spoof
netbios access-list
P2R-434 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx nhrp
show ipx nhrp
To display the Next Hop Resolution Protocol NHRP cache use the show ipx nhrp EXEC command
show ipx nhrp static number
Syntax Description
dynamic Optional Displays only the dynamic learned IPX-to-NBMA address cache entries
static Optional Displays only the static IPX-to-NBMA address entries in the
cache configured through the ipx nhrp map command
Interface about which to the cache Valid type Optional type display NHRP
options are atm serial and tunnel
number Optional Interface number about which to display the NHRP cache
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show ipx nhrp command
Router show ipx nhrp
l.0000.0c35.deOl Seriall created 00043 expire 15916 Type dynamic Flags authoritative NBMA address c141.000l.000l l.0000.0c35.e605 Seriall created 01003 expire 14956 Type static Flags authoritative NBMA address c141.000l.0002 Router
Table 58 describes the fields shown in the display
Novell IPX Commands P2R-435 show ipx nhrp
Table 58 Show IP NHRP Field Descriptions
Field Description
10000.0c35.deOl IPX address in the IPX-to-NBMA address cache
Seriall created Interface and number and 00043 type how long ago it was created
hours minutes seconds
expire 15916 Time in which the positive and negative authoritative NBMA address
will expire hoursminutesseconds This value is based on the
ipx nhrp holdtime command
Tpe Value can be one of the following
dynamicNBMA address was obtained from NHRP Request
packet
staticNBMA address was statically configured
Flags Value can be one of the following
authoritativeIndicates that the NHRP information was obtained
from the Next Hop Server or router that maintains the
NBMA-to-IPX address mapping for particular destination
implicitIndicates that the information was learned not from an
NHRP request generated from the local router but from an NHRP
packet being forwarded or from an NHRP request being received by
the local router
negativeFor negative caching indicates that the requested NBMA
mapping could not be obtained
NBMA address is Nonbroadcast multiaccess address The address format appropriate
for the type of network being used for example ATM Ethernet
SMDS multipoint tunnel
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx nhrp map
P2R436 Network Protococs Command Reference Part show ipx nhrp traffic
show px nhrp traffic
To display Next Hop Resolution Protocol NHRP traffic statistics use the show ipx nhrp traffic EXEC command
show ipx nhrp traffic
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show ipx nhrp traffic command
Router show ipx nhrp traffic
TunnelO request packets sent request packets received reply packets sent reply packets received register packets sent register packets received error packets sent error packets received Router
Table 59 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 59 Show IP NHRP Traffic Field Descriptions
Field Description
Tunnel Interface type and number
from this station request packets sent Number of NHRP Request packets originated
request packets received Number of NHRP Request packets received by this station
reply packets sent Number of NHRP Reply packets originated from this station
reply packets received Number of NHRP Reply packets received by this station
register packets sent Number of NHRP Register packets originated from this station
Currently our routers do not send Register packets so this value is
register packets received Number of NHRP Register packets received by this station Currently
our routers do not send Register packets so this value is
error packets sent Number of NHRP Error packets originated by this station
of NHRP Error received this station error packets received Number packets by
Novefl IPX Commands P2R-437 show ipx nlsp database
show px nsp database
To display the entries in the link-state packet LSP database use the show ipx nlsp database EXEC command
show ipx nlsp database
Syntax Description
Names the The tag Optional NLSP process tag can be any
combination of printable characters
ispid Optional Link-state protocol ID LSPID You must specify
this in the format The xxtr.xxxx.xxxx.yy-zz components of this
argument have the following meaning
x.tvx.xxxx.xxxx is the system identifier
is the yy pseudo identifier
zz is the LSP number
detail Optional Displays the contents of the LSP database entries If
you omit this keyword only sunnary display is shown
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 103
When you specify an NLSP tag the router displays the link-state packet database entries for that NLSP process An NLSP process is routers databases working together to manage route information about an area NLSP version 1.0 routers are always in the same area Each router has its
own adjacencies link-state and forwarding databases These databases operate collectively as
single process to discover select and maintain route information about the area NLSP version 1.1
routers that exist within also single area use single process
version 1.1 routers that interconnect NLSP multiple areas use multiple processes to discover select
and maintain route information about the areas they interconnect These routers manage an and address adjacencies link-state area database for each area to which they attach Collectively
these databases are still referred to as The database is shared apiocess forwarding among processes
within router The of entries in the database is automatic when all sharing forwarding processes interconnect NLSP version 1.1 areas
Configure multiple NLSP processes when router interconnects multiple NLSP areas
Note NLSP version 1.1 routers refer to routers that support the route aggregation feature while
NLSP version 1.0 routers refer to routers that do not
If you omit all options summary display is shown
P2R-438 Network Protocos Command Reference Part show ipx nlsp database
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show ipx nlsp database command
Router show ipx nlsp database detail
LSPID DSP Seq Mum DSP Checksum DSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL 0000 OCOO .3097 0000k Ox00000 042 0xC5l2 699 0/0/0 0000 OCOO .3097 06_00 Ox00000 027 0x0C27 698 0/0/0 0000 0C02 7471 0000 Ox0000003A Ox4AOF 702 0/0/0 0000 0C02 .7471.0800 0x00000027 OxOAFO 702 0/0/0 0000 0C02 .7471 OA00 0x00000027 0xC589 702 0/0/0 0000 0C02 .7470.0000 Ox0000002E 0xC489 715 0/0/0 0000 0C02 747D 0600 Ox00000 027 OxEEFE 716 0/0/0 0000 0C02 .7470 OA00 Ox00000 027 OxFE38 716 0/0/0
0000.0C02 .74AB.0000 OxO 00 03 OxE4AF 1059 0/0/0
0000 0C02 74AB OA00 OxO 00 02 0x34A4 705 0/0/0 0000 0C06 FEEE 0000 OxO 00 03 0x3838 1056 0/0/0 0000 0C06 .FJ3EE 00-00 Ox0000002C 0xD248 1056 0/0/0 0000 0C06 .FBEE OE00 Ox0000002D Ox7DD2 1056 0/0/0 0000 0C06 .FBEE 1700 0x00000029 0x3 FB 1056 0/0/0
0000.0C00.AECC.0000 0x00000006 0x62A8 7497 0/0/0 IPX Area Address 00000000 00000000 IPX Mgmt Info 87.0000.0000.0001 Ver Name oscar Metric 45 Lnk 0000.OCOO.AECC.06 MTU 1500 Dly 8000 Thru 64K PPP Metric 20 Lnk 0000.OCOO.AECC.02 MTU 1500 Sly 1000 Thru 10000K 802.3 Raw Metric 20 Lnk 0000.0C01.EF9O.OC MTU 1500 Sly 1000 Thru 10000K 802.3 Raw 0000.0C00.AECC.02_00 0x00000002 OxDA74 3118 0/0/0 IPX Mgmt Info E0.0000.0c00.aecc Ver Name EthernetO Metric Lnk 0000.OCOO.AECC.00 MTU Dly Thru OK 802.3 Raw 00000C00.AECC.06_00 0x00000002 x5 DO 7494 0/0/0 IPX Mgmt Info 0.0000.0000.0000 Var Name SerialO Metric Lnk 0000.OCOO.AECC.00 MTU Sly Thru OK PPP Metric IPX Ext D001 Ticks Metric IPX SVC Secondfloor-printer D001.0000.0000.0001 Sock Type
Table 60 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 60 Show IPX NLSP Database Field Descriptions
Field Description
LSPID System lB network number pseudonode circuit identifier and fragment number
LSP Seq Num Sequence number of this LSP
LSP Checksum Checksum of this LSP
LSP Holdtime Time until this LSP expires in hours or seconds
ATT/P/OL Indicates which of three bits are set means the bit is set and
means it is not set
ATT is the L2-attached bit
OL is the overload bit
is the partition repair bit This bit is not used in NLSP
IPX Area Address Area address of the router advertising the LSP
Novell IPX Commands P2R-439 show ipx nlsp database
Table 60 Show IPX NLSP Database Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
IPX Mgmt Info Management information For nonpseudonode LSPs the internal network
number is advertised in this field For pseudonode LSPs the network
number of the associated interface is advertised
Ver NLSP version running on the advertising router
Name For nonpseudonode LSPs the name of the router For pseudonode LSPs
the name or description if configured of the associated interface
Link Information Information about the link
Metric NLSP metric cost for the link Links from pseudonode to real nodes
have cost of so that this link cost is not counted twice
Lnk System ID of the adjacent node
MTU MTU of the link in bytes For pseudonode LSPs the value in this field is
always
Dly Delay of the link in microseconds For pseudonode LSPs the value in this
field is always
Thru Throughput of the link in bits per second For pseudonode LSPs the value
in this field is always
802.3 Raw Generic LAN Link media type
External RIP Networks Information about an external RIP network
Metric Received RIP hop count
IPX Ext IPX network number
Ticks Received RIP tick count
SAP Services Information about SAP services
Metric Received SAP hop count
IPX SVC Name of the IPX service
DOOl .000.00000001 IPX address of the server advertising this service
Sock Socket number of the service
Tpe Type of service
P2R-440 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx nlsp neighbors
show px nlsp neighbors
To display NLSP neighbors and their states use the show ipx nlsp neighbors EXEC command
show ipx nlsp neighbors
Syntax Description
tag Optional Names the NLSP process The tag value can be any
combination of printable characters
interface Optional Interface type and number
detail Optional Displays detailed information about the neighbor If
you omit this keyword only summary display is shown
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
When you specify an NLSP tag value the router displays the NLSP neighbors for that NLSP
An NLSP is routers databases to route information process process working together manage
about an area NLSP version 1.0 routers must be in single area Each router has its own adjacencies
link-state and forwarding databases These databases operate collectively as single process to
discover select and maintain route information about the area NLSP version 1.1 routers that exist
also within single area use single process
interconnect NLSP version 1.1 routers that multiple areas use multiple processes to discover select
and maintain route information about the areas they interconnect These routers manage adjacencies
link-state and area address databases for each area to which they attach Collectively these
is shared databases are still referred to as process The forwarding database among processes
within router The sharing of entries in the forwarding database is automatic when all processes
interconnect NLSP version 1.1 areas
You must configure multiple NLSP processes when router interconnects multiple NLSP areas
Note NLSP version 1.1 routers refer to routers that support the route aggregation feature while
NLSP version 1.0 routers refer to routers that do not
If you omit the keyword detail summary display is shown
Novell IPX Commands P2R441 show ipx nlsp neighbors
Sample Displays
The following command output for the show ipx nlsp neighbors command shows summary
display of three adjacencies on two circuits
Router show ipx nlsp neighbors
System Id Interface State Holdtime Priority Cir Adj Circuit Id dtp37 Etl.2 Up 21 64 mc mc dtp-37.03 dtp-37 Et1.1 Up 58 44 be mc dtp17.02 dtp17 ET1.l Up 27 64 be be dtp17.02
This display indicates the following information about the first circuit Circuit Id dtp-37.03
Multicast addressing is in use Cir mc
The neighbor supports multicast addressing Adj mc
This display indicates the following information about the second circuit Circuit Id dtp-17.02
The broadcast address is in use Cii bc
The first neighbor System Id dtp-37 supports multicast addressing Adj mc
The second Id does multicast This neighbor System dtp- 17 not support addressing Adj bc
adjacency explains why the broadcast address is in use on the second circuit
The following is sample output from the show ipx nlsp neighbors detail command
Router show ipx nlsp neighbors detail
System Id Interface State Holdtime Priority Cir Adj Circuit Id 0000.0C01.EF9O Etherneti Up 25 64 mc mc 0000.0C01.EF9O.OC IPX Address E1.0000.OcOlef9l IPX Areas 00000000/00000000 Uptime 25911
Table 61 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 61 Show IPX NLSP Neighbors Field Descriptions
Field Description
System Id System ID of the neighboi
Interface Interface on which the neighbor was discovered
State State of the neighbor adjacency
Holdtime Remaining time before the router assumes that the neighbor has failed
Priority Designated router election priority
Cir NLSP addressing state multicast oi broadcast of the interface
Adj NSLP addressing state multicast or broadcast of the adjacent
neighbor
Circuit Id Neighbors internal identifier for the circuit
IPX Address IPX address on this network of the neighbor
IPX Areas IPX area addresses configured on the neighbor
Uptime Time since the router discovered the neighbor Time is formatted in hhinnss
P2R-442 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx nlsp spf-Iog
show ipx nsp spfHog
first calculations for the To display history of the shortest path SPF NLSP use
show ipx nlsp spf4og EXEC command
show ipx nlsp ljtag spf-log
Syntax Description
be tag Optional Names the NLSP process The tag can any
combination of printable characters
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.1
Sample Display
the show command The following is sample output from ipx nlsp spf-log
Router show ipx nlsp spf-log
Level SPF log When Duration Nodes Count Triggers 03059 1028 84 TLVCONTENT 02709 1016 84 TLVCONTENT 02630 1136 84 TLVCONTENT 02311 1244 84 TLVCONTENT 02239 924 84 TLVCONTENT 02208 1036 84 TLVCONTENT 02002 1096 84 TLVCONTENT 01931 1140 84 TLVCONTENT 01725 964 84 PERIODIC TLVCONTENT 01654 996 84 TLVCONTENT 01623 984 84 TLVCONTENT 01552 1052 84 TLVCONTENT 01434 1112 84 TLVCONTENT 01337 992 84 TLVCONTENT 01306 1036 84 TLVCONTENT 01235 1008 84 TLVCONTENT 00252 1032 84 TLVCONTENT 00216 1032 84 PERIODIC 00144 1000 84 TLVCONTENT
Table 62 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 62 Show IPX NLSP SPF Log Field Descriptions
Field Descriptions
When Amount of time since the SPF calculation took place
Duration Amount of time in milliseconds that the calculation required
Novell IPX Commands P2R-443 show ipx nlsp spf-log
Table 62 Show IPX NLSP SPF Log Field Descriptions continued
Field Descriptions
Nodes of link encountered Number state packets LSP5 during the
calculation
Count of Numbei times that the SPF calculation was triggered befoie it
actually took place An SPF calculation is normally delayed for short
time after the event that triggers it
Triggers List of the types of triggers that were recorded before the SPF
calculation occulTed more than one type may be displayed
PERIODICPeriodic SPF calculation every 15 minutes
NEWSYSIDNew system ID was assigned
NEWAREANew area address was configured
RTCLEAREDIPX routing table was manually cleared
NEWMETRICLink metric of an interface was reconfigured
ATTACHFLAGLevel router has become attached or unattached
from the iest of the level topology
LSPEXPIREDLSP has expired
NEWLS PNew LSP has been received
LSPHEADERLSP with changed header fields was received
TLVCODELSP with changed Tpe-Length-Value TLV code
field was received
TLVCONTENTLSP with changed TLV contents was received
AREASETCalculated area address set has changed
NEWADJNew neighbor adjacency came up
DBCHANGEDNLSP link state database was manually cleared
P2R-444 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx route show px route
To display the contents of the IPX routing table use the show ipx route user EXEC command
show ipx route detailed
Syntax Description
network Optional Number of the network whose routing table entry
you want to display This is an eight-digit hexadecimal number
that uniquely identifies network cable segment It can be
number in the range to FFFFFFFD You do not need to specify
leading zeros in the network number For example for the
network number 000000AA you can enter AA
default Optional Displays the default route This is equivalent to
specifying value of FFFFFFFE for the argument network
detailed Optional Displays detailed route information
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0 The default and detailed keywords first
appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show ipx route command
Router show ipx route
Codes Connected primary network Connected secondary network Static Floating static Local internal IPXWAN RIP EIGRP NLSP External Aggregate seconds uses
Total IPX routes Up to parallel paths and 16 hops allowed
No default route known
D40 is the internal network 100 NOVELL-ETHER Etl 7000 TUNNEL Tul 200 via 7000.0000.0c05.6023 Tul 300 via l00.0260.Bc8d.e748 19s Etl 2008 via 7000.0000.0c05.6023 Till CC0001 via 100.0260.8c8d.e748 lOs Etl
Table 63 describes the fields shown in the display
Novell IPX Commands P2R-445 show ipx route
Table 63 Show IPX Route Field Descriptions
Field Description
Codes Codes defining how the route was learned
Local Internal network number
Connected primary network Directly connected primary network
connected secondary network Directly connected secondary network
Static Statically defined route via the ipx route command
RIP Route learned from RIP update
EIGRP Route learned from an Enhanced IGRP EIGRP update
IPX WAN Directly connected route determined via IPX WAN
Total IPX routes Number of routes in the IPX routing table
No parallel paths allowed Maximum number of parallel paths for which the Cisco 105
software has been configured with the ipx maximum-paths command
Novell routing algorithm variant in Indicates whether the Cisco 105 software is using the
use IPX-compliant routing algorithms default
Net Network to which the route goes
Delay/Metric Delay is the number of IBM clock ticks each tick is
1/18 seconds reported to the destination network Metric is the
number of hops reported to the same network Delay is used as the
primary routing metric and the metric hop count is used as tie breaker
via network.node Address of router that is the next hop to the remote network
Amount of time age in hours minutes and seconds that has elapsed
since information about this network was last received
uses Number of times this network has been looked up in the route table
This field is incremented when packet is process-switched even if
the packet is eventually filtered and not sent As such this field
represents fair estimate of the number of times route gets used
EthernetO Interface through which packets to the remote network will be sent
NOVELL-ETHER Encapsulation frame type This is shown only for directly connected networks
is connected directly Indicates that the network is directly connected to the router
When the Cisco lOS software generates an aggregated route the show ipx route command displays
line item similar to the following
NA 1000 FFFFF000 via 0.0000.0000.0000 163s Nu0
P2R-446 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx route
In the following example the router that sends the aggregated route also generates the aggregated
in the table route line item in its table But the entry points to the null interface NuO indicating that if this aggregated route is the most-specific route when packet is being forwarded the router drops the packet instead
Router show ipx route
Codes Codnected primary network Connected secondary network Static Floating static Local internal IPXWAN RIP EIGRP NLSP External Aggregate seconds uses
13 Total IPX routes Up to parallel paths and 16 hops allowed
No default route known
NA 1000 FFFFF000 via U.0000.0000.0000 l63s NuU 2008 is the internal network NOVELL-ETHER ECU 89 SAP ToO 91 SAP Tol 100 NOVELL-ETHER Etl via 91.0000 30a0 5lcd 317s Tel via 91.0000.30a0 5lcd 327s Tel 20 via 1.0000.0c05 8b24 2024s ECU 101 via 9l.0000.30a0 5lcd 327s Tol NX 1000 via 1.0000.005 8b24 2024s ECU 2010 via 1.0000.0c05 8b24 2025s ECU 2011 via 91.0000 30a0 Sled 328s Tel
The following is sample output from the show ipx route detailed command
Router show ipx route detailed
Codes Connected primary network Connected secondary network Static Floating static Local internal IPXWAN RIP EIGRP NLSP External seconds uses
Total IPX routes Up to parallel paths and 16 hops allowed
No default route known
035 is the internal network SOUl SAP ECU D35E2 NOVELL-ETHER Et2 034 via EOOl.0000UcU2.8cf9 43s lu EtU 036 via D35E2.0000.OcU2.8ctc 7U4s lu Et2 10000000100015000000 UcU2 8cfb 60000 Uc02 8cfc NX 040 via D35E2.0000.OcU2.8cfc 704s lu Et2 10000000200015000000 UcU2 8cfb 60000 UcU2 8cfc D34E1 via E00l.0000.OcU2.8cf9 43s lu ECU NX D4UE1 via D35E2.0000.UcU2.Scfc 7U4s 3u Et2 10000000200015000000 UcU2 8cfb 60000 UcU2 8cfc 036EU2 via 035E2.0000.UcU2.8cfc 7U5s 2u Et2 10000000200015000000 UcU2 8cfb 60000 UcU2 Bcfc
Table 64 explains the additional fields shown in the display
Novell IPX Commands P2R-447 show ipx route
Table 64 Show IPX Route Detailed Field Descriptions
Field Description
lu Number of times this network has been looked up in the route table
This field is incremented when packet is process-switched even if
the packet is eventually filtered and not sent As such this field
represents fair estimate of the number of times route gets used
10000000 NLSP only Throughput end to end
3000 NLSP only Link delay end to end
1500 NLSP only MTU end to end
0000.0c02.8cfb NLSP only System ID of the next-hop router
NLSP only Local circuit ID
0000.0c02.Scfc NLSP only MAC address of the next-hop router
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
clear ipx route
ipx maximumpaths
ipx nlsp metric
ipx route
P2R-448 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx servers
show ipx servers
To list the IPX servers discovered through Service Advertising Protocol SAP advertisements use the show ipx servers EXEC command
show ipx servers net type name
Syntax Description
unsorted Optional Does not sort entries when displaying IPX servers
sorted Optional Sorts the display of IPX servers according to the
keyword that follows
name Optional Displays the IPX servers alphabetically by server name
net Optional Displays the IPX servers numerically by network number
type Optional Displays the IPX servers numerically by SAP
service type This is the default
regexp name Optional Displays the IPX servers whose names match the
regular expression
Default
IPX servers are displayed numerically by SAP service type
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.0 The unsorted keyword first appeared in Cisco 105 Release 11.0
Novell IPX Commands P2R449 show ipx servers
Sample Displays
The following is sample output from the show ipx servers command when NLSP is enabled
Router show ipx servers
Codes Static Periodic EIGRP NLSP Holddown detail Total IPX Servers
Table ordering is based on routing and server info
Type Name Net Address Port Route Hops Itf MERLIN1VIAE03 E03E03.0002.0004.00060451 4/03 EtO merlin E03E03.0002.0004.00060451 4/03 EtO merlin 123456789012345 E03E03.0002.0004.0006045l 4/03 EtO WIZARD1--VIA-E0 E0.0002.0004.0006045l none dtp15AB E002.0002.0004.0006045l none ELO dtp15ABC E002.0002.0004.00060451 none EtO dtp15ABCD E002.0002.0004.00060451 none EtO merlin E03E03.0002.0004.0006045l 4/03 EtO dtp15--AHC E002.0002.0004.0006045l none EtO
Table 65 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 65 Show IPX Servers Field Descriptions
Field Description
Codes Codes defining how the service was learned
Static Statically defined service via the ipx sap command
Periodic Service learned via SAP update
EIGRP Service learned via Enhanced IGRP
NLSP Service learned via NLSP
H- Hoiddown Indicates that the entry is in hoiddown mode and is not reachable
detail Indicates that multiple paths to the server exist Use the show ipx servers
detailed EXEC command to display more detailed information about the paths
Type Contains codes from Codes field to indicates how service was learned
Name Name of server
Net Network on which server is located
Address Network address of server
Port Source socket number
Route Ticks/hops from the routing table
Hops Hops from the SAP protocol
Itf Intei-face through which to reach server
P2R-450 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx servers
The following example uses regular expression to display SAP table entries corresponding to
particular group of servers in the accounting department of company
Router show ipx servers regexp ACCT\_SERV
Codes Static Periodic EIGRP NLSP Holddowii detail Total IPX Servers
Table ordering is based on routing and server info
Type Name Net Address Port Route Hops Itt 108 ACCT_SERV_1 7001.0000.0000.00010001 1/01 Et0 108 ACCT_SERV_2 7001.0000.0000.00010001 1/01 ELO 108 ACCT_SERV_3 7001.00000000.00010001 1/01 EtO
See Table 65 for show IPX servers field descriptions
Note For more information on regular expressions see the Regular Expressions appendix in the Dial Solutions Command Reference
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx sap
Novell IPX Commands P2R-451 show ipx spx-spoof show px spxspoof
To display the table of SPX connections through interfaces for which SPX spoofing is enabled use
the show ipx spx-spoof EXEC command
show ipx spx-spoof
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Default
Disabled
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show ipx spxspoof command
Router show ipx spx-spoof
Local SPX Network.Hostsock Cid Remote SPX Network.Hostsock Cid Seq Ack Idle CC0001.0000.0000.00018104 0D08 200.0260.8c8d.e7c64017 7204 09 0021 120 CC0001.0000.0000.000l8104 0C08 2000260.Bc8d.c55840l6 7304 07 0025 120
Table 66 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 66 Show SPX Spoofing Field Descriptions
Field Description
Local SPX Network.Hostsock Address of the local end of the SPX connection The address is composed of the SPX network number host and socket
Cid Connection identification of the local end of the SPX connection
Remote SPX Network.Hostsock Address of the remote end of the SPX connection The address is composed of the SPX network number host and socket
Cid Connection identification of the rembte end of the SPX connection
Seq Sequence number of the last data packet transferred
Ack Number of the last solicited acknowledge received
Idle Amount of time elapsed since the last data packet was transferred
P2R-452 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx spx-spoof
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ipx spx-idle-time
ipx spx-spoof
Novell IPX Commands P2R-453 show ipx traffic
show Hpx traffic
To display information about the number and type of IPX packets transmitted and received use the
show ipx traffic user EXEC command
show ipx traffic
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared prior to Cisco lOS Release 10.0
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show ipx traffic command
Router show ipx traffic
Rcvd 593135 total 38792 format errors checksum errors bad hop count 21542 packets pitched 295493 local destination multicast Bcast 295465 received 346725 sent Sent 429393 generated 276100 forwarded encapsulation failed no route SAP 124 Total SAP requests 124 Total SAP replies servers SAP general requests replies 110 SAP Get Nearest Server requests 110 replies SAP Nearest Name requests replies SAP General Name requests replies 27 SAP advertisements received 103 sent SAP flash updates sent SAP format errors RIP 4676 RIP requests 336 RIP replies 18 routes 87274 RIP advertisements received 69438 sent 74 RIP flash updates sent RIP format errors Echo Rcvd requests replies Sent requests replies 7648 unknown no socket filtered 7648 no helper SAPs throttled freed NDB len Watchdog packets received replies spoofed Queue lengths IPX input SAP RIP GNS SAP throttling length 0/no limit nets pgnding lost route reply Delayed process creation EIGRP Total received seDt Updates received sent Queries received sent Replies received sent SAPs received sent
P2R-454 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx traffic
NLSP Level-i Hellos received sent PTP Hello received sent Level-i LSP5 received sent LSP Retransmissions LSP checksum errors received LSP HTO checksum errors received Level-i CSNP5 received sent Level-i PSNP5 received sent Level-i DR Elections Level-i SPF Calculations Level-i Partial Route Calculations
Table 67 describes the fields shown in the display
Table 67 Show IPX Traffic Field Descriptions
Field Description
Rcvd Description of the packets received
593135 total Total number of packets received
38792 format errors Number of bad packets discarded for example packets with corrupted
header Includes IPX packets received in an encapsulation that this interface is
not configured for
checksum errors Number of packets containing checksum error This number should always be
because IPX rarely uses checksum
bad hop count Number of packets discarded because their hop count exceeded 16
21542 Number of times packets pitched the device received its own broadcast packet
295493 local destination Number of packets sent to the local broadcast address or specifically to the
router
multicast Number of packets received that were addressed to an IPX multicast address
Bcast Description of the broadcast packets the router has received and sent
295465 received Number of broadcast packets received
346725 sent Number of broadcast packets sent It includes broadcast packets the router is
either forwarding or has generated
Sent Description of those packets that the software generated and then sent and also
those the software has received and then routed to other destinations
429393 of transmitted generated Number packets that it generated itself
276100 forwarded of transmitted Number packets that it forwarded from other sources
encapsulation failed Number of packets the software was unable to encapsulate
no route Number of times the software could not locate route to the destination in the
routing table
Novell IPX Commands P2R-455 show ipx traffic
Table 67 Show IPX Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
SAP Description of the SAP packets sent and received
124 SAP requests Cumulative sum of SAP requests received
SAP general requests
SAP Get Nearest Server requests
124 SAP replies Cumulative sum of all SAP replies
SAP general replies
SAP Get Nearest Server replies
SAP Nearest Name replies
SAP General Name replies
servers Number of servers in the SAP table
This field Cisco 105 SAP general requests Number of general SAP requests and replies applies to
replies Release 112
110 SAP Get Nearest Server Number of Get Nearest Server requests and replies This field applies to
requests Cisco lOS Release 11.2
110 replies
SAP Nearest Name requests Number of SAP Nearest Name requests and replies This field applies to
replies Cisco lOS Release 11.2
SAP General Name requests Number of SAP General Name requests and replies This field applies to
replies Cisco lOS Release 112
27 SAP advertisements received Number of SAP advertisements generated and then sent as result of change in
103 sent its routing or service tables
SAP flash updates sent Number of SAP flash updates generated and then sent as result of change in
its routing or service tables
SAP format errors Number of SAP advertisements received that were incorrectly formatted
RIP Description of the RIP packets sent and received
4676 RIP requests Number of RIP requests received
336 RIP replies Number of RIP replies sent in response to RIP requests
18 routes Number of RIP routes in the current routing table
87274 RIP advertisements Number of RIP advertisements received from another router
received
69438 sent Number of RIP advertisements generated and then sent
74 RIP flash updates sent Number of RIP advertisements generated and then sent as result of change in
its routing table
RIP format errors Number of RIP packets received that were incorrectly formatted
Blocks been from the freed NDB length Number of Network Descriptor NDB that have removed
network but still need to be removed from the routers routing table
Echo Description of the ping replies and requests sent and received
Rcvd 55 requests replies Number of ping requests and replies received
Sent requests replies Number of ping requests and replies sent
7648 unknown Number of packets received on socket that are not supported
SAPs throttled Number of sap packets discarded because they exceeded buffer capacity
P2R-456 Network Protocols Command Reference Part show ipx traffic
Table 67 Show IPX Traffic Field Descriptions continued
Field Description
Watchdog Description of the watchdog packets the software has handled
packets received Number of watchdog packets received from IPX servers on the local network
replies spoofed Number of times the software has responded to watchdog packet on behalf of
the remote client
Queue lengths Description of outgoing packets currently in buffers that are waiting to be
processed
IPX input Number of incoming packets waiting to be processed
SAP Number of outgoing SAP packets waiting to be processed
RIP Number of outgoing RIP packets waiting to be processed
GNS Number of outgoing GNS packets waiting to be processed
SAP Maximum number of throttling length outgoing SAP packets allowed in the buffer Any packets
received beyond this number are discarded
EIGRP totals Description of the Enhanced IGRP packets the router has sent and received
Updates ieceived Number of Enhanced IGRP updates sent and received
Queries received Number of Enhanced IGRP queries sent and received
Replies received Number of Enhanced IGRP replies sent and received
SAPs received Number of SAP packets sent to and received from Enhanced IGRP neighbors
unknown socket filtered Number of packets the software was unable to forward for example because of no helper misconfigured helper address or because no route was available
NLSP Description of the NLSP packets the router has sent and received
Level- Hellos Number of LAN hello packets sent and received
PTP Hello Number of point-to-point packets sent and received
Level- LSPs of link-state Number packets LSPs sent and received
Level-l CSNPs Number of complete sequence number PDU CSNP packets sent and received
Level- PSNPs Number of partial sequence number PDU PSNP packets sent and received
Level-I DR Elections Number of times the software has calculated its designated router election
priority
Level-l Calculations of times the software has the shortest first SPF Number perform path SPF
calculation
Level- Partial Route Number of times the software has recalculated routes without running SPF
Calculations
Novell IPX Commands P2R-457 show sse summary show sse summary
To display summary of Silicon Switch Processor SSP statistics use the show sse summary EXEC command
show sse summary
Syntax Description
This command has no arguments or keywords
Command Mode EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 11.0
Sample Display
The following is sample output from the show sse summary command
Router show sse summary
SSE utilization statistics
Program words Rewrite bytes Internal nodes Depth Overhead 499 IP IPX SRB CLNP IP access lists Total used 499 Total free 65037 262143 Total available 65536 262144
Free program memory 499 .65535 Free rewrite memory .262143
Internals 75032 internal nodes allocated 75024 freed SSE manager process enabled microcode enabled hangs Longest cache computation 4ms longest quantum l6Oms at 0x53AC8
P2R-458 Network Protocols Command Reference Part spf-interval
spfnterva
To control how often the Cisco lOS software performs the Shortest Path First SPF calculation use
the form of the spf-interval router configuration command To restore the default interval use no
this command
spf-interval seconds
no spf-interval seconds
Syntax Description
seconds Minimum amount of time between SPF calculations in
seconds It can be number in the range to 120 The default is seconds
Default
seconds
Command Mode
Router configuration
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 10.3
when SPF calculations are performed only when the topology changes They are not performed
external routes change
often the Cisco lOS software the SPF The spf-interval command controls how can perform
calculation The SPF calculation is processor-intensive Therefore it may be useful to limit how
is and the often the often this is done especially when the area large topology changes Increasing
but slows down the rate of SPF interval reduces the processor load of the router potentially
convergence
Example seconds The following example sets the SPF calculation interval to 30
spf-interval 30
Related Commands
related commands You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of
ipx router nlsp
log-neighbor-changes
prc-interval
Novell IPX Commands P2R-459 trace privileged
trace prvUeged
To probe the routes that packets follow when traveling to their destination from the router use the
trace privileged EXEC command
trace destination
Syntax Description
number protocol Optional Name or of an IPX protocol type This is sometimes referred the to as packet type You can also use the keyword ipx to
specify the protocol type
destination Optional Destination address or host name on the command line The default parameters for the appropriate protocol are assumed and the
tracing action begins
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 12.0
The trace command is effective tool an to troubleshoot typical network connectivity problems
The trace command functions the by using IPX trace route request and response packets It measures and roundtrip delays displays resultstaking advantage of the error messages generated by the Cisco lOS software when datagram exceeds its maximum hop counts The default hop count is 15
The trace command starts when the sender initially sets the hop count field in the IPX header to maximum user-configured hops or 15 hops by default and decrements it with each attempt This
causes the first router to examine the before it back probe packet discarding or sending response The trace command sends probes at each hop and displays the roundtrip time for each request
Note All trace route capable routers must be configured with maximum-hops set to the same value
When routers in different routing protocol domains are configured with different maximum hops
router in one domain routing protocol cannot perform trace route in another routing protocol domain
For when maximum is example hops set to 15 on RIP routers and 254 on NILSP routers RIP router cannot trace route NLSP routers and vice versa
The trace command sends out one probe at time Each outgoing packet may result in one or two destination error messages unreachable error message indicates that the destination node has
received the and discarded it because it could not deliver the If the timer probe packet goes off before
response comes in trace command prints an asterisk
Note To use the IPX trace route feature ensure that all intermediate routers respond to the socket number and 0x874E process trace route requests the target node should be able to process trace
route requests or diagnostic requests 0x456
P2R-460 Network Protocols Command Reference Part trace privileged
The trace command terminates when the destination responds when the maximum hops are
to invoke the exceeded or when the user interrupts the trace with the escape sequence By default
CtrlA which is done the Ctrl Shift and escape sequence press by simultaneously pressing the keys letting go then pressing key
and invoke extended trace enter the command without To use nondefault parameters an test desired destination argument You will be stepped through dialog to select the parameters
Sample Display Showing Trace IPX Routes IPX trace command when destination host address has The following display shows sample output
been specified
Router trace ipx Target IPX address cafe4.0000.0000.000l Timeout in seconds
Probe count Minimum Time to Live Maximum Time to Live Verbose En Type escape sequence to abort Tracing the route to CAFE4.0000.0000.0001 CAFE4.0000.0000.0001 msec msec msec
Table 68 Trace IPX Field Descriptions
Field Descriptions
Target IPX address Specifies IPX address
Timeout in seconds Specifies the length of time to wait after sending each probe before
giving up on getting response
Probe count Specifies the number of probes to be sent at each hop The default
is
Minimum Time to Live Sets the hop count for the first probe The default is Set to of higher value to suppress the display known hops
for the Maximum Time to Live Sets the largest hop count that can be used The default given
destinatiom is the number of hops stated in the IPX routing table
The trace command terminates when the destination is reached or
the set hops are reached
Verbose Provides extra diagnostic information Currently one error message
is displayed when the destination is unreachable
Related Commands
related commands You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of
ipx maximum-hops
ping privileged trace user
Novell IPX Commands P2R-461 trace user
trace user
To discover the routes that packets follow when traveling to their destination use the trace user EXEC command
trace
Syntax Description
protocol Optional Name or number of an IPX protocol type This is
sometimes referred to as the packet type You can also use the
keyword ipx to specify the protocol type
destination Optional Destination address or host name on the command
line The default parameters for the appropriate protocol are
assumed and the tracing action begins
Command Mode
User EXEC
Usage Guidelines
This command first appeared in Cisco lOS Release 12.0
The trace command is an effective tool to troubleshoot typical network connectivity problems
The trace command functions by using the IPX trace route request and response packets It measures round trip delays and displays resultsthe trace route response packets generated by the Cisco lOS software when datagram exceeds its maximum hop counts The default hop count is 15
The trace command starts when the sender initially sets the hop count field in the IPX header to 15 default user-configured maximum-hops or hops by and decrements it with each attempt This
causes the first router to examine the probe packet before discarding it or sending back response The trace command sends each probes at hop and displays the round trip time for each request
Note All trace route capable routers must be configured with maximum hops set to the same value
When in different routers routing protocol domains are configured with different maximum hops
in router one routing protocol domain cannot perform trace route in another routing protocol domain For when example maximum hops is set to 15 on RIP routers and 254 on NLSP routers RIP router
cannot trace route NLSP routers and vice versa
The trace command sends out one probe at time Each outgoing packet may result in one or two error messages destination umeachable error message indicates that the destination node has
received the and discarded it because it could probe not deliver the packet If the timer goes off before
response comes in trace prints an asterisk
Note To the use IPX trace route feature ensure that all intermediate routers respond to the socket
number and trace route the node should be able 0x874E process requests target to process trace
route requests or diagnostic requests 0x456
P2R-462 Network Protocols Command Reference Part trace user
The trace command terminates when the destination responds when the maximum hops are
the with the to invoke the exceeded or when the user interrupts trace escape sequence By default
is done the and escape sequence press Ctrl- which by simultaneously pressing Ctrl Shift
then the keys letting go pressing key
Note In user EXEC mode you are not allowed to change the trace route timeout interval probe
count minimum and maximum time to live and verbose mode Use the trace command in EXEC
privileged mode
Sample Display
when destination host has been The following display shows sample IPX trace output name
specified
Router trace ipx 20.0000.0000.0001 Type escape sequence to abort Tracing the route to 20.0000.0000.0001 10.0060.0939.7754 msec msec msec 20.0000.0000.0001 msec msec msec
Related Commands
You can use the master indexes or search online to find documentation of related commands
ping user trace privileged
Novell IPX Commands P2R463 trace user
P2R-464 Network Protocols Command Reference Part ndex INDEX
access lists
AppleTalk BR and IBM Networking Command Bridging network numbers Reference cable range P2R-4 P2R-1 DR Dial Solutions Command Reference creating
including P2R-6 Fundamentals Command Reference FR Configuration interfaces P2R-21
other access P2R-13 IR Cisco lOS Interface Command Reference within P2R-17
Network Protocols Command Reference Part P1 zones creating P2R-2 P2R-19
AppleTalk displaying P2R-1 12 P2R Network Protocols Command Reference Part IPX
P3R Network Protocols Command Reference Part extended P2R-206 named P2R-248 OR of Service Solutions Command Reference Quality NetBIOS P2R-298 P2R-300 P2R-397
NLSP route P2R-210 SR Security Command Reference aggregation
routing table filtering P2R-283 and Home VA Voice Video Applications SAP P2R-213 Command Reference standard P2R-216
access-list within command P2R-17 WA Wide-Area Networking Command Reference access-list zone command P2R-19 XR Cisco lOS Switching Services Command accounting ipx Reference configuring P2R-250
database threshold P2R-253
Symbols deleting database entries P2R-221
enabling P2R-250
filters P2R-252 command xvii maximum transit entries P2R-254
all-nets flooding IPX P2R-276
AppleTalk
access control commands abbreviating access group P2R-21 xvii context-sensitive help distribute list P2R-37 P2R-39
control access zone filter P2R-55
AppleTalk zones P2R-2 P2R-21 access group access lists
distribute list P2R-37 P2R-39 cable range P2R-4
filter P2R-55 zone displaying P2R-1 12 P2R-2 zones interface cable range P2R-2 IPX P2R216 P2R246 network numbers P2R-21 P2R-2 access-list additional-zones command other access P2R-13 command P2R-4 access-list cable-range range-overlaps P2R-6
access-list command within P2R-17
IPX network numbers creating P2R- 11 extended P2R-206 P2R-229 P2R-19 zones creating P2R-2
NLSP route aggregation addresses
summarization P2R-210 format P2R-24 SAP P2R-213 remapping P2R-44 standard P2R-216 adjacent networks P2R- 114 violation P2R-206 P2R-229 logging adjacent routers P2R-150 P2R-6 access-list includes command ARP table entries access-list command P2R-8 nbp deleting P2R-102 access-list network command P2R-1 displaying P2R- 116 other-access command P2R-13 access-list gleaning P2R-57
access-list other-nbps command P2R- 15
Index P2R-467 AppleTalk continued free-trade zone P2R-54 ARP table update interval P2R-25 P2R-27 P2R-29 GZL AURP filters P2R-39 P2R-55 P2R-75 enabling replies P2R-39 P2R-55 last-heard-from timer P2R-30 hop count P2R-42
private path database P2R- 119 interenterprise routing
routing update interval P2R-3 addresses
tunnel interface assigning AppleTalk remapping P2R-44 domain-group number P2R-4 AURP tunnel interface P2R-41 P2R- 118 update-events queue cable ranges cable ranges remapping P2R-44 assigning to interface P2R-32 domain name P2R-43
remapping P2R-44 domain number P2R-43 CAP domains P2R-43
compatibility hop count P2R-42 checksum P2R-33 remap Columbia See CAP AppleTalk Package displaying P2R- 153 mode P2R-35 discovery remapping P2R-44
enabling P2R-23 P2R-32 P2R-35 interfaces P2R-35 startup process configuring dynamically P2R-35 domain displaying P2R- 136 hop count P2R-42 domain number assigning P2R-41 information P2R-123 displaying internetwork parameters displaying P2R- 133
number assigning P2R-4l IPTalk
eigrp-bandwidth-percent command P2R-48 /etc/services file P2R-6l
interfaces P2R- 125 eigrp displaying IP encapsulation configuring P2R-59 command eigrp log-neighbor-changes P2R-49 IJDP port numbers P2R-61
Enhanced IGRP Kinetics IPTalk
enabling P2R-75 LocalTalk P2R-
hello packets P2R-51 MacIP
hold time P2R-51 addresses allocating P2R-65 P2R-69
neighbors clients displaying P2R-140 P2R- 127 displaying servers displaying P2R-141 P2R-50 query packets servers establishing P2R-67 route redistribution P2R-82 traffic statistics P2R-144 P2R-164 horizon P2R-50 split maximum paths defining P2R-71 timers adjusting P2R-51 NBP
table topology P2R-129 lookup interval P2R-72
update packets P2R-50 lookup type P2R-63 EtherTalk P2R- name registration table P2R-148 extended interface registered entities P2R-197
assigning cable P2R-32 range services displaying P2R-146 extended interfaces P2R-35 tests P2R-l97
fast switching P2R-8l neighbor table P2R-103 P2R-8 configuring network connectivity cache entries P2R-121 displaying testing P2R-109 P2R-lll FDDITaIk P2R-1 P2R-74 network events lOgging P2R-53
filters nonextended interface assigning address P2R-23 data packet applying P2R-2 Phase 1/Phase networks GZL P2R-55 applying P2R-39 compatibility P2R-77 zone P2R-73 partial ping test characters table P2R-109 table P2R-39 routing P2R-37 pre-FDDITaII packets enabling recognition P2R-74 static routes P2R-89 floating proxy network numbers assigning P2R-77
displaying P2R-162
nonextended networks P2R-9
P2R468 Network Protocols Command Reference Part P2R-30 appletalk aurp tickle-time command AppleTalk continued command P2R-32 routes appletalk cable-range P2R-33 P2R-159 appletalk checksum command poisoned P2R-158 client-mode command P2R-34 routing P2R-83 appletalk command P2R-35 extended interface P2R-35 appletalk discovery distribute-list in command P2R-37 routing protocol specifying P2R-75 appletalk distribute-list out command P2R-39 routing table appletalk command P2R-4 displaying entries P2R-156 appletalk domain-group P2R-42 P2R-94 appletalk domain hop-reduction command update timers setting appletalk domain name command P2R-43 routing uopdates command P2R-44 interval timer P2R-85 appletalk domain remap-range
appletalk eigrp active-time command P2R-46 routing updates command P2R-48 advertising P2R-79 appletalk eigrp-bandwidth-percent command P2R-49 retransmission disabling P2R-88 appletalk eigrp log-neighbor-changes
eigrp split-horizon command P2R-50 strict checking P2R-93 appletalk command P2R-5 stub mode enabling P2R-86 appletalk eigrp-timers
event-logging command P2R-53 timers setting P2R-94 appletalk free-trade-zone command P2R-54 RTMP appletalk command P2R-55 enabling P2R-75 appletalk getzonelist-filter command P2R-57 routes without zones P2R-79 appletalk glean-packets P2R-88 command P2R-58 routing updates disabling transmission appletalk ignore-verify-errors command P2R-6 strict checking of routing updates P2R-93 appletalk iptalk-baseport
P2R-86 appletalk iptalk command P2R-59 stub mode enabling P2R-63 P2R-63 appletalk lookup-type command service types table command P2R-67 SMRP appletalk macip server
static command P2R-69 enabling for P2R-194 appletalk macip command P2R-7 fast-switching enabling on port P2R-192 appletalk maximum-paths interval command P2R-72 fast-switching cache table clearing appletalk name-lookup command P2R-73 entries P2R-107 appletalk permit-partial-zones
P2R- 178 appletalk pre-fdditalk command P2R-74 fast-switching cache table displaying command P2R-75 sockets P2R-161 appletalk protocol proxy-npb command P2R-77 static routes appletalk P2R-79 require-route-zones command displaying P2R- 162 appletalk route-cache command P2R-81 overriding P2R-89 P2R-91 appletalk command P2R-82 P2R-197 appletalk route-redistribution test mode entering command P2R-83 TokenTalk P2R-1 appletalk routing P2R-85 jitter command traffic statistics P2R-164 appletalk rtmp command P2R-86 tunneling appletalk rtmp-stub command P2R-88 Cayman P2R-20 appletalk send-rtmps static cable command P2R-9 Zip appletalk P2R-89 P2R-98 appletalk static cable-range query interval P2R-89 P2R-99 appletalk static cable-range command reply filter creating static network command P2R-9 zone appletalk P2R-93 P2R-lOO appletalk strict-rtmp-checking command assigning name appletalk timers command P2R-94 displaying P2R-170 Protocol name format P2R-100 AppleTalk Update Routing See AppleTalk AURP special characters P2R-100 virtual-net command P2R-96 Zone Information Protocol appletalk command P2R-98 See ZIP appletalk zip-query-interval command P2R-99 command P2R-21 appletalk zip-reply-filter appletalk access-group appletalk zone command P2R-lOO appletalk address command P2R-23 P2R-24 area-address command P2R-2l9 appletalk alternate-addressing command ARP cache appletalk arp interval command P2R-25 command P2R-27 See ARP table appletalk arp retransmit-count command P2R-29 appletalk arp-timeout
Index P2R-469 ARP table CSNP
AppleTalk packets P2R-3 16
gleaning entries P2R-57 See also NLSP
update interval P2R-25 P2R-27 P2R-29
DDR P2R-388
server table backup backups with floating-static routes P2R-346 IPX Enhanced IGRP P2R-256 floating-static routes P2R-346 broadcasts IPX IPX spoofing watchdog packets P2R-372 P2R-276 forwarding watchdog packets P2R-372 P2R-388 type 20 packets P2R-381 P2R-382 P2R-383 5PX
spoofing of watchdog packets P2R-373 default form of command
using xxii
default routes
See also NLSP default routes CAP deny command compatibility P2R-59 IPX cautions SAP filtering P2R-234 usage in text xiii standard P2R-236 Cayman tunneling summary P2R-232 AppleTalk P2R-20 command P2R-229 CCO deny extended deny command SAP filtering P2R-234 accessing xiv deny command standard P2R-236 definition xiv command P2R-232 checksums deny summary discovety mode P2R-35 AppleTalk P2R-33 enabling P2R-23 P2R-32 P2R-35 Cisco Connection Online startup process P2R-35 See CCO Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol Cisco lOS See DVMRP saving configuration changes xxii distribute-list in command P2R-238 clear appletalk arp command P2R- 102 distribute-list out command P2R-240 cleat appletalk neighbor command P2R-103 distribute-sap-list in command P2R-242 clear appletalk route command P2R-104 distribute-sap-list out command P2R-244 clear appletalk traffic command P2R-105 DVMRP P2R-201 clear ipx accounting command P2R-221 clear ipx cache command P2R-223 clear ipx nhrp command P2R-224 clear ipx nlsp neighbors command P2R-225 clear ipx route command P2R-227 clear mcache smrp command P2R-l07 encapsulation clock ticks IPX P2R-301 P2R-348 IPX P2R-268 /etc/services file P2R-61
Columbia AppleTalk Package EtherTalk P2R- See CAP extended access lists command modes IPX P2R-206
summary table xxi complete sequence number PDU See CSNP configuration saving xxii
P2R..470 Network Protocols Command Reference Part route encapsulation fast switching generic See GRE AppleTalk P2R-81 Get Nearest Server configuring P2R-8 See GNS displaying cache entries P2R-121 IPX GetZoneList See GZL cache entries deleting P2R-223 mode cache entries displaying P2R-421 global configuration xxi directed broadcast packets P2R-258 summary GNS disabling P2R-348
filters P2R-329 enabling P2R-348
responding to requests P2R-274 inactivity timeout P2R-350 delay in P2R-273 update timeout P2R-352 FDDI GRE P2R-201 GZL raw IPX encapsulation P2R-301 P2R-55 FDDITa1k P2k-i P2R-74 replies P2R-39 P2R-39 filters requests
AppleTalk
applying GZL P2R55
data packet applying P2R-21 GZL P2R-39
partial zone P2R-73 hello packets P2R-39 routing table P2R-37 IGRP P2R-5 AppleTalk Enhanced IPX IPX broadcast P2R-278 Enhanced IGRP P2R-275
generic P2R-246 help command xvii NetBIOS P2R-298 P2R-300 helper addresses table P2R-283 P2R-356 routing IPX P2R-278 routing updates P2R-358 hold time P2R-358 SAP P2R-285 P2R-336 P2R-5 AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP Enhanced IGRP IPX IPX Enhanced IGRP P2R-281 P2R-240 route updates P2R-238 IPX SAP
routes in updates
processing P2R-242 NLSP IDP route updates P2R-238 P2R-240 format P2R-205 floating static routes encapsulation interface mode AppleTalk extended networks P2R-89 configuration P2R-9 xxi AppleTalk nonextended networks summary internal network number P2R-287 See also AppleTalk floating static routes IPX IPX P2R-285 P2R-336 floating-static routes P2R-214 internal node number framing IPX IPX P2R-214 P2R-285 P2R-336
Internet Protocol See IPX encapsulation Datagram
free-trade zone See IDP
Internet Packet Exchange Protocol AppleTalk P2R-54 See IPX P2R-205 establishing P2R-54 IPTalk
fete/services file P2R-61 P2R-59 IF encapsulation configuring
UDP port numbers P2R-6
Index P2R-471 IPX query packets P2R-371 access control P2R-216 redistribution P2R-4 13
access lists SAP updates P2R-363 for route P2R-2 10 creating NLSP aggregation split horizon P2R-37 extended P2R-400 P2R-206 P2R-229 topology table P2R-426 named P2R-248 update packets P2R-37 extended P2R-248 Enhanced IGRP filters
NLSP route P2R-248 aggregation route updates P2R-238 P2R-240 SAP P2R-248 fast switching standard P2R-248 cache entries deleting P2R-223 NetBIOS P2R-397 cache entries displaying P2R-421 SAP P2R-213 P2R-234 P2R-405 disabling P2R-348 standard P2R-216 P2R-236 P2R-407 enabling P2R-348 P2R-403 summary P2R-232 inactivity timeout P2R-350
accounting update timeout P2R-352 P2R-250 configuring filters
database entries deleting P2R-221 broadcast P2R-278
database threshold P2R-253 generic P2R-246 P2R-250 disabling generic applying to interface P2R-246 P2R-250 enabling GNS
filters P2R-252 applying to interface P2R-329 maximum transit entries P2R-254 routing table P2R-356 all-nets P2R-276 flooding floating-static routes
bandwidth-percent eigrp command P2R-257 definition P2R-346 broadcasts redistributing P2R-4 14 P2R-278 forwarding P2R-276 framing 20 type packets P2R-276 P2R-381 P2R-382 See IPX encapsulations P2R-383 general RIP/SAP query sending P2R-294 clock ticks P2R-268 GNS
default See routes NLSP default routes filters P2R-329 P2R-340 diagnostic requests P2R-369
disabling P2R-270 requests responding to P2R-274
encapsulations P2R-301 P2R-348 helper addresses P2R-278 ARPA P2R-301 interfaces displaying status P2R-430 definitions P2R-301 internal network numbers P2R-370 Ethernet_802.2 P2R-301 IPX WAN Ethernet_802.3 P2R-301 disabling P2R-288 Ethernet_IT P2R-30 enabling P2R-288 P2R-301 Ethernet_Snap failed link handling P2R-29 FDDI raw P2R-301 IPX network numbers P2R-289 HDLC P2R-301 link delay controlling P2R-289 P2R-301 multiple configuring option negotiations P2R-289 Novell-Ether P2R-301 static routing disabling P2R-292 SAP P2R-301 static routing enabling P2R-292 SNAP P2R-301 keepalives P2R-388 Enhanced IGRP SPX P2R-373
server table P2R-256 backup load sharing P2R-296
disabling P2R-399 per host P2R-339
enabling P2R-354 P2R-399 log-neighbor-changes P2R-39 hello P2R-275 packets maximum paths setting P2R-296 hold-down time P2R-280 multiple logical networks P2R-302 hold time P2R-28 named access lists P2R-248
interface statistics P2R-422 NetBIOS messages filtering P2R-298 P2R-300 P2R-424 neighbors displaying NetWare internal network numbers P2R-370
queries P2R-256 network connectivity testing P2R-409 P2R-41
P2R-472 Network Protocols Command Reference Part numbers P2R-208 IPX continued socket table P2R-443 network numbersrepairing colTupted P2R-370 SPF log P2R-388 NLSP spoofing
static routes filters route updates P2R-240 table P2R-345 OS/2 Requestors P2R-370 adding to routing P2R-346 packets padding P2R-338 floating subinterfaces P2R-302 parallel paths choosing between P2R-296 P2R-303 ping test characters table P2R-409 configuring example tick count P2R-268 protocol numbers table P2R-208
traffic statistics P2R-454 restarting P2R-270
RIP type 20 packets
accepting P2R-381 delay field P2R-268 P2R-383 enabling P2R-354 P2R-360 forwarding P2R-382 P2R-388 updates P2R-330 watchdog packets command P2R-246 updates timers P2R-385 P2R-387 ipx access-group access-list command P2R-248 RIP enabling P2R-360 ipx command P2R-250 route-cache limiting entries P2R-35 ipx accounting command P2R-252 routing ipx accounting-list command P2R-253 disabling P2R-301 ipx accounting-threshold command P2R-254 enabling P2R-301 P2R-360 ipx accounting-transits command P2R-255 enabling on multiple networks ipx advertise-default-route-only command P2R-256 example P2R-303 ipx backup-server-query-interval command P2R-257 routing table updating P2R-385 ipx bandwidth-percent eigrp command P2R-258 routing table entries ipx broadcast-fastswitching command P2R-259 adding P2R-283 ipx default-output-rip-delay command P2R-26 deleting P2R-227 ipx default-output-sap-delay default-route command P2R-263 displaying P2R-445 ipx command P2R-264 SAP ipx default-triggered-rip-delay command P2R-266 access lists creating P2R-213 ipx default-triggered-sap-delay command P2R-268 broadcast sending P2R-387 ipx delay
definition P2R-205 ipx down command P2R-270 command P2R-272 enabling P2R-360 ipx gns-reply-disable command P2R-273 filters P2R-213 ipx gns-response-delay command P2R-274 routes in updates ipx gns-round-robin
ipx hello-interval eigrp command P2R-275 processing P2R-242 ipx helper-address command P2R-276 interpacket delay on all interfaces ipx helper-list command P2R-278 setting P2R-261 ipx hold-down eigrp command P2R-280 interpacket delay on single interface ipx hold-time eigrp command P2R-281 setting P2R-334 ipx input-network-filter command P2R-283 P2R-369 maximum queue length setting ipx input-sap-filter command P2R-285 messages ipx internal-network command P2R-287 filtering P2R-285 P2R-336 P2R-358 ipx ipxwan command P2R-288 P2R-285 messages filtering ipx ipxwan error command P2R-29 table adding static entries P2R-361 ipx ipxwan static command P2R-292 triggered updates setting interpacket delay on P2R-293 ipx link-delay command single interface P2R-378 P2R-294 ipx linkup-request command SAP horizon P2R-365 split P2R-295 ipx maximum-hops command secondary networks P2R-301 command P2R-296 ipx maximum-paths servers command P2R-298 ipx netbios input-access-filter displaying P2R-449 command P2R-300 ipx netbios output-access-filter internal network number P2R-214 P2R-285 P2R-301 ipx network command extended P2R-336 P2R-305 ipx nhrp authentication command internal node number P2R-214 P2R-285 P2R-306 ipx nhrp holdtime command P2R-336 P2R-307 ipx nhrp interest command service types table P2R-214
Index P2R473 ipx nhrp map command P2R-308 IPX WAN ipx nhrp max-send command P2R-309 See iPX IPXWAN network-id command ipx nhrp P2R-3 10 ipx watchdog-spoof command P2R-388
ipx nhrp nhs command P2R-3 11
ipx nhrp record command P2R-3 12
ipx nhrp responder command P2R-3 13
ipx nhrp use command P2R-314
ipx nlsp csnp-interval command P2R-3 16 keepalives P2R-372 ipx nlsp enable command P2R-3 17 iPX P2R-388 ipx nlsp hello-interval command P2R-3 19 SPX P2R-373 ipx nlsp hello-muliplier command P2R-321 Kinetics IPTalk ipx nlsp isp-interval command P2R-322
ipx nlsp metric command P2R-323
ipx nlsp multicast command P2R-324
ipx nlsp priority command P2R-325
ipx nlsp retransmit-interval command P2R-326
ipx nlsp rip command P2R-327 link-state packet ipx nlsp sap command P2R-328 See NLSP LSP
ipx output-gns-filter command P2R-329 load sharing command P2R-332 ipx output-rip-delay IPX P2R-296 command P2R-334 ipx output-sap-delay LocalTaik P2R-1
ipx output-sap-filter command P2R-336 log-adjacency-changes command P2R-389 ipx command P2R-338 pad-process-switched-packets log-neighbor-changes command P2R-39 ipx per-host-load-share command P2R-339 LSP command ipx ping-default P2R-340 See NLSP LSP ipx rip-max-packetsize command P2R-367 P2R-342 lsp-gen-interval command P2R-392 ipx command P2R-343 rip-multiplier lsp-mtu command P2R-393 ipx command P2R-344 rip-response-delay lsp-refresh-interval command P2R-394 ipx route-cache command P2R-348
ipx route-cache inactivity-timeout command P2R-350
ipx route-cache max-size command P2R-35
ipx route-cache update-timeout command P2R-352
ipx route command P2R-345 MacIP ipx router command P2R-354 addresses P2R-69 ipx router-filter command P2R-356 allocating P2R-65 clients P2R-140 ipx router-sap-filter command P2R-358 displaying P2R-67 ipx routing command P2R-360 server establishing P2R-141 ipx sap command P2R-361 servers displaying
traffic statistics P2R-144 ipx sap-incremental command P2R-363 maximum ipx sap-incremental split-horizon command P2R-365 paths IPX P2R-296 ipx sap-multiplier command P2R-368 command P2R-395 ipx sap-queue-maximum command P2R-369 max-Isp-lifetime modes ipx source-network-update command P2R-370 See command modes ipx split-horizon eigrp command P2R-37 multicast command P2R-396 ipx spx-idle-time command P2R-372
ipx spx-spoof command P2R-373
ipx throughput command P2R-375
ipx triggered-rip-delay command P2R-376
ipx triggered-sap-delay command P2R-378
ipx type-20-helpered command P2R-380 Name Binding Protocol ipx type-20-input-checks command P2R-38 See AppleTalk NBP ipx type-20-output-checks command P2R-382 named IPX access lists P2R-248 ipx type-20-propagation command P2R-383 name display facility ipx update interval command P2R-385 AppleTalk P2R-72 ipx update sap-after-rip command P2R-387 configuring P2R-63
P2R-474 Network Protocols Command Reference Part P2R-325 NBMA network specifying election priority
addresses P2R-308 disabling on an interface P2R-3 17 mapping IPX-to-NBMA
network identifier P2R-310 enabling P2R-354 NBP on an interface P2R-3 17
filters access lists route P2R-238 creating P2R-8 updates
other NBPs P2R-15 GNS queries replying to P2R-272
hello interval specifying P2R-319 P2R-321 AppleTalk P2R-63 P2R-72 hoiddown between route calculations named entities P2R-8 period partial
controlling P2R-4l2 name registration table P2R-148 count maximum from RIP updates P2R-295 packet type P2R-8 hop internal network number services displaying P2R- 146 definition P2R-287 tests P2R-197 P2R-287 NetBIOS setting P2R-300 IPX IPX filtering messages P2R-298 P2R-443 netbios access-list command P2R-397 SPF log P2R-293 NetWare Link Services Protocol link delay specifying P2R-389 See NLSP logging adjacency changes
network command P2R-399 LSP interval P2R-392 Next Hop Resolution Protocol generation maximum size P2R-393 See NHRP MTU NHRP refresh interval P2R-394 P2R-326 IPX retransmission interval specifying maximum lifetime P2R-395 access lists P2R-307 setting interval P2R-322 authentication P2R-305 transmission
P2R-306 metric specifying P2R-323 authoritative response multicast cache displaying P2R-435 addressing interface P2R-324 cache clearing P2R-224 configuration router P2R-396 static entries P2R-308 configuration
neighbors displaying P2R-441 controlling requests P2R-307 redistribution P2R-413 dynamic cache entries P2R-224 RIP entries aging out P2R-343 enabling P2R-3 10
holdtime P2R-306 RIP packets
initiation maximum size P2R-342 P2R-327 controlling P2R-3 14 processing SAP entries loop detection P2R-3l2 P2R-3l3 P2R-368 network identifier P2R-3 10 aging SAP packet rate P2R-309 packets maximum size P2R-367 record and reverse record options P2R-3 12
P2R-3 14 processing P2R-328 requests triggering shortest first algorithm SPF calculation interval Responder Address option P2R-3 13 path P2R-459 security P2R-305 controlling P2R-302 server addresses P2R-31l subinterfaces P2R-303 static IPX-to-NBMA address configuring example P2R-375 mapping P2R-308 throughput specifying no form of command traffic statistics P2R-437
xxii triggering requests P2R-307 using NLSP nonbroadcast multiaccess network See NBMA network area network numbers setting P2R-2l9 notes CSNP interval specifying P2R-3 16 in text xiii database displaying P2R-438 usage
default routes Novell IPX See IPX advertising P2R-255
specifying P2R-263
designated router
Index P2R475 RIP IPX
field P2R-268 online documentation delay See CCO enabling P2R-360
updates P2R-330 RUM monitor mode
summary xxi
route aggregation access lists
See access lists
parallel paths route-aggregation command P2R-416 between IPX choosing P2R-296 route redistribution command P2R-400 permit extended See redistribution command permit SAP filtering P2R-405 routes permit standard command P2R-407 poisoned P2R-158 P2R-159 permit command P2R-403 summary static command permit IPX P2R-345 IPX Routing Information Protocol extended P2R-400 See RIP SAP P2R-405 filtering routing table standard P2R-407 AppleTalk summary P2R-403 entries displaying P2R- 156 ping command timers changing P2R-94 AppleTalk update timers setting P2R-94 P2R-l09 privileged IPX P2R-227 P2R-283
unprivileged P2R- 111 Routing Table Maintenance Protocol verbose mode P2R-llO See RTMP IPX RTMP P2R-409 privileged routes
test characters P2R-409 table advertising P2R-79 unprivileged P2R-41 routing table update timers changing P2R-94 prc-interval command P2R-412 routing updates privileged EXEC mode disabling transmission P2R-88 xxi summary stub mode enabling P2R-86
prompts touring updates xxi system strict checking P2R-93 protocol numbers
IPX table P2R-208 proxy network numbers
assigning P2R-77
SAP
access list named P2R-248
broadcast sending P2R-387
definition P2R-205 question command xvii delay between packets
setting on all interfaces P2R-26
setting on single interface P2R-334
filters
creating P2R-213 P2R-285 P2R-336 maximum P2R-369 redistribute command P2R-413 queue length setting redistribution table adding static entries P2R-361
triggered updates setting delay between on AppleTalk packets interface P2R-378 Enhanced IGRP P2R-82 single P2R-385 IPX Enhanced IGRP P2R-413 update interval setting P2R-363 NLSP P2R-4l3 updates
saving configuration changes xxii
P2R-476 Network Protocols Command Reference Part Multicast Routing Protocol secondary networks IPX P2R-301 Simple See SMRP Service Advertising Protocol SMDS See SAP fast switched IPX P2R-348 service types P2R-63 SMRP P2R- 194 AppleTalk table fast switching enabling P2R-192 IPX table P2R-2l4 command P2R-l 12 forwarding table P2R-172 show appletalk access-lists command P2R- 114 fields table P2R-173 show appletalk adjacent-routes P2R-1 16 global information P2R-174 show appletalk arp command command P2R- 118 group address P2R-176 show appletalk aurp events command P2R-1 19 group table show appletalk aurp topology P2R-176 P2R-121 displaying show appletalk cache command P2R-177 P2R- 123 field descriptions table show appletalk domain command command P2R- 125 multicast services over AppleTalk show appletalk eigrp interfaces P2R-194 command P2R-127 enabling show appletalk eigrp neighbors P2R-180 P2R-129 neighbor show appletalk eigrp topology command P2R-133 neighbor table show appletalk globals command P2R-18 P2R-136 displaying show appletalk interface command P2R-181 P2R- 140 field descriptions table show appletalk macip-clients command table P2R-182 command P2R- 141 port show appletalk macip-servers P2R-182 command P2R-144 displaying show appletalk macip-traffic P2R-183 command P2R-146 field descriptions table show appletalk name-cache table P2R- 148 routing show appletalk nbp command P2R- 184 command P2R-127 P2R-150 displaying show appletalk neighbors field P2R- 185 command P2R-153 descriptions table show appletalk remap P2R- 156 traffic table show appletalk route command P2R- 186 command P2R-161 displaying show appletalk sockets field P2R- 187 P2R-162 descriptions table show appletalk static command command P2R-192 P2R-164 smrp mroute-cache protocol appletalk show appletalk traffic command command P2R-194 P2R- 170 smrp protocol appletalk show appletalk zone command command P2R-196 P2R-418 smip routing show ipx access-list command P2R-208 P2R-4l9 socket numbers table show ipx accounting command P2R-459 P2R-42 spf-interval command show ipx cache command horizon P2R-422 split show ipx eigrp interfaces command Enhanced IGRP P2R-50 P2R-424 AppleTalk show ipx eigrp neighbors command IGRP P2R-37 P2R-426 IPX Enhanced show ipx eigrp topology command spoofing show ipx interface command P2R-430 IPX P2R-388 show ipx nhrp command P2R-435 P2R-437 SPX show ipx nhrp traffic command P2R-373 P2R-438 enabling show ipx nlsp database command idle time P2R-372 P2R-441 setting the show ipx nlsp neighbors command P2R-388 watchdog packets P2R-372 P2R-373 show ipx nlsp spf-log command P2R-443 SPX show ipx route command P2R-445 connections P2R-452 P2R-449 enable spoofing show ipx servers command command P2R-452 spoofing show ipx spx-spoof P2R-373 P2R-454 enabling show ipx traffic command the idle time P2R-372 command P2R-172 setting show smrp forward IPX P2R-174 standard access list show smrp globals command named P2R-248 P2R-l76 show smrp group command P2R-178 static routes show smrp mcache command P2R-91 P2R- 180 AppleTalk P2R-89 show smrp neighbor command P2R-345 P2R-182 IPX show smrp port command mode P2R- 184 subinterface configuration show smrp route command xxi P2R-186 summary show smrp traffic command P2R-458 show sse summary command
Index P2R-477 subinterfaces
IPX P2R-302
NLSP P2R-302 ZIP configuring example P2R-303 query interval P2R98
reply filter creating P2R-99
Zone Information Protocol SeeZIP
zones
Tab key NBP P2R-8
command completion xvii See also AppleTalk zone
test appletalk command P2R-197
tick count
IPX P2R-268
timers
AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP P2R-5 TokenTalk P2R
topology table
AppleTalk Enhanced IGRP P2R-129 IPX Enhanced IGRP P2R-426
tunneling
AppleTalk Cayman P2R-201 tunnel mode command P2R-20l
tunnel source command P2R-203
type 20 packets IPX
broadcasts P2R-276 P2R-381 P2R-382 P2R-383
UDP
port numbers
IPTalk P2R-61
User Datagram Protocol SeeUDP
user EXEC mode
summary xxi
watchdog packets P2R-388
spoofing P2R-372
Xerox Network Systems See XNS XNS
IDP P2R-205
P2R-478 Network Protocols Command Reference Part Corporate Headquarters European Headquarters Americas Asia Headquarters Cisco Inc Cisco Systems Systems Europe sarI Headquarters Nihon Cisco Systems K.K 170 West Tasman Drive Parc Batiment L1/L2 Cisco Inc Evolic Systems Fuji Building 9th Floor San Jose CA 95134-1706 16 Avenue du Quebec 170 West Tasman Drive 3-2-3 Marunouchi USA Villebon BP 706 San Jose CA 95134-1706 Chiyoda-ku Tokyo 100 http//www.cisco.com 91961 Courtaboeuf Cedex USA Japan Tel 408 526-4000 France http//www.cisco.com http//www.cisco.com 800 553-NETS 6387 http//www-europe.cisco.com Tel 408 526-7660 Tel 81 5219 6250 Fax 408 526-4100 Tel 33 69 18 61 00 Fax 408 527-0883 Fax 81 5219 6001 Fax 33 69 28 83 26
Cisco has than Systems more 200 offices in the following countries Addresses phone numbers and fax numbers are listed on the
Cisco Connection Online Web site at htp//www.ciscocom/offices
Australia Austria Argentina Belgium Brazil Canada Chile China Colombia Costa Rica Croatia Czech Republic Denmark Dubai UAE
Finland France Germany Greece India Indonesia Ireland Israel Hong Kong Hungary Italy Japan Iorea Luxembourg Malaysia Mexico The Netherlands New Zealand Norway Peru Philippines Poland Portugal Puerto Rico Romania Russia Saudi Arabia Singapore Slovakia Slovenia South Africa Spain Sweden Switzerland Taiwan Thailand Turkey Ukraine United Kingdom United States Venezuela
Printed in the USA on recycled paper containing 10% postconsumer waste
Pn Nmbc 56-2343-05 78 -5 83 5-0